Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutResolution - 3683A - Contract-Siemens Energy & Automation-LP&L South Substation Structures &Equipment - 08_08_1991HW:js RESOLUTION BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK: THAT the Mayor of the City of Lubbock BE and is hereby authorized and directed to execute for and on behalf of the City of Lubbock a Contract by and between the City of Lubbock and Siemens Energy & Automation of structures and equipment for LP&L South Substation, attached herewith, which shall be spread upon the minutes of the Council and as spread upon the minutes of this Council shall constitute and be a part of this Resolution as if fully copied herein in detail. Passed by the City Council this 8th ATTEST: anet Voyd,City Secreta y APPROVED S TO CONTEN . Gene a s, Purc asing Manager APPROVED AS TO FORM: r HArbld Willard, Assistant City Attorney day of August 1991. A.? C B. C. McMINN, MAYOR CITY OF LUBBOCK SPECIFICATIONS FOR SOUTH SUBSTATION STRUCTURES & EQUIPMENT BID # 11357 CITY OF LUBBOCK _ Lubbock, Texas #��3 City of Lubbock P.O. Box 2000 _ Lubbock, Texas 79457 BOB-767-3000 MAILED TO VENDOR: 6/20/91 OLD CLOSE DATE: 7/02/91 @ 2:00 P.M. NEW CLOSE DATE: 7/16/91 @ 2:00 P.M. Bid #11357 Addendum #1 Please modify or amend Contract Documents as follows: 1. The closing date for Bid #11357 shall be extended to 2:00 p.m., July 16, 1991. 2. In the specifications, General Instructions to Bidders, page 5, paragraph 1., Scope of Work, add the following: All materials and equipment furnished under this specification will be installed by LP&L construction forces unless specifically noted otherwise. 3. In the specifications, General Instructions to Bidders, page 8, add the following paragraph: 20. DELIVERY All equipment and materials furnished under this specification shall be furnished FOB the LP&L South Substation or FOB the LP&L Operations Center, as directed by the Owner's Representative. Equipment and materials provided under this specification are needed in order to construct and energize the LP&L South Sub- station by May 15, 1992. To meet this schedule it is anticipated that equipment in Sections 1.0, 3.0, and 4.0 must be received by March 15, 1992 and equipment in Sections 2.0 and 5.0 must be received by November 15, 1991. -- 4. In the specifications, Section 1.0 - 69KV Circuit Breakers, paragraph 1.05, change the last sentence to read, "Stud Connectors will be furnished under Section 2.0 - Substation Steel, Buswork, and Grounding." 5. In the specifications, Section 4.0 - Switchboard Relaying, para- graph 4.24 Substation Maintenance Management System, change the first sentence to read, "Under Base Bid Item #4.1, the Vendor...." 6. In the specifications, Section 4.0 - Switchboard Relaying, paragraph 4.25 Miscellaneous Equipment, change the first sentence to read, "Provide under the Base Bid Item #4.1 the following equipment for installation at adjacent Substations...." 7. In the specifications, Section 4.0 - Switchboard Relaying, para- graph 4.26 Switchboard Metering, change the first sentence to read, "Under Base Bid Item #4.1 the Vendor...." Thai you, Ron Shuffiel Purchasing Department PLEASE RETURN ONE COPY WITH YOUR BID. IBM City of Lubbock P.O. Box 2000 Lubbock, Texas 79457 BOB-767-3000 MAILED TO VENDOR: 6/25/91 CLOSE DATE: 7/16/91 @ 2:00 P.M. Bid #11357 Addendum #2 Please modify or amend Contract Documents as follows: 1. In the specifications, Section 4.0 - Switchboard Relaying, paragraph 4.19 Base Bid Material List, page 10, and paragraph 4.21 Alternate Bid Material List, page 16, on the 69 KV bus differential relay (87B-IA, B,C) change the style number of the ABB model KAB relay to 6668D37A26. 2. In the specifications, Section 4.0 - Switchboard Relaying, paragraph 4.19 Base Bid Material List, page 12, timers 02Z2-1 and 02Z2-2, the ABB TD-52 style number should be 606B038A26. 3. In the specifications, Section 4.0 - Switchboard Relaying, paragraph 4.19 Base Bid Material List, page 13, and paragraph 4.21 Alternate Bid material List, page 18, the transformer differential relay (87-T1A, B,C) change the style number of the ABB model HU relay to 290B346AO9. 4. In the specifications, Section 4.0 - Switchboard Relaying, paragraph 4.21 Alternate Bid Material List, page 18, the distance relays (21Z1-1, 21NZ1-1, 21Z-1, 21NZ2-1, ect.) add a comment that the ABB model MDAR relay shall be furnished with the version 1.8 firmware. 5. In the specifications, Section 4.0 - Switchboard Relaying, _ paragraph 4.21 Alternate Bid Material List, page 19, the application for the two relays in panel 2 [50/51 - A,B,C (SS69-3) and 50/51 - A,B,C (SS69-4)] should be shown as phase overcurrent and ground. Change the style number of the ABB model MMCO to MMZZ5Z3GC1. 6. In the specifications, Section 4.0 - Switchboard Relaying, paragraph 4.21 Alternate Bid Material List, page 19, the phase and ground overcurrent relay [50/51 - A,B,C (SS69-BT)] change the style number of the ABB model MMCO to MMZZ5Z36C1. Wyou, Ron Shuffi Purchasing Department PLEASE RETURN ONE COPY WITH YOUR BID. CITY OF LUBBOCK SPECIFICATIONS for TITLE: South Substation Structures & Equipment ADDRESS: LPBL South Substation BID NUMBER: 11357 PROJECT NUMBER: 2115-554101-9639 CONTRACT PREPARED BY: Purchasing Department -1- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6 7. 9. 10. 11. INDEX PAGE NOTICE TO BIDDERS..........................................................................................3 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS............................................................................5 BID PROPOSAL - BID FOR UNIT PRICE CONTRACTS...............................................................10 PAYMENTBOND..............................................................................................14 PERFORMANCE BOND..........................................................................................17 CONTRACT..................................................................................................20 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT.......................................................................22 SPECIFICATIONS............................................................................................35 SPECIAL CONDITIONS........................................................................................36 NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE......................................................................................37 -2- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) NOTICE TO BIDDERS -3- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) NOTICE TO BIDDERS BID # 11357 Sealed proposals addressed to Gene Eads, C.P.M., Purchasing Manager, City of Lubbock, Texas, will be received at the office of the Purchasing Manager, 1625 13th St., Room L-04, Lubbock, Texas, 79401, until 2:00 o'clock p.m. on the 2nd day of July. 1991, or as changed by the issuance of formal addenda to all planholders, to furnish all labor and materials and perform all work for the construction of the following described project: SOUTH SUBSTATION STRUCTURES & EQUIPMENT After the expiration of the time and date above first written, said sealed proposals will be opened by the Purchasing Manager at his office and publicly read aloud. It is the sole responsibility of the bidder to insure that his bid is actually in the office of Gene Eads, Purchasing Manager for the City of Lubbock, prior to the expiration of the date above first written. The City of Lubbock will consider the bids on the 25th day of July, 1991, at Municipal Bldg., Lubbock, Texas, or as soon thereafter as may be reasonably convenient, subject to the right to reject any or all bids and waive any formalities. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a performance bond and payment bond in accordance with Article 5160, Vernon's Ann. Civil St., in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $25,000.00. Said statutory bonds should be issued by a company carrying a current Best Rating of B or superior, as the rating of the bond company is a factor that will be considered in determination of the lowest responsible bidder. if the contract price does not exceed $25,000.00 the said statutory bonds will not be required. Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a proposal bond from a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than 5% of the total amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within 10 days after notice of award of the contract to him. It shall be each bidders sole responsibility to inspect the site of the work and to inform himself regarding all local conditions under which the work is to be done. It shall be understood and agreed that all such factors have been thoroughly investigated and considered in the preparation of the bid submitted. The plans, specifications, proposal forms and contract documents may be examined at the office of the Purchasing Manager for the City of Lubbock, Texas. The City of Lubbock hereby notifies all bidders that in regard to any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, minority and women business enterprises will be afforded equal opportunities to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, sex, or national origin in consideration for an award. There will be a pre -bid conference on 18th day of June, 1991, at 10:00 o'clock a.m., Personnel Conference Room #108, Municipal Building, 1625 13th Street. CITY OF LUBBOCK BY: Gene Eads, C.P.M. Purchasing Manager (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS BID # 11357 Sealed proposals addressed to Gene Eads, C.P.M., Purchasing Manager, City of Lubbock, Texas, will be received at the office of the Purchasing Manager, Municipal Building, 1625 13th Street, Room L-04, Lubbock, ^' Texas, 79401 until 2:00 o'clock p.m. on the 2nd day of July. 1991, or as changed by the issuance of formal addenda to all planholders, to furnish all labor and materials and perform all work for the construction of the following described project: SOUTH SUBSTATION STRUCTURES 8 EQUIPMENT After the expiration of the time and date above first written, said sealed proposals will be opened by the Purchasing Manager at his office and publicly read aloud. The plans, specifications, proposal forms and contract documents may be examined at the office of the Purchasing Manager for the City of Lubbock, Texas. The City of Lubbock hereby notifies all bidders that in regard to any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, minority and women business enterprises will be afforded equal opportunities to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, sex, or national origin in consideration for an award. There will be a prebid conference on 18th day of June, 1991, at 10:00 o'clock a.m., Personnel Conference Room #108, Municipal Building, 1625 13th Street. BY: Gene Eads, C.P.M. PURCHASING MANAGER (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS me (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. SCOPE OF WORK The work to be done under the contract documents shall consist of the following: To furnish steel structures, high voltage circuit breakers, medium voltage switchgear, protective relaying equipment, and other miscellaneous electrical materials for the construction of LP&L South Substation. The contractor shall furnish all labor, superintendence, machinery, equipment and all materials necessary to complete this project in accordance with contract documents. 2. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS All work covered by this contract shall be done in accordance with contract documents described in the Gen- eral Conditions. All bidders shall be thoroughly familiar with all of the requirements set forth on the contract documents for the construction of this project and shall be responsible for the satisfactory completion of all work contemplated by said contract documents. 3. PLANS FOR USE BY BIDDERS It is the intent of the City of Lubbock that all parties with an interest in submitting a bid on the project covered by the contract documents be given a reasonable opportunity to examine the documents and prepare a bid without charge of forfeiture of deposit. The contract documents, may be examined without charge as noted in the Notice to Bidders. 4. TIME AND ORDER FOR COMPLETION The Contractor will be permitted to prosecute the work in the order of his own choosing, provided, however, the City reserves the right to require the Contractor to submit a progress schedule of the work contemplated -_ by the contract documents. In the event the City requires a progress schedule to be submitted, and it is determined by the City that the progress of the work is not in accordance with the progress schedule so sub- mitted, the City may direct the Contractor to take such action as the City deems necessary to insure comple- tion of the project within the time specified. 5. PAYMENT All payments due to Contractor shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions of the contract documents. 6. AFFIDAVITS OF BILLS PAID The City of Lubbock reserves the right, prior to final acceptance of this project to require the Contractor to execute an affidavit that all bills for labor, materials and incidentals incurred in the construction of the improvements contemplated by the contract documents have been paid in full and that there are no claims pending, of which the Contractor has been notified. -5- 7. MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP The intent of these contract documents is that only materials and workmanship of the best quality and grade will be furnished. The fact that the specifications may fail to be sufficiently complete in some detail will not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for providing materials of high quality and for pro- tecting them adequately until incorporated into the project. The presence or absence of a representative of the City on the site will not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility of complying with this provi- sion. The specifications for materials and methods set forth in the contract documents provide minimum standards of quality which the Owner believes necessary to procure a satisfactory project. 8. GUARANTEES All equipment and materials incorporated in the project and all construction shall be guaranteed against de- fective materials and workmanship. Prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner, a written general guarantee which shall provide that the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work, and pay for any and all damages of any nature whatsoever resulting in such defects, when such defects appear within ONE year from date of final acceptance of the work as a result of defective materials or workmanship, at no cost to the Owner (City of Lubbock). 9. PLANS FOR THE CONTRACTOR The contractor will be furnished one set of plans and specifications, and related contract documents for his use during construction. Plans and specifications for use during construction will only be furnished di- rectly to the Contractor. The Contractor shall then distribute copies of plans and specifications to sup- pliers, subcontractors or others, as required for proper prosecution of the work contemplated by the Con- tractor. 10. PROTECTION OF THE WORK The Contractor shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, and protection of all materi- als, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, and all means of construc- tion, and any and all parts of the work whether the Contractor has been paid, partially paid, or not paid for such work, until the date the City issues its certificate of completion to Contractor. The City re- serves the right, after the bids have been opened and before the contract has been awarded, to require of a bidder the following information: (a) The experience record of the bidder showing completed jobs of a similar nature to the one covered by the proposed contract and all work in progress with bond amounts and percentage completed. (b) A sworn statement of the current financial condition of the bidder. (c) Equipment schedule. 11. TEXAS STATE SALES TAX This contract is issued by an organization which qualifies for exemption provisions pursuant to provisions of Article 20.04 of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise and Use Tax Act. The Contractor must obtain a Limited sales, excise and use tax permit which shall enable him to buy the ma- terials to be incorporated into the work without paying the tax at the time of purchase. -6- 12. PROTECTION OF SUBSURFACE LINES AND STRUCTURES It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to prosecute the work contemplated by the contract documents in such a way as to exercise due care to locate and prevent damage to all underground pipelines, utility lines, conduits or other underground structures which might or could be damaged by Contractor during the construc- tion of the project contemplated by these contract documents. The City of Lubbock agrees that it will fur- nish Contractor the location of all such underground lines and utilities of which it has knowledge. How- ever, such fact shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities aforementioned. All such under- ground lines or structures cut or damaged by Contractor during the prosecution of the work contemplated by this contract shall be repaired immediately by Contractor to the satisfaction of the City of Lubbock, Texas, at Contractor's expense. 13. BARRICADES AND SAFETY MEASURES The contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish and erect such barricades, fences, lights and danger sig- nals, and shall take such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons, property and the work as may be necessary. The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades, signs, and lights to protect it, and when damage is incurred, the damaged portion shall be immediately removed and re- placed by Contractor at his own cost and expense. The Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of barri- cades, signs, and lights shall not cease until the date of issuance to Contractor of City's certificate of acceptance of the project. 14. EXPLOSIVES The use of explosives will not be permitted unless written permission to do so is obtained by the Contractor from the City. In all cases where written permission is obtained for the use of explosives, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for all damage which may occur as a direct or indirect result of the blast- ing. In addition, in all cases where explosives are authorized to be used, the Contractor shall use utmost care so as not to endanger life or property and the Contractor shall further use only such methods as are currently utilized by persons, firms, or corporations engaged in similar type of construction activity. Explosive materials shall not be stored or kept at the construction site by the Contractor. In all cases where explosives are to be used during the construction of the project contemplated by this contract, it shall be the duty of the Contractor to notify each utility company having structures (above or below the ground) in proximity to the site of the work of Contractor's intention to use explosives, and such notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable the companies to take such steps as they may deem necessary to protect their property from injury. Such notice, however, shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any damage resulting from his blasting operations. 15. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE The successful bidder shall be required to have a responsible Local representative available at all times while the work is in progress under this contract. The successful bidder shall be required to furnish the name, address and telephone number where such local representative may be reached during the time that the work contemplated by this contract is in progress. 16. PAYMENT OF EMPLOYEES AND FILING OF PAYROLLS The contractor and each of his subcontractors shall pay each of his employees engaged in work on the project under this contract in full (less mandatory legal deductions) in cash, or by check readily cashable without discount, not less often than once each week. The Contractor and each of his subcontractors engaged at the - 7- site of the work shall not later than the seventh day following the payment of wages, file with the Owner's Representative, or Engineer, a certified, sworn, legible copy of such payroll. This shall contain the name of each employee, his classification, the number of hours worked on each day, rate of pay, and net pay. The affidavit shall state that the copy is a true and correct copy of such payroll, that no rebates or deduc- tions (except as shown) have been made, or will in the future be made from the wages paid as shown thereon. 17. PROVISIONS CONCERNING ESCALATOR CLAUSES Proposals submitted containing any conditions which provide for changes in the stated bid price due to in- creases or decreases in the cost of materials, labor or other items required for the project will be re- jected and returned to the bidder without being considered. 18. PREPARATION FOR PROPOSAL The bidder shall submit his proposal on forms furnished by the City. ALL blank spaces in the form shall be correctly filled in and the bidder shall state the price both in words and numerals, for which he proposes to do the work contemplated or furnish the materials required. Such prices shalt be written in ink, dis- tinctly and Legibly, or typewritten. In case of discrepancy between the price written in words and the price written in figures, the price written in words shall govern. If the proposal is submitted by an indi- vidual, his name must be signed by him or his duly authorized agent. If a proposal is submitted by a firm, association, or partnership, the name and address of each member must be given and the proposal signed by a member of the firm, association or partnership, or person duly authorized. If the proposal is submitted by a company or corporation, the company or corporate name and business address must be given, and the proposal signed by an official or duly authorized agent. Powers of attorney authorizing agents or others to sign proposals must be properly certified and must be in writing and submitted with the proposal. The proposal shall be executed in ink. Each proposal shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope, addressed as specified in the Notice to Bidders, and endorsed on the outside of the envelope in the following manner: (a) Bidder's name (b) Proposal for (description of the project). Bid proposals may be withdrawn and resubmitted at any time prior to the time set for opening of the bids, but no proposal may be withdrawn or altered thereafter. 19. BOUND COPY OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by bidder shall be bound and include the fol- lowing: (a) Notice to Bidders. (b) General Instructions to Bidders. (c) Bidder's Proposal. (d) Statutory Bond (if required). (e) Contract Agreement. (f) General Conditions. (g) Special Conditions (if any). (h) Specifications. (i) Alt other documents made available to bidder for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. If Plans and Specifications are too bulky or cumbersome to be physically bound, they are to be considered incorporated by reference into the aforementioned contract documents. -8- BID PROPOSAL -9- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) BID PROPOSAL BID FOR UNIT PRICE CONTRACTS _. PLACE DATE 07,Lf q l PROJECT NO. 11357 Proposal of Westinghouse Electric Supply Co. (hereinafter called Bidder) To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner) Gentlemen: The Bidder, in compliance with your invitation for bids for the construction of a South Substation Structure & Equipment having carefully examined the plans, specifications, instructions to bidders, notice to bidders and all other re- Lated contract documents and the site of the proposed work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surround- ing the construction of the proposed project including the availability of materials and labor, hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials, and supplies; and to construct the project in accord —once with the plans, specifica- tions and contract documents, within the time set forth therein and at the price stated below. Bidder understands and agrees that this bid proposal shall be completed and submitted in accordance with in- struction number 20 of the General Instructions to Bidders. Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any formality in _ the bidding. The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) calendar days after the scheduled closing time for receiving bids. The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully examined the plans, specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this bid, and he further agrees to commence work on or before the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and to substantially complete the work on which he has bid; as provided in the contract documents. Enclosed with this proposal is a Cashier's Check or Certified Check for Dollars (S ) or a Proposal Bond in the sum of 5 p e r ce n t Dollars (S ), which it is agreed shall be collected and retained by the Owner as Liquidated damages in the event the proposal is accepted by the Owner and the undersigned fails to execute the necessary contract documents and the required bond (if any) with the Owner within ten (10) days after the date of receipt of written notification of acceptance of said proposal; otherwise, said check or bond shall be returned to the undersigned upon demand. Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by Bidder shall be bound and include all con- tract documents made available to him for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. (Seat if Bidder is a Corporation) ATTEST: Secretary -1 i- LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS This form shall be completed and submitted with the Bidder's Proposal Minority Owned Yes No 1. NONE WE ARE SUPPLYIING MATERIAL ONLY 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. -12- BID PROPOSAL FORM FOR SECTION 2.0 - SUBSTATION STEEL, BUSWORK, AND GROUNDING LP&L South Substation Lubbock, Texas Bid Item #2.1 Provide substation steel, buswork, and grounding materials in accordance with Specification Section 2.0. $ 252,750 Material bid onl) Delivery See next page Are there any exceptions to this specification? 2 CHUBB 100 William Street, New York, New York 10038-4568 - BOND NO. 8300-68-92 FIVE YEAR TERM BID BOND FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY BOND AMOUNT: OPEN PENALTY KNOW'ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That we, WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC CORPORATION The Principal, (hereinafter called "Principal"), and FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY a Corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of NEW JERSEY and authorized to transact business as Surety in the State of TEXAS as Surety, (hereinafter called "Surety"), are firmly bound unto THE CITY OF LUBBOCK, TEXAS (hereinafter called the "Obligee") in the full and just sum of FIVE PERCENT (5%) of the amount of any bid for supplies and services submitted by the Principal during the period commencing OCTOBER 1, 1989, and ending OCTOBER 1, 1994, inclusive, for the payment of which sum in lawful money of the United States well and truly to be made, we do bind ourselves, our and each of our successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. SEALED with our seals and dated this 30TH day of OCTOBER, 1989. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, That whereas, the above named Principal contemplates submitting bids for furnishing supplies and services to THE CITY OF LUBBOCK, TEXAS for the period abovementioned and desires that all bids submitted for such years be covered by a single bond, instead of by a separate bond for each bid, NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal, upon acceptance by the Obligee of any such bid within the period specified within the Bid Document for acceptance (sixty (60) days if no period is specified), shall execute such further contractual documents, if any, and give bond(s) as may be required by the terms of the bid as accepted within the time specified (twenty (20) days if no period is specified) after receipt of forms by him, or in the event of the failure so to execute such further contractual documents and give such bond(s), if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference, not to exceed the penalty hereof, between the amount specified in said bid and the amount for which the Obligee may legally contact with another party to perform the work covered by said bid, if the latter amount be in excess of the former, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. ATTEST: -- WITNESS: Le WESTINGHOU E PLECTRIC,CIORPORATION P i ipal) BY: FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY BY :d,4&ty 64e�� F.RTRT.T.F' AVM0rVn^-- LAQMTA MOORE COUNTERSIGNED BY: Z,oed r Texsx Son n Form 16-02-120 (Formerly 111 52-F) POWER OF ATTORNEY Know all Men by these Presents, That the FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, 15 Mountain View Road, Warren, New Jersey, a New Jersey,Corpora- tion, has constituted and appointed, and does hereby constitute and appoint Phillip M. Shaw, Laqueta Moore, Candace L. Elk, Estelle Armstrong, Albert H. Hayes, Michael J. Herrod and Douglas Moore of Dallas, Texas ---- --- each its true and lawful Attomey-in-Fact to execute under such designation in its name and to affix its corporate seal to and deliver for and on its behalf as surety thereon or otherwise, bonds or obligations given or executed in the course of its business, and any instruments amending or altering the same, and con- sents to the modification or alteration of any instruments referred to in said bonds or obligations. -- In tlWlrhses whenol, tit• said FEDERAL SOURAMC! COMPANY has. Pursuant to its Sy .sm, caused Vrw presents to be sipnad by ills AaWWu VicisPnoldon W MaWant Secretary ant its corporate seal to be hereto affixed this 1st day d February 19 89 Corporato Seal r. • ^ FEDERAL Mu ANY is • 's yF�'JERS�+ By G.MaCMblan Richard 0. O'Connor - Aaaletwd VlosdMesldsnt -- AsWtant STATE OF NEW JERSEY Sal. County of Somerset On this 1st day of February is 89 . before me personably came Rchard D. O'Corww r to nw known and by me linown to be Apistsnt secretaryof the FEDERAL al- SURANCE COMPANY. the corporation described in and whi dr executed the brepou Power of Attorney, and the said Richard D. O'Corxwa being by me duty swan, did dpose and say that Ira Asea tard secretary of the FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY and know$ the,, F , to aw thereof that the eve aflded to the foregoing Power of Attorney is such corporate seal and sus limit affixed by authority, of the Bylaw of acid Company. and that he slgrhed acid Powr of Attorney as Assistant Secretary of said Com er y by Ike aucnorny; and that he is acquainted with George McClellan and know him to be the Assistant Vtos ResWerN of said Company, and that the signature of said George McCfaW subacribed to said Power of Anomay is in the genuine handwriting of a" George McCWm and was thereto subscribed by wdrority of said By -Larva and In A ;x, ert'a presence. Nourw E _ nal O�9 Ac rawledged and Swam to b•fars nne on to date above Q %� e PUBLC • `\ . AUCE LEONARD Notary Public Wk 3Ef►5 CERT1FlcAnoN NOTARY PUBLIC OF NEW JERSEY STATE OF NEW .IERSEr as. My Commission Expires July JZ IM County of Somerset 1. the undersigned. Assistant Secretary of the FEDERAL IMSURANCE COMPANY. do hereby certity that the following is a true excerpt from the Bylaw of the said Company as adopted by its Board of Dhecton on March 11. 1953 and most recently amended March 5. 1M and that tlhb Bylaw is In full face and ofleet "ARTICLE xVln. Section 2. AN bonds, undertakings, contracts and other hills WN other titan as above brand on behalf of the Cornpmy which it hi authorized bylaw a its chanter to execute. may and shall be executed in the name and on behalf of the Company either by fhe Chairman or the Vb*Chsirmm or the Presiders or a fte-President. pinta with the Secretary or an AssWant Secretary. under their respective designations. except that" or* or more office or atomey"Wac designated in any r000kittion of the Board of Di eclat or the Executive Committee, or in any power of attorney executed as provided for rn Section 3 bebw. may execute any such bond, unhdonakhhg or other obligation ss provided In such resdution or power of attorney. Section 3. An powers of attorney for and on behalf of the Corrparry may and shall be executed In the name and on behalf of the Company, ether by the chairman or the Vx*ChWmm or the President or aVb► President oran Assistant Via•Presid•M, jointly with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, under then respective designation$. The signature of such oteare may be engraved, proved or lithographed. The Swat" d each d tie fuaowing r 1k , : Chahm$n, Vie fhhshman, Presiders any Via P eolds arty Assiolont Via Preerdert. any Secretary, try Assistant Secretary and the seal of the Company may be affixed by faaI I to ant power of smmoy a to any cwonc ts relethhg t$reb appoknhhg Assistant seaefarles orAtomeyean•Fact for purposes only of execrnhhp and anesong bonds and undertake ge and ether wrhkhpe obligatory in the nah s t ersol, and any such power of attorney oraN11- boa" such fonainrhble signature or facsimile seal shelf be valid and binds upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by -_ such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and bhhdhq upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which his attached." I fuller comfy that oaW FEDERAL MSURANCE COsaPANY Is duly soor$od to transact oddity and surety business in each of the Stow of the United Suter of Mena. Distinct of Columbia, Puerto Rico, and esch d the Provirwee of Canada with the exception of Prince Edward Wand; and is also duly Iarheed to b•corre soie surety on bonds. undertakings. etc., permitted or required by caw. I. the undersigned Assietant Secretary of FEDERAL MSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby artily tut fhe brepdnp Power of Attorney win fun farce rd effect. Given under my hand and the sesidsold Company uwoman. N.J..30th eayof October 19 89 Assistant Secretary AR�CCNSENT (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) DELIVERY SCHEDULE FOR SECTION 2.0 -DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL 3-4 WEEKS AFTER RECIEPT OF ORDER -ANCHOR BOLTS 3 WEEKS AFTER RECEIPT OF APPROVED DRAWINGS -PACKAGE ITEMS 10-12-WEEKS AFTER RECEIPT OF APPROVED DRAWINGS -SWITCHES 14-16 WEEKS AFTER RECEIPT OF APPROVED DRAWINGS -CCVT 18-20 WEEKS AFTER RECEIPT OF APPROVED DRAWINGS *TWO DAYS FEILD SERVICE INCLUDED IN BID PRICE* (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) 1 POWER SUBSTATIONS INC. 6663 "Iton Mill& Re,o, 8ulc. 105 P.O. 80: 450M CM 14rid, Oslo 44143 p101 44SQ3113 BILL OF MATERIAL CUSTOMER: C ►T Y OF %-'.% B 15 v C K J 71EX AS REFERENCE: F7VQ P 4- Z'Z'Z 3 -at P44 : (a'l 1CV . So v !E1 u 5 cz� 7- A, .1 C5 N ITI~M NO. QTY REV DESCRIPTION Al I Olaf Lot Hot -Di Galv Steel, A22. Wt. Lbs. S 5&WW14 z cl-&W d a ked Down Assembled) as follows: TY Descri Lion Lenq M A-F AMle OL.uM MS 38-Ca K r�oe.ICE`La �>ev� 5 UM R 4t �3 � •a � © � O g LtG>rtT MIA ha G IC: -a 7 EF �R � M�j 2•0 As;zL A^FRAMS 51CAM!5 24 -O 2 A_ K sAmS 24-6 d &4j K "L-15w l �, -lp // l� �vlbS 2 Coc.vnitw Assg I O 6exJICILI� � N`> 10-2?& M N A 2 fvV. �TA►��� 1 9 KS -5T NT) .I0-2 FQ) d ©uE %. 4 M 1 Sc, A I-S7,11ric— A►�c 0 L .-W Hex Nut & Flat washer 19 I� 2 Di Washer Dia. x Ft. In. Lg.-W/Hex Nut & Flat Washer Dia. x Ft. In. Lg..W/Hex Nut & Flat Washer )qI9 Is Swi trh Onerati no P1 atfgM a2^ LET i yi�' THK -ri=m Pi n rE!z. n ! ! POWER. SU SSTATI O NS. INC. TELEPHONE (216)449-2323 6563 WILSON MILLS FLD. SUITE 106 CLEVELAND, OHIO FAX (216)4 BILL OF MATERIAL BEM NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION C2 Switch, Type TA TPST (HOR) (�) (W (HG) (DIS) Vafrl L raj Kv' 350 KV BIL j dQ AMP 000 AMP Momentary Insulators I 5rg X T 1fM H 41 S � Source: 4 S Catalog No. ICJ Operating Mechanism (Swing Handle) ( ) ( ) Switch, Type -TPST (HOR) (VERT) (UH) (HG) (DIS) Br KV KV BIL AMP AMP Momentary Insulators TR- Source: Catalog No. Operating Mechanism (Swing Handle) (Bevel Gear) (Motor Mech) Fuse Disconnect Switch, Type KV WMP) (KVA) Interrupting Capacity Live Parts Only' Source: Catalog No. Insulators Fuse Holder Fuse Units, Tv a KV F i LI Lightning Arrester, Station Class Tye X q P- A e. Q KV Source: A 5 & Catalog �To . xi} P)4 U 4S-KV McoV �z 5zJPotential Transformer, Outdoor TXpa L. PT-3 rJ' 6 '3 5Q KV BIL V. Pfimar 1 .. Source: A $ Catalog No. agyQ (c G �v3 4 8 oe A M P 6 -• 2c c !C a (0 Source:Ttt 0.4Catalog No .:r n 4 o u Pc., N GC4 P^ c- i Ya a fA6 I' TK. AN TIP Pc ,• �025 4 d U e I Gu CA 2 Q f T u 5 -=5 POWER. SU BSTATIONS.INC. Telephone (216)449-2323 6363 Wilson Mills 9.d. Suite 106 Cleveland, Ohio Fax (216)449• BILL OF MATERIAL TEM NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION H41 1IQ INSULATORS, INCH B.C. STATION POST, IV O xV BIL NEMA TR- ?-I COLOR GRA SOURCE: CATALOG NO. S a STACKS ITEM CZ 1 la KV SWITCH STACKS ITEM KV SWITCR STACKS ITEM KV SWITCH STACKS ITEMH41 (69 Kv v� WAv1E TRAP 5 A -30 STACKS ITEM H4 1 &9 KV FUSE 3po -5 TAs%1> STACKS ITEMH 41 41 KV BUS INSULATOR CO .5r 1.1 H42 INSULATORS INCH B.C. STATION POST xv KV BIL NMM TR- COLOR SOURCE CATALOG NO. STACR ITEM KV SWITCH STACKS ITEM KV SWITCH STACKS ITEM KV FUSE STACKS ITMI KV BUS INSULATOR J51 STISPENSIOR INSULAT - /STRING -Vt KV Lf NE V bug !a 42 KV- "t 2 to9 K V 8ubt.42- (a K V F5 l6 84 -41KV uS-Tk J53 Q TOWER FITTING 4,ImIE toUS $) (WAME TRA J54 d SOCKET J55 STRAIN CLAMP �'e FP �7, �..,- 1�+1 G Z % GCS l GoA C y, N° S13o. J5 6JC� LC45A 4CAT. O° 9 3 J5 7 J5814TOWER FITTINGY' 1 C vv 1 P, IE J59 14 STRAIN (:T.AT �/ M.S GAL.V, ST'ATIC. 1! � f 'A . E , c ,o►-�. �s a �,,� e - s - ►� ,V" :V Vl "L.V VI - . .... �- IVlw, ♦:L- ..... ---- Po�'J 5u:^�f�Y����i, ICE. BILL OF MATERIAL MET►O % QTY. DESCRIPTION K(,j 2.Inch SPS, Alum Tubing, 6063-T6 Schedule 40 37 Ao ��-U_ L. eme.TNS K(oZ. 00• Inch SPS, Alum Tubing 6063-T6 Schedule 40 Inch SPS, Alum Tubing, 6063-T6 Schedule 40 Inch SPS, Alum Tubing, 6063-T6 Schedule 40 Inch STO IPS Copper Tubin q H.D.H,C. Inch STD IPS Copper Tubing H.D.H.C. Inch STO IPS Copper Tubin H.D.H.0 Inch STD IPS Copper Tubing H.D,H.C. 5 MCM STR 8WG G G KV SUS E 420 7 "'T MCM % au,o �-a STR AWG C S E j�, (o fop-� 115o - -0 (DAM P'6►a i NG CA 5l. E K 4: SS too- 8 rat M . S. G. W. -r EF—L. � MCM STR AWG U6 l Aoc b 4 0 MCM 1 STR AWG Bare C a P P E' flz% S.D. for MA 1N 15%j91 a GRautv'D P�v� a 1 M Z7SA for logo-o ST'Ru<'Yu rm i' r R A Fo M C GRo ►. U6Z boo-,8 i q S. CO� w ZK for 15TIZUCTUgE- AP' iZA t.1� M, SS 14t-1 Pc�.6• ST/a'f f Nj UC�'?a 0C.pj#2-7 STR AWG CU Bare S.D. Tinned Pst-scla- C�{�evw'Ta UG,4 lac - ST C u A R G i ? I w POWER SBSTATiONS INC. 6563 Wilson Mille Suits 108 P.O. Box Qw Cleveland, OhJ6 A ITEM Nov ' BILL OF MATERIAL DESCRIPTION - N 71 I.SO ITerm Conn for 195 Mc M NEMA Type Ca PR. 7UM PG p,J'7?_ 2. Term Conn for "t MCM Z-c° 7 A 3►R, NEMA Ha Type Cc Pit - P T.lS I 8- wAuE TRAP Z- C,c.v. T:'S 1 - L.A'S ('Cj xv lsu -TRANSP N "j Term Conn for '�' M C. M 46/7 A c S R Pr' P. NEMA_2 Ho' Type Cd� M PA. (vp , o. C. 'S. (od • Hi nc N 7 145 Term Conn for Z /Z 5 P�= AN t w t N u M NEMA Hol lype c.TCd%t) Contact End Hinc I I �J Term Conn for Z Z, 5 P A U M l I a U M NEMA Hot o�T�'.'�PAtsl�w_Cgntact End • Hinc Term Conn for %_- Me77ALL►c M NEMA Hol Type S F. T. 34C. Contact End .• Hinc N"1 bF-D Terminal Connector Bolts Nuts Terminal Connector Washers ll Mb'rI L- NP7DA o4c 040 I� or �ELIEVt�L 41 ;L T81 Tee Conn for E:.SPS _u M Run to oc.G P Z�' T e (6 - !Q`l KV BUS (L.A.%S)k c.c. V. 2 - �� ,. ►. V T. T-S l 12 -,Type Tee Conn for �`/Z- S PS ALUM Run to. - M o tr E' S'a L r E 12 - C4 KV BUS PAD - M I Tee Conn for Run to (Type KV BUS k I Tee Conn for Run to Type KV BUS k _ i ! ( ;Tee Conn for Run to VIP _IBC PS OWEFI SUBSTATIONS INC.n UN wean Ws AM. Suu. 100 r.5"6116, Ohio44143 m I) *111= BILL OF MATERIAL ITEM NO.! QTY., DESCRIPTION I S traight Conn f= YZ 5 P25, A� v M yam to A M 0 t. r E It - 4P9 RV Bus Staight Caren far I = to Type KV az traight Cann fC= IRLM to RV BUS tt ight C = f=. B= to xv Bus araild Conn far Run to • KV BM araliel Cann f= R= to RV Bus Parallel Conn ta= Ran to xV BUS 1� 35 14 fay /S ros A, Dipe Rrat.ric3> 3 - (A9 xv BUS BUS Sup =t Clamp for xv Bus Bus sup x-t =mv f= Type xv Eas BUS S==X t Cl=,p far xv Bus xv 3:S HOWER SUBSTATIONS INo. am Wilson Mille R954 awl& tog �-.. P.a sa. 4= OMIA e. on 6 "141 Ira BILL OF MATERIAL ITEM NO. qTY. DESCRIPTION R 9q Corona Bell for eY?. 5 P A L u M t M is Type,pKive tPq KY _BIDS 469 KI iwit M Corona Bell for Type KV BUS K� Corona Dell for T e KV- BUS KV TA 30 An 1 e Vee for sP A4 V M Run to 1 2 S pe:, At_taM Type Sbt. reV 0- &I KV BUS KV _713Z 6a0 Angl a -ee for ?.`lz g En ALu M Run to I PS A t-u M Type e,-T ED 40 — (p9 KV BUS KV Angle Vee for Run to Angle Vee for Run to Type KV BUS KV Stud Conn for Stud to Tye O.C.S. Transf. Bus S 036 Stud Conn fora.0 . M. DuSH s is Stud to 4 - Mc3 L 5 PAS Type SocT a - O.C.B. 51 fZ ro DUSH I M& Stud to 4— NGLIT PA> Type %.T-gt,> Flexible Conn for 1 4 Lppp C .w, Stud to N. Transf. Bus 63041 Type 0.C.B Transf. Busl S=-, MX -rAL,.iG P—I - 3 Conn for Type� Stud to 4 - Hot.E PA l�- V. Trarsf. Bus; 2 L • A.' S l. < POWER SUBSTATIONS,INC. BILL. OF MATERIAL ITEM NCL QTYJ I'DESCRIPTIQN UG11 CR. CONN. ` N oC ca pp L TO FLAT. 2-C- := - BASE COL.. PEAK. 144 CRo3 UG12 14 b GR. CONN. I tub C 0 PP E:Q. IA 9V u . TO 7 1 - C--UP 5TRUc,j'uRCoy, UC13 30 . GR. CONN. 19 %10.41 . C6 P P IS l L To FL 2-C" Ila 36- PLAT FcFt M U014 _17. PARALLEL CONN. FOR: 19 K)© q .0 a �' ... vj ��.. TAPS PeAa UC26 CR. LUC w E. L- TO NLMA 2-HOL S FOR OCS 0 Ri GRD . 0 -TRANS, UG17 Q TERMINAL: BOLTS FOR UGIS j GR. LUC C c p P, lEg vw EL j� TO NEKA 1-HOLE PAD FOR SWIT" UC21 CR. CONN. p CC Ppep, TO INCH FENCE CNR. FOS' UG22 GR. CONN. b 119 .,%TR C© PPIEF;Z To INCH FENCE GATE POS UG23 4. GR. CONN. FLEX BRAID TO INCji FENCE GATE FftA UG24 4 GR. CONN. FLEX BRAID FOR CATE POST TO GATE FRAME CONK. UG25 ( GR. CONN. QED cr., T G b p S TO INCH FENCE LINE P0- UG26 GR. CONN. Z �� �%�"f•lNN4� TO INCU FENCE TOP RAI UG27 ��'j GR. CONN. Z 5-r CO NTO FENCE BARBED WIRE u2$ 2 11 It 4pST 5:11iCu I To WZ STR-Cc UG31 4$ COPPERWELD GROUND RODS JM DIA. x � LONG UG3?` COPPERWELD GROUND RODS SECTIONAL Mt DIA. x IS' -0 LONG UG3'3 2 COUPLING $ uG34 ,d��, DRIVING STUDS i r'-UWER ClUbSTA I IUNS INC. Cleveland0 Q.OX 44 BILL OF MATERIAL i ivl %10. QTY. D tZSCR;P ;CEN UG41 2 _rCadweld. -Type GY, 5/8 'VIA. Rod to 4/0 br Co P P rC R Cadweld Type GY Rod to Cadweld', TyRe GY, Rod to U64Z 2- Cadweld, Type TA, 0r/d ImTR QU Rum to 4- cm swT9 CC) PIP eR u (S42 Cadweld, Type TA, /n 4L) Run to 1441`1Q Cc P.P' FzuiPb u644, 2. Cadweld, T e *. 410 sr GV RWU ta__olO ST Ca P PeR UG 5> ONE l Ir A/c SrP, G u 4/e 5'TT 9 Cal IT T l,3 Cadweld Clamp Cadweld Clamo U647 1{5 18ox Rower Cartridges (10 per Box) Cat. No. j Sp for Item UG4i j# UG42 LA-6$ Box Poaa r Cartridges (10 oar Box) • Cat. No. for Item u G 43 iit 49 !OME !Box, Power Cartridges (0 per Box), Cat, No. 9c f for Item f fta-ek r g p l (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) PAYMENT BOND -13- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) HECK iN TEXAS BY �� STATUTORY PAYMENT BOND PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 5160 OF THE REVISED CIVIL STATUTES OF TEXAS a� �a AS AMENDED BY ACTS OF THE 56TH LEGISLATURE, REGULAR SESSION, 1959 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that fIt W(hereinafter called the Principal(s), as Principal(s), qnJ — (hereinafter called the Surety(s), as .S/urety(s), are held and firmly bound t the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called ,the Qbligee), in the amount of,iwo, ••�+.� .:rr. i,.r.c�,40-; �DYars (S'?&20,Oa) lawful money of the United States for the iaymertt uhereof, the sai Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, adminis- trators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the � day of �_, 19�, to and said Principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in the amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor and material to him or a sub -contractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in said con- tract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas as amended by Acts of the 56th Legislature, Regular Session, 1959, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. DISCLOSURE OF GUARANTY FUND NONPARTICIPATION In the event the Insurance Company is unable to fulfill its contractual obligation under this policy or contract or application or certificate or evidence of coverage, the policyholder or certificateholder is not protected by an insurance guaranty fund or other solvency pro- tection arrangement. Foam B 10-02 (EC 3..0 -14- IN WITNESS WHE EOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this day of 19 4f . Principal By. (Ti le) By: (Title) By (Title) FEffik 1113URANCE. COMPANY Surety *By: dM4� (Title) 17 AVVMW IN F.AC;p Countersigned f r Texas B7 • B9(1 The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby des- ignates an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship. Approved as to form: Cit bbock , By: City Attorney FLDf_RAL INSURANCE COMPANY Surety (Title) WORM IN FaCT *Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of attorney for our files. COMPLAINT NOTICE TEXAS SHOULD ANY DISPUTE ARISE ABOUT YOUR PREMIUM OR ABOUT A CLAIM THAT YOU HAVE FILED, CONTACT THE AGENT OR WRITE TO THE COMPANY THAT ISSUED THE POLICY, BOND OR CERTIFICATE. IF THE PROBLEM IS NOT RESOLVED, YOU MAY ALSO WRITE THE STATE BOARD OF INSURANCE, P.O. BOX 149091, AUSTIN, TEXAS 78714-9091. FAX # (512) 475-1771. THIS NOTICE OF COMPLAINT PROCE- DURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AND DOES NOT BECOME A PART OR CONDITION OF THIS POLICY, BOND OR CERTIFICATE. UG 100 UNIFORM PRINTING & SUPPLY. INC. POWER OF ATTORNEY Know all Men by these Presents, That the FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, 15 Mountain View Road, Warren, New Jersey, an Indiana Corpora- tion, has constituted and appointed, and does hereby constitute and appoint Leah G. Fahsbender, Laqueta Moore, Estelle Armstrong, Albert H. Hayes and David Nesbit of Dallas, Texas ------------------------------- each its true and lawful Attorney -in -Fact to execute under such designation in its name and to affix its corporate seal to and deliver for and on its behalf as surety thereon or otherwise, bonds or obligations (other than Bail Bonds) given or executed in the course of its business, and any instruments amending or altering the same, and consents to the modification or alteration of any instruments referred to in said bonds or obligations. In Witness Whereof, the said FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY has, pursuant to its By -Laws, wised these presents to be signed by its Vice President and Assistant Secretary and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed this 1st day of May t9 go Corporate Seat - ' �ArQ1AW�` Richard D. O'Connor Auist�rtt Secretary STATEtOF NEW JERSEY J County of Somerset ss. FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY fly e D Dixon Vice President On this 1st day of May 19 go , before me personally came Richard D. O'Connor to me known and by me known to be Assistant Secretary of the FEDERAL IN. SURANCE COMPANY, the corporation described in and which executed the foregoing Power of Attorney, and the said Richard D. O'Connor being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is Assistant Secretary ` of the FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY and knows the Corporate seal thereof; that the pal stbxed to the foregoing Power of Attorney is such corporate seal and was thereto affixed by authority of the By -Laws of said Company, and that he signed said Power of Attorney as Assistant Secretary of said Company by like authority; and that he is acquainted with James D. Dixon and knows him to be the Vice President of said Company, and that the signature of said James D. Dixon subscribed to said Power of Attorney is in the genuine handwriting of said James D. Dixon and was thereto subscribed by authority of said By -Laws and in deponent's presence. Not olriz rZoore � )9, ACkrwtedged and Sworn to befme on the oats nnen. o•JANET A. SCAVOW Notary Public )� CERTIFICATIONNclary Public, State of New Awn*, No 2066520 STATE OF NEW JERSEY SS. -,-,"on ,"on cxolrp., October 2, 1"4 County of Somerset 1, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of the FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that the following is a true excerpt from the By -Laws of the said Company as adopted by its Board of Directors on March 2, 19W and that this By -Law is in full force and effect. "ARTICLE XVlll Section 2, All bonds, undertakings, contracts and other instruments other than as above for and on behalf of the Company which it is authonZed by law or its charter to execute, may and shalt be executed in the name and on behalf of the Company either by the Chairman or the Vice Chairman or the President or a Vice President, jointly with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, under "or respective designations, except that any one or more officers or attorneys-indad designated in any resolution of the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee, or in any power of attorney executed as Provided for in Section 3 below, may execute any such bond, undertaking or other obligation as provided in such resolution or power of attorney. -- Section 3. AIt powersof anomey for and on behalf of the Company may and shall be executed in the name and on behaff of the Company. eitfw by the Chairman or the Vice Chairman or the President or a vice President Or an Assistant vice President. grotty with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, under their respective designations, The Signature CO such Officers may be engraved, pnnted or Irthographed. The signature of each of the following officers- Chairman, Vice Chairman, President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretaryand the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or to any cenihcate relating thereto appointing Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys -in -Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings oNigatory in the nature thereof, and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seat shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached." I further certify that said FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY is duty licensed to transact fidelity and surety business in each of the States of the United States of America, District of Columba, Puerto Rico, and each of the Provinces of Canada with the exception of Pnnce Edward Island; and is also duty licensed to become $ob surety on bonds, undertakings, etc., permitted or required by law. I, the undersigned Assistant Secretary of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney is in full force and effect. red the seal of said Company at Warren. N.J.. this - day of.19 C___A z2j� 'Assistant Secretary 90) CONSENT vnnYIED U IkA PERFORMANCE BOND -16- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) flIf IN jEXAS STATUTORY PERFORMANCE BOND PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 5160 OF THE REVISED CIVIL STATUTES OF TEXAS AS AMENDED BY }' •.. r�+J a.�tl ACTS OF THE 56TH LEGISLATURE, REGULAR SESSION 1959 X* (A - KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that (hereinafter called the PrincipaL(s), as PrincipaL(s), and (hereinafter gallj4te Sgrety(s), as Suret,y�(s,�, �a_r ld and fi,�rmly bound unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the Obligee), in the amount of �� � Dollars ($ ,4',Qfe-0d) lawful money of the United States for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administra- tors, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. O WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the a v day of t f 192/' to of—.�,� Q�i�� ����c.v-sziL G-,,.a� ��.*ux�nt' ��,ti�►�:,�4� and said principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in the amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully per- form the work in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas as amended by Acts of the 56th Legislature, regular session 1959, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITN S WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this .&'L day of Neal , 19 9/ . fEDERAL INSURANCE COMPAMI' Surety *By: i (Titl ) Countersigned for Texas By. Ben Sp in tl -v , (role) By: (Title) By: (Title) -17- The undersign surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby designates4"411"111an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship. FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY Surety inCX�� By. (Title) U20REST IN FACE Approved as to Form Cit ubbock By. V City Attorney *Note: If signed yby'an officer of the Surety Company,"there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of attorney for our files. DISCLOSURE OF GUARANTY FUND NONPARTICIPATION In the event the Insurance Company is unable to fulfill its contractual obligation under this policy or contract or application or certificate or evidence of coverage, the policyholder or certificateholder is not protected by an insurance guaranty fund or other solvency pro- tection arrangement. Form 99 100M (Ed 190( COMPLAINT NOTICE TEXAS SHOULD ANY DISPUTE ARISE ABOUT YOUR PREMIUM OR ABOUT A CLAIM THAT YOU HAVE FILED, CONTACT THE AGENT OR WRITE TO THE COMPANY THAT ISSUED THE POLICY, BOND OR CERTIFICATE. IF THE PROBLEM IS NOT RESOLVED, YOU MAY ALSO WRITE THE STATE BOARD OF INSURANCE, P.O. BOX 149091, AUSTIN, TEXAS 78714-9091. FAX # (512) 475-1771. THIS NOTICE OF COMPLAINT PROCE- DURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AND DOES NOT BECOME A PART OR CONDITION OF THIS POLICY, BOND OR CERTIFICATE. UG 100 UNIFORM PRINTING & SUPPLY, INC. M A -18- POWER OF ATTORNEY Know all Men by these Presents, That the FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, 15 Mountain View Road, Warren, New Jersey, an Indiana Corpora- _ tion, has constituted and appointed, and does hereby constitute and appoint H. T. Wilkins, III, Gertrude Crocker, Craig Peterson and Ladonna McKinley of Lubbock, Texas ---------------- each its true and lawful Attorney -in -Fact to execute under such designation in its name and to affix its corporate seal to and deliver for and on its behalf as surety thereon or otherwise, bonds of any of the following classes, to -wit: 1. Bonds and Undertakings (other than Bail Bonds) filed in any suit, matter or proceeding in any Court, or filed with any Sheriff or Magistrate, for the doing or not doing of anything specified in such Bond or Undertaking. 2. Surety bonds to the United States of America or any agency thereof, including those required or permitted under the laws or regulations relating to Customs or Internal Revenue; License and Permit Bonds or other indemnity bonds under the laws, ordinances or regulations of any State, City, Town, Village, Board — or other body or organization, public or private; bonds to Transportation Companies, Lost Instrument bonds; Lease bonds, Workers' Compensation bonds, Miscellaneous Surety bonds and bonds on behalf of Notaries Public, Sheriffs, Deputy Sheriffs and similar public officials. 3. Bonds on behalf of contractors in connection with bids, proposals or contracts. In Witness Whereof, the said FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY has, pursuant to its By-laws, caused these presents to be signed by its Vice President and Assistant Secretary and its corporate seal --- to be hereto affixed this 4 th day of October 19 91 FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY By - - Idf A 'r , I; dx��_ James Dixon 1 Vice President STATE OF NEW JERSEY SS. County of Somerset On this 4 t h day of October 19 91 , before me personally came Richard D. O'Connor tome known and by me known to be Assistant Secretary of the FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, the corporation described in and which executed the foregoing Power of Attorney, and the said Richard D. O'Connor being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is Assistant Secretary of the FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY and knows the corporate seal thereof; that the seal affixed to the foregoing Power of Attorney is such corporate seal and was thereto affixed by authority of the By -Laws of said Company and that he signed said Power of Attorney as Assistant Secretary of said Company by like authority, and that he is acquainted with James D, Dixon and knows him to be the Vice President of said Company, and that the signature of said James D. Dixon subscribed to said Power of Attorney is in the genuine handwriting of said James D. Dixon and was thereto subscribed by authority of said By-laws and in deponent's presence. Notarial S Acknowledged and Sworn to before me !.� on the date a itten. > T Notary Public --T a CERTIFICATION PMMC- skam of libw leow P/c� ZD6!oSiC STATE OF NEW JERSEY 1 SS. C0"vrrner:in Etcptres Ociober Z M4 County of Somerset I I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of the FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that the following is a true excerpt from the By-laws of the said Company as adopted try its Board of Directors on March 2, 1990 and that this By -Law is in full force and effect "ARTICLE XVIII. Section 2. All bonds, undertakings, contracts and other instruments other than as above for and on behalf of the Company which it is authorized by law or its charter to execute, may and shall be executed in the name and on behalf of the Company either by the Chairman or the Vice Chairman or the President or a Vice President, jointly with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, under their respective designations, except that any one or more officers or attorneys -in -fact designated in any resolution of the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee, or in any power of attorney executed as provided for in Section 3 below, may execute any such bond, undertaking or other obligation as provided in such resolution or power of attorney. Section 3. All powers of anomey for and on behalf of the Company may and shall be executed in the name and on bohalf of the Company, either by the Chairman or the Vice Chairmen or the President or a Vice President brain Assistant Vice President, jointly with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, under their respective designations. The signature of such officers maybe engraved, printed or lithographed. The signature of each of the following officers: Chairman, Vice Chairman, President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any .--. power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys-in-Facl for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and arty such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached" I further certify that said FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY is duty licensed to transact fidelity and surety business in each of the States of the United States of America, District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, and each of the Provinces of Canada with the exception of Prince Edward Island; and is also duly licensed to become sole surety on bonds, undertakings, etc-, permitted or required by law. I, the undersigned Assistant Secretary of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMP NY, do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney is in full force and effect. Nk" Given under my hand and the seal of said Company at WarN.J., th GA L day of .�-Eh l ren, .19 Corporatel%agowpkwab� <:�75,"­ a_&r Oil Assistant Secretary L Ow. PRINTED U NA GENERAL (FORMERLY 21-10-0333) CONTRACT -19- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) CONTRACT STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF LUBBOCK THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 8th day of August, 1991, by and between the City of Lubbock, County of Lubbock, State of Texas, acting by and through B.C. McMinn, Mayor, thereunto authorized to do so, hereinafter referred to as OWNER, and WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC SUPPLY CO. of the City of LUBBOCK, County of LUBBOCK and the State of TEXAS, hereinafter termed CONTRACTOR. WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and performed by the OWNER and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith (if any) the CON- TRACTOR hereby agrees with OWNER to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as fol- lows: BID #11357 - LP8L SOUTH SUBSTATION STRUCTURES 8 EQUIPMENT IN THE AMOUNT $252,750.000. and all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in the contract documents and at his (or their) own proper cost and expense to furnish all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction in accordance with the contract documents as defined in the General Condition of Agreement. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work within ten days after the date written notice to do so shall have been given to him and to substantially complete same within the time specified in the contract documents. The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds for the performance of the contract in accordance with the proposal submitted therefore, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the contract documents and to make payment on account thereof as provided therein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this agreement in Lubbock, Lubbock County, Texas in the year and day first above written. TEST: S retary APP OVED AS TO CONTENT: c APPROVED AS TO M: 1 L ATTEST: Corporate Secretary CITY OF LUBBOCK, TEXAS (OWNER), C . t By: A&I4^ MAYOR WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC MPPLY CO CONTR 0 By: TITLE: COMPLETE ADDRESS: 520 34TH STREET LUBBOCK TX 79404 -20- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT -21- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT 1. OWNER Whenever the word Owner, or the expression Party of the First Part, or First Party, are used in this con- tract, it shall be understood as referring to the City of Lubbock, Texas. 2. CONTRACTOR Whenever the word Contractor, or the expression Party of the Second Part, or Second Party, is used, it shall be understood to mean the person, persons, co -partnership or corporation, to -wit: WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC SUPPLY CO., who has agreed to perform the work embraced in this contract, or to his or their legal representative. 3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE Whenever the word Owner's Representative or representative is used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to WAYNE HICKS, LP&L ENGINEERING, City of Lubbock, under whose supervision these contract documents, including the plans and specifications, were prepared, and who will inspect constructions; or to such other representative, supervisor, or inspector as may be authorized by said Owner to act in any par- ticular under this agreement. Engineers, supervisor or inspectors will act for the Owner under the direction of Owner's Representative, but shall not directly supervise the Contractor or men acting in behalf of the Contractor. 4. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The contract documents shall consist of the Notice to Bidders, General Instructions to Bidders, Proposal, Signed Agreement, Statutory Bonds (if required), General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Conditions of the Agreement (if any), Specifications, Plans, Insurance Certificate, and all other documents made available to Bidder for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. 5. INTERPRETATION OF PHRASES Whenever the words "Directed," "Permitted," "Designated," "Required," "Considered Necessary," "Prescribed," or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation or prescription of the Owner's Representative is intended; and similarly, the words "Approved," "Acceptable," "Satisfactory," or words of like import shall mean approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Owner's Representative. Whenever in the Specifications or drawings accompanying this agreement, the terms of description of various qualities relative to finish, workmanship, or other qualities of similar kind which cannot, from their na- ture, be specifically and clearly described and specified, but are necessarily described in general terms, the fulfillment of which must depend on individual judgment, then, in all such cases, any question of the fulfillment of said Specifications shall be decided by the owner's Representative, and said work shall be done in accordance with his interpretations of the meaning of the words, terms, or clauses defining the character of the work. 6. SUBCONTRACTOR The term Subcontractor, as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents. owner shall have no re- sponsibility to any Subcontractor employed by Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated -22- by these contract documents, but said Subcontractors will look exclusively to Contractor for any payments due Subcontractor. 7. WRITTEN NOTICE Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent certified mail to the last business address known to him who gives the notice. 8. WORK Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work covered by the contract docu- ments. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall be of a good quality. The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have well known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer such recognized standards. All work shall be done and all materials furnished in strict conformity with the contract documents. 9. SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED The term "Substantially Completed" is meant that the structure or project contemplated by the contract docu- ments has been made suitable for use or occupancy or the facility is in a condition to serve its intended purpose, but still may require minor miscellaneous work and adjustment. 10. LAYOUT Except as specifically provided herein, the Contractor shall be responsible for laying out all work and shall accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative will check the Contractor's layout of all major structures and any other layout work done by the Contractor at Contractor's request, but this check does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of correctly Locating all work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. 11. KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE The Contractor shall be furnished with one copies of all Plans, Profiles and Specifications without expense to him and he shall keep one copy of same consistently accessible on the job site. 12. RIGHT OF ENTRY The Owner's Representative may make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress of quality of the executed work and to determine, in general, if the work is proceeding in accordance with the contract docu- ments. He will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work, nor will he be responsible for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or the safety precautions incident thereto. His efforts will be directed towards providing assurances for the Owner that the completed project will conform to the requirements of the contract docu- ments, but he will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. On the basis of his on -site observations, he will keep the Owner informed of the progress of the work and will endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the work of the Contractor. -23- 13. LINES AND GRADES All lines and grades shall be furnished by the Owner's Representative whenever necessary for the commence- ment of the work contemplated by these contract documents or the completion of the work contemplated by these contract documents. Whenever necessary, Contractor shall suspend his work in order to permit Owner's Representative to comply with this requirement, but such suspension will be as brief as practical and Con- tractor shall be allowed no extra compensation therefore. The Contractor shall give the Owner's Repre- sentative ample notice of the time and place where lines and grades will be needed. All stakes, marks, etc., shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor, and in case of careless destruction or removal by him, his Subcontractors, or his employees, such stakes, marks, etc., shall be replaced by the Owner's Representa- tive at Contractor's expense. 14. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE'S AUTHORITY AND DUTY Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the Owner's Representative shall review all work included herein. He has the authority to stop the work whenever such stoppage may be necessary to insure the proper execution of the contract. In order to permit delays and disputes and to discourage litigation, it is further agreed that the Owner's Representative shall, in all cases, determine the amounts and quantities of the several kinds of work which are to be paid for under this contract. He shall determine all questions in relation to said work and the construction thereof, and shall, in all cases, decide every question which may arise relative to the execution of this contract on the part of said Contractor. The Owner's Representative's estimates and findings shall be conditions precedent -- to the right of the parties hereto to arbitration or to any action on the contract, and to any rights of the Contractor to receive any money under this contract; provided, however, that should owner's Representative render any decision or give any direction, which in the opinion of either party hereto, is not in accordance with the meaning and intent of this contract, either party may file with said Owner's Representative within 30 days his written objection to the decision or direction so rendered, and by such action may reserve the right to submit the questions so raised to arbitration as hereinafter provided. It is the intent of this Agreement that there shall be no delay in the execution of the work, therefore, written decisions or direc- tion of the Owner's Representative as rendered shall be promptly carried out, and any claim arising there- from shall be thereafter adjusted to arbitration as hereinafter provided. The Owner's Representative shall, within a reasonable time, render and deliver to both the Owner and the Contractor a written decision on all claims of the parties hereto and on all questions which may arise rela- tive to the execution of the work or the interpretation of the contract, specifications and plans. Should the Owner's Representative fail to make such decision within a reasonable time, an appeal to arbitration may be taken as if his decision had been rendered against the party appealing. 15. SUPERINTENDENCE AND INSPECTION It is agreed by the Contractor that the Owner's Representative shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint from time to time such subordinate engineers, supervisors, or inspectors as the said Owner's Representative _ may deem proper to inspect the materials furnished and the work done under this Agreement, and to see that said material is furnished and said work is done in accordance with the specifications therefore. The Con- tractor shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors for the proper inspection and examination of the work. The Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors so appointed, when such directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and accompanying plans and specifications provided, however, should the Contractor object to any orders by any subordinate engineer, supervisor or inspector, the Contractor may within six (6) days make written appeal to the Owner's Representative for his decision. -24- 16. CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE The Contractor shall give personal attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this contract and shall keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to Owner's Representative. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in his absence and all directions given to him shall be binding as if given to the Contractor. Adequate supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the Contractor is essential to the proper performance of the work and lack of such supervision shall be grounds for suspending operations of the Contractor. The work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the Con- tractor and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the Contractor. The Owner or Owner's Representatives will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, or any subcontractors, or any of his agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the work. 17. CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has, by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the na- ture and location of the work, the confirmation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of mate- rials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, and the general and local conditions, and all other matters which in any way effect the work under this contract. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the Owner, either before or after the execution of this contract, shall effect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. 18. CHARACTER OF WORKMEN The Contractor agrees to employ only orderly and competent men, skillful in the performance in the type of work required under this contract, to do the work; and agrees that whenever the Owner's Representative shall inform him in writing that any man or men on the work, are, in his opinion, incompetent, unfaithful, or dis- orderly, such man or men shall be discharged from the work and shall not again be employed on the work with- out the Owner's Representative's written consent. 19. CONSTRUCTION PLANT The Contractor shall provide all labor, tools, equipment, machinery and materials necessary in the prosecu- tion and completion of this contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that Owner shall fur- nish same, and it is also understood that Owner shall not be held responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, or protection of any materials, tools, equipment or machinery or any part of the work until it is finally completed and accepted. The building of structures for the housing of men or equipment will be permitted only at such places as the Owner's Representative shall direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such structure shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the Owner's Representative. 20. SANITATION Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers on the work site, properly secluded from public ob- servation, shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the Owner's Representative and their use shall be strictly enforced. -25- 21. OBSERVATION AND TESTING The Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right at all reasonable times to observe and test the work. Contractor shall make necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such obser- vation and testing at any location wherever work is in preparation or progress. Contractor shall ascertain the scope of any observation which may be contemplated by Owner or Owner's Representative and shall give am- ple notice as to the time each part of the work will be ready for such observation. Owner or Owner's Rep- resentative may reject any work found to be defective or not in accordance with the contract documents, re- gardless of the stage of its completion or the time or place of discovery of such errors and regardless of whether Owner's Observer has previously accepted the work through oversight or otherwise. If any work should be covered without approval or consent of the Owner, it must, if requested by Owner or Owner's Repre- sentative, be uncovered for examination at Contractor's expense. In the event that any part of the work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location where it is not convenient for Owner or Owner's Representa- tive to make observations of such work or require testing of said work, then in such event Owner or Owner's Representative may require Contractor to furnish Owner or Owner's Representative certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by persons competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organization as may be required by law or the contract documents. If any work which is required to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered up without written approval or consent of the Owner or Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by the Owner or Owner's Representa- tive, be uncovered for observation and testing at the Contractor's expense. The cost of all such inspec- tions, tests and approvals shall be borne by the Contractor unless otherwise provided herein. Any work which fails to meet the requirements of any such tests, inspections or approval, and any work which meets the requirements of any such tests or approval but does not meet the requirements of the contract documents shall be considered defective. Such defective work shall be corrected at the Contractor's expense. Neither observations by the Owner or Owner's Representative, nor inspections, tests, or approvals made by Owner, Owner's Representative, or other persons authorized under this agreement to make such inspections, tests, or approvals shall relieve the Contractor from his obligation to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents. 22. DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES It is further agreed that if the work or any part thereof, or any material brought on the site of the work for use in the work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the Owner or Owners' Representative as un- suitable or not in conformity with plans, specification and contract documents, the Contractor shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the Owner's Representative, forthwith remove such material and re- build or otherwise remedy such work so that it shall be in full accordance with this contract. It is fur- ther agreed that any remedial action contemplated as hereinabove set forth shall be at Contractor's expense. 23. CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS The Contractor further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations as the Owner may see fit, in the line, grade, form dimensions, plans or or materials for the work herein contemplated, or any part p thereof, either before or after the beginning of the construction, without affecting the validity of this contract and the accompanying bond. If such changes or alterations diminish the quantity of the work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for damages, or anticipated profits on the work that may be dispensed with. If they in- crease the amount of work, and the increased work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price established for such work under this contract; otherwise such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Extra Work. In -26- case the Owner shall make such changes or alterations as shall make useless any work already done or mate- rial already furnished or used in said work, then the Owner shall recompense the Contractor for any material or labor so used, and for any actual loss occasioned by such change, due to actual expenses incurred in preparation for the work as originally planned. 24. EXTRA WORK The term "extra work" as used in this contract shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the Owner or Owner's Representative to be done by the Contractor to accomplish any change, al- teration or addition to the work as shown on the plans and specifications or contract documents and not cov- ered by Contractor's proposal, except as provided under Changes and Alterations herein. It is agreed that the Contractor shall perform all extra work under the direction of the Owner's Representa- tive when presented with a written work order signed by the Owner's Representative; subject, however, to the right of the Contractor to require written confirmation of such extra work order by the Owner. It is also agreed that the compensation to be paid to the Contractor for performing said extra work shall be determined by the following methods: Method (A) - By agreed unit prices; or Method (B) - By agreed lump sum; or Method (C) - If neither Method (A) or Method (B) be agreed upon before the extra work is com- menced, then the Contractor shall be paid the actual field cost of the work, plus fifteen (15%) per cent. In the event said extra work be performed and paid for under Method (C), then the provisions of this para- graph shall apply and the "actual field cost" is hereby defined to include the cost of all workmen, such as foremen, timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, materials, supplies, teams, trucks, rentals on machinery and equipment, for the time actually employed or used on such extra work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred, together with all expenses incurred directly on account of such extra work, including Social Security, Old Age Benefits, Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Workmen's Compensation and all other insurances as may be required by law or ordinances or directed by the Owner or Owner's Representative, or by them agreed to. Owner's Representative may direct the form in which accounts of the actual field cost shall be kept and records of these accounts shall be made available to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise, these mat- ters shall be determined by the Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machin- ery and equipment shall be determined by using 100%, unless otherwise specified, of the latest Schedule of Equipment and Ownership Expenses adopted by the Associated General Contractors of America. Where practical, the terms and prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be incorporated in the written extra work order. The fifteen percent (15%) of the actual field cost to be paid to Contractor shall cover and com- pensate him for his profit, overhead, general superintendence and field office expense, and all other ele- ments of cost and expense not embraced within the actual field cost as herein defined, save that where the Contractor's Camp or Field Office must be maintained primarily on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the "actual field cost." No claim for extra work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by Owner's Representative. In case any orders or instructions appear to the Contractor to involve extra work for which he should receive compensation or an adjustment in the construction time, he shall make written request to the Owner's Repre- sentative for a written order authorizing such extra work. Should a difference of opinion arise as to what does or does not constitute extra work or as to the payment therefore, and the Owner's Representative in- sists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making written request for written order and shall keep adequate and accurate account of the actual field cost thereof, as provided under Method (C). The Contractor will thereby preserve the right to submit the matter of payment to arbi- tration as herein below provided. -27- 25. DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS It is further agreed that it is the intent of this contract that all work described in the proposal, the specifications, plans and other contract documents, is to be done for the prices quoted by the Contractor and that such price shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent of these contract documents as interpreted by Owner's Representative. If the Contractor finds any discrepancies or omissions in these plans, specifications, or contract documents, he should notify the Owners' Representative and obtain a clarification before the bids are received, and if no such request is _ received by the Owner's Representative prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be considered that the Contractor fully understands the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in his proposal to complete the work in accordance with these plans and specifications. It is further understood that any re- quest for clarification must be submitted no later than five days prior to the opening of bids. 26. RIGHT OF OWNER TO MODIFY METHODS AND EQUIPMENT If at any time the methods or equipment used by the Contractor are found to be inadequate to secure the quality of work with the rate of progress required under this contract, the Owner or Owner's Representative may order the Contractor in writing to increase their safety or improve their character and efficiency and the Contractor shall comply with such order. If, at any time, the working force of the Contractor is inadequate for securing the progress herein speci- fied, the Contractor shall, if so ordered in writing, increase his force or equipment, or both, to such an extent as to give reasonable assurance of compliance with the schedule of progress. 27. PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS LABORERS MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES The Contractor agrees that he will indemnify and save the Owner harmless from all claims growing out of any demands of subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen and furnishers of machinery and parts — thereof, equipment, power tools, all suppliers, including commissary, incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this contract. When Owner so desires, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or waived. If during the progress of the work, Contractor shall allow any indebtedness to accrue for work furnished by any of those designated in the preceding paragraph and shall fail to pay and discharge any such indebtedness within five (5) days after demand is made, then owner may, during the period for which such indebtedness shall remain unpaid, withhold from the unpaid portion of this contract, a sum equal to the amount of such unpaid indebtedness or may apply the sum so withheld to discharge any such indebtedness. Any and all communications between any party under this paragraph must be in writing. 28. PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENT INVENTION The contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees, and shall provide for the use of any design, de- vice, material or process covered by letters patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the Paten- tee or Owner thereof. The Contractor shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyrights and shall indemnify and save the owner harmless from any loss on account thereof, except that Owner shall defend all such suits and claims and shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular design, device, material or process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is speci- fied or required in these contract documents by Owner; provided, however, if choice of alternate design, de- vice, material or process is allowed to the Contractor, then Contractor shall indemnify and save Owner harm- less from any loss on account thereof. If the material or process specified or required by Owner is an in- fringement, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless he promptly gives written notice to the Owner of such infringement. -28- 29. LAWS AND ORDINANCES The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations, which in any manner effect the contract or the work, and shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner against any claims arising from the violation of any such laws, ordinances, and regulations, whether by the Contractor or his employees. If the Contractor observes that the plans and specifications are at variance therewith, he shall promptly notify the Owners' Representative in writing and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided in the contract for changes in the work. If the Contractor performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice to the Owner's Representative, he shall bear all costs arising therefrom. The owner is a municipal corporation of the State of Texas and the law from which it derives its powers, in- sofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the Owner may enter into contracts, shall be controlling, and shall be considered as part of this contract to the same effect as though embodied herein. 30. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING The Contractor further agrees that he will retain personal control and will give his personal attention to the fulfillment of this contract. The Contractor further agrees that subletting of any portion or feature of the work, or materials required in the performance of this contract, shall not relieve the Contractor from his full obligations to the Owner, as provided by this contractual agreement. 31. HINDRANCE AND DELAYS In executing the contract agreement, the Contractor agrees that in undertaking to complete the work within the time herein fixed, he has taken into consideration and made allowances for all hindrances and delays in- cident to such work, whether growing out of delays in securing material or workmen or otherwise. No charge shall be made by the Contractor for hindrance or delays from any cause during the progress of any part of the work embraced in this contract except where the work is stopped by order of the Owner or Owner's Representative for the Owner's convenience, in which event, such expense as in the judgment of the Owner's Representative that is caused by such stoppage shall be paid by owner to Contractor. 32. QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured or computed length, area, solid contents, number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided. In the event this contract is let on a unit price basis, then Owner and Contractor agree that this contract, including the specifications, plans and other contract documents are intended to show clearly all work to be done and material to be furnished hereunder. Where the estimated quantities are shown for the various classes of work to be done and material to be furnished under this contract, they are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the work and for comparing their proposals of- fered for the work. It is understood and agreed that the actual amount of work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this contract may differ somewhat from these estimates, and that where the basis for payment under this contract is the unit price method, payment shall be for the actual amount of work done and materials furnished on the project. 33. PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY The Contractor shall take proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way encountered, which may be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and he shall be Liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjacent -29- property. The Contractor agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless the Owner against any claim or claims for damages due to any injury to any adjacent or adjoining property, arising or growing out of the perfor- mance of this contract, but such indemnity shall not apply to any claim of any kind arising out of the exis- tence or character of the work. 34. PRICE FOR WORK In consideration of the furnishing of all necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all work by the Contractor, and on the delivery of all materials embraced in this contract in full conformity with the specifications and stipulations herein contained, the owner agrees to pay the Contractor the price set forth in the proposal attached hereto, which has been made a part of this contract, and the Contractor hereby agrees to receive such price in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid work, also, for all expenses incurred by him and for well and truly performing the same and the whole thereof in the manner and according to this agreement, the attached specifications, plans, contract documents and requirements of Owner's Representative. 35. PAYMENTS No payments made or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the contract, either wholly or in part, nor shall any certificate or payment be considered as acceptance of de- fective work. Contractor shall at any time requested during the progress of the work furnish the owner or Owner's Representative with a verifying certificate showing the Contractor's total outstanding indebtedness in connection with the work. Before final payment is made, Contractor shall satisfy owner, by affidavit or otherwise, that there are no outstanding liens against Owner's premises by reason of any work under the con- tract. Acceptance by Contractor of final payment of the contract price shall constitute a waiver of all claims against Owner which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this contract. 36. PARTIAL PAYMENTS i On or before the tenth day of each month, the Contractor shall submit to Owner's Representative an applica- tion for partial payment. Owner's Representative shall review said application for partial payment and the progress of the work made by the Contractor and if found to be in order shall prepare a certificate for par- tial payment showing as completely as practical the total value of the work done by the Contractor up to and including the last day of the preceding month; said statement shall also include the value of all sound ma- terials delivered on site of the work that are to be fabricated into the work. The Owner shall then pay the Contractor on or before the fifteenth day of the current month the total amount of the owner's Representative's Certificate of Partial Payment, less 5% of the amount thereof, which 5% shall be retained until final payment, and further, less all previous payments and all further sums that may — be retained by Owner under the terms of this agreement. It is understood, however, that in case the whole work be near to completion, and this fact is certified to by Owner's Representative and some unexpected and some unusual delay occurs due to no fault or negligence on the part of the Contractor, the Owner may upon written recommendation of Owner's Representative pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained per- centage due Contractor. 37. FINAL COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE Within thirty-one (31) days after the Contractor has given the Owner's Representative written notice that the work has been completed or substantially completed, the Owner's Representative and the owner shall in- spect the work and within said time, if the work be found to be completed or substantially completed in ac- cordance with the contract documents, the Owner's Representative shall issue to the Owner and Contractor his certificate of completion, and thereupon it shall be the duty of the Owner within thirty-one (31) days to issue a certificate of acceptance of the work to the Contractor. -30- 38. FINAL PAYMENT Upon the issuance of the certificate of completion, the Owner's Representative shall proceed to make final measurement and prepare a final statement of the value of all work performed and materials furnished under the terms of the agreement, and shall certify same to the Owner, who shall pay to the Contractor on or be- fore the 31st day after the date of certificate of completion, the balance due Contractor under the terms of this agreement, provided he has fully performed his contractual obligations under the terms of this con- tract; and said payment shall become due in any event upon said performance by the Contractor. Neither the certificate of acceptance nor the final payment, nor any provisions in the contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of the obligation for fulfillment of any warranty which may be required in the special condi- tions (if any) of this contract or required in the specifications made a part of this contract. 39. CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT FOR WORK Contractor shall promptly remove from Owners' premises all materials condemned by the Owner's Representative on account of failure to conform to the contract, whether actually incorporated in the work or not, and Con- tractor shall at his own expense promptly replace such condemned materials with other materials conforming to the requirements of the contract. Contractor shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. if Contractor does not remove and replace any such condemned work within a reasonable time after a written notice by the Owner or the Owner's Representative, owner may remove and replace it at Contractor's expense. 40. CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT Neither the final payment nor certificate nor any provision in this contract shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship, and he shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which shall appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of substantial completion. The owner or the Owner's Representative shall give notice of observed de- fects with reasonable promptness. 41. PAYMENT WITHHELD The Owner may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify the whole or part of any certificate to such extent as may be necessary to protect himself from loss on account of: (a) Defective work not remedied. (b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating possible filing of claims. (c) Failure of the Contractor to make payments promptly to subcontractors or for materials or labor. (d) Damage to another contractor. When the above grounds are removed, or the Contractor provides a surety bond satisfactory to the Owner, which will protect the Owner in the amount withheld, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them. 42. TIME OF FILING CLAIMS It is further agreed by both parties hereto that all questions of dispute or adjustment presented by the Contractor shall be in writing and filed with the Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) days after the Owner's Representative has given any directions, order or instruction to which the Contractor desires to take exception. The Owners' Representative shall reply to such written exceptions by the Contractor and render his final decision in writing. In case the Contractor should appeal from the decision of the Owner's -31- Representative, any demand for arbitration shall be filed with the Owner's Representative and the Owner in writing within ten (10) days after the date of delivery to Contractor of the final decision of the Owner's Representative. It is further agreed that final acceptance of the work by the Owner and the acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment shall be a bar to any claim by either party, except where noted other- wise in the contract documents. 43. ARBITRATION All questions of dispute under this agreement shall be submitted to arbitration at the request of either party to the dispute. The parties may agree upon one arbitrator, otherwise, there shall be three; one named in writing by each party and the third chosen by the two arbiters selected; or if the arbiters fail to se- lect a third within ten (10) days, he shall be chosen by the District Judge, 72nd Judicial District of Texas. Each arbiter shall be a resident of the City of Lubbock. Should the party demanding arbitration fail to name an arbiter within ten (10) days of the demand, his right to arbitrate shall lapse, and the de- cision of the Owner's Representative shall be final and binding on him. Should the other party fail to choose an arbiter within ten (10) days, the Owner's Representative shall appoint such arbiter. Should ei- ther party refuse or neglect to supply the arbiters with any papers or information demanded in writing, the arbiters are empowered by both parties to take Ex Parte Proceedings. The arbiters shall act with promptness. The decision of any two shall be binding on both parties to the contract, unless either or both parties shall appeal within ten (10) days from date of the award by the ar- biters, and it is hereby agreed that each party shall have the right of appeal and all proceedings shall be according to and governed by Arbitration Statutes of Texas, being Article 224, et seq., Vernon's Annotated Civil Statutes. THE DECISION OF THE ARBITERS UPON ANY QUESTION SUBMITTED TO ARBITRATION UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO ANY RIGHT OF LEGAL ACTION. The arbiters, if they deem the case demands it, are authorized to award the party whose contention is sus- tained, such sums as they deem proper for the time, expense and trouble incident to the appeal, and if the appeal was taken without reasonable cause, they may award damages for any delay occasioned thereby. The ar- biters shall fix their own compensation, unless otherwise provided by agreement, and shall assess the costs and charges of the arbitration upon either or both parties. The award of the arbiters must be made in writ- ing and shall not be open to objection on account of the form of proceedings or award. 44. ABANDONMENT BY CONTRACTOR _ In case the Contractor should abandon and fail or refuse to resume work within ten (10) days after written notification from the Owner or the Owner's Representative, or if the Contractor fails to comply with the or- ders of the Owner's Representative, when such orders are consistent with this contract, this Agreement, or the Specifications hereto attached, then the Surety on the bond shall be notified in writing and directed to complete the work and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the Contractor. After receiving said notice of abandonment, the Contractor shall not remove from the work any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies then on the job, but the same, together with any materials and equipment under the contract for work, may be held for use on the work by the Owner or the Surety of the Contractor, or another contractor, in completion of the work; and the Contractor shall not receive any ,. rental or credit therefore (except when used in connection with Extra Work, where credit shall be allowed as provided for under paragraph 24 of this contract); it being understood that the use of such equipment and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the work and be reflected in the final settlement. In case the Surety should fail to commence compliance with the notice for completion hereinbefore provided for within ten (10) days after service of such notice, then the Owner may provide for completion of the work in either of the following elective manners: -32- (a) The Owner may employ such force of men and use of machinery, equipment, tools, materials and sup- plies as said Owner may deem necessary to complete the work and charge the expense of such labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said Contractor, and the expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the Owner out of such moneys as may be due, or that may thereafter at any time become due to the Contractor under and by virtue of this Agreement. In case such expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been com- pleted by the Contractor, then said Contractor shall receive the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been com- pleted by said Contractor, then the Contractor and/or his Surety shall pay the amount of such excess to the Owner; or (b) The Owner, under sealed bids, after notice published as required by law, at least twice in a newspa- per having a general circulation in the County of location of the work, may let the contract for the completion of the work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this contract. In case of any increase in cost to the Owner under the new contract as compared to what would have been the cost under this contract, such increase shall be charged to the Contractor and the Surety shall be and remain bound therefore. However, should the cost to complete any such new contract prove to be less than that which would have been the cost to complete the work under this contract, the Contractor or his Surety shall be credited therewith. When the work shall have been substantially completed, the Contractor and his Surety shall be so notified and certificates of completion and acceptance, as provided in paragraph 42 hereinabove set forth, shall be issued. A complete itemized statement of the contract accounts, certified to by Owner's Representative as being correct shall then be prepared and delivered to Contractor and his Surety, whereon the Contractor or his Surety, or the Owner as the case may be, shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement within 30 days after the date of certificate of completion. In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have been the cost to the Owner had the work been completed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract, or when the Contractor and/or his Surety shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the Owner, then all machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies left on the site of the work shall be turned over to the Contractor and/or his Surety. Should the cost to complete the work exceed the contract price, and the Contractor and/or his Surety fail to pay the amount due the Owner within the time designated hereinabove, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies on the site of the work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials shall be mailed to the Contractor and his Surety at the respective addresses designated in this contract; provided, however, that actual written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing, or other giving of such notice, such property shall be held at the risk of the Contractor and his Surety subject only to the duty of the Owner to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) days from the date of said notice the Owner may sell such machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the Contractor and his Surety. Such sale may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the Owner may elect. The Owner shall release any machin- ery, equipment, tools, materials, or supplies which remain on the *jobsite and belong to persons other than the Contractor or his Surety, to their proper owners. 45. ABANDONMENT BY OWNER In case the Owner shall fail to comply with the terms of this contract, and should fail or refuse to comply with said terms within ten (10) days after written notification by the Contractor, then the Contractor may suspend or wholly abandon the work, and may remove therefrom all machinery, tools, and equipment, and all materials on the ground that have not been included in payments to the Contractor and have not been incorpo- rated into the work. Thereupon, the Owner's Representative shall make an estimate of the total amount earned by the Contractor, which estimate shall include the value of all work actually completed by said Con- tractor at the prices stated in the the attached proposal, the value of all partially completed work at a -33- fair and equitable price, and the amount of all Extra Work performed at the prices agreed upon, or provided for by the terms of this contract, and a reasonable sum to cover the cost of any provisions made by the Con- tractor to carry the whole work to completion, and which cannot be utilized. The Owner's Representative shall then make a final statement of the balance due the Contractor by deducting from the above estimate all previous payments by the Owner and all other sums that may be retained by the owner under the terms of this Agreement, and shall certify same to the Owner who shall pay to the Contractor on or before thirty (30) days after the date of the notification by the Contractor the balance shown by said final statement as due the Contractor, under the terms of this Agreement. 46. BONDS The successful bidder shall be required to furnish a performance bond and payment bond in accordance with Article 5160, Vernon's Annotated Civil Statutes in the amount of 100% of the total contract price, in the event said contract price exceeds $25,000.00. If the contract price does not exceed $25,000.00, the statu- tory bonds will not be required. All bonds, if required, shall be submitted on forms supplied by the owner, and executed by an approved Surety Company authorized to do business in the State of Texas. And it is fur- ther agreed that this contract shall not be in effect until such bonds are so furnished. 47. SPECIAL CONDITIONS In the event special conditions are contained herein as part of the contract documents and said special con- ditions conflict with any of the general conditions contained in this contract, then in such event the special conditions shall control. 48. LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss or damage to the Contractor arising out of the nature of the work to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance and the prosecution of the same, or from unusual obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in the prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at his own cost and expense. 49. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR Contractor is, and shall remain, an independent contractor with full, complete and exclusive power and au- thority to direct, supervise, and control his own employees and to determine the method of the performance of the work covered hereby. The fact that the Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right to ob- serve Contractor's work during his performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and vested in the Owner or Owner's Representative hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or effect the status of the Contractor as an independent contractor with respect to either -- the Owner or Owner's Representative or to the Contractor's own employees or to any other person, firm, or corporation. _ 50. CLEANING UP The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulation of debris caused by the work, and . at the completion of the work he shall remove all such debris and also his tools, scaffolding, and surplus materials and shall leave the work room clean or its equivalent. The work shall be left in good order and condition. In case of dispute Owner may remove the debris and charge the cost to the Contractor. -34- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) SPECIFICATIONS 26SIM (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) SECTION 1.0 - 69 KV CIRCUIT BREAKERS 1.00 QUANTITY Under the base bid, Bid Item #1.1, provide five (5) each 69 KV circuit breakers as specified below. Under Alternate Bid Item -- #1.2A the Vendor shall indicate the cost for a factory trained field service engineer / technician to perform final checkout and acceptance testing of five (5) circuit breakers as specified below _ in paragraph 1.17. 1.01 PROPOSAL DATA In addition to the price proposal data requested above, Vendors shall submit with their proposal two sets of complete descriptive data on the proposed equipment. This data shall include weights, dimensions, and recommended maintenance intervals for critical components and systems. 1.02 SUBMITTAL DATA Within 30 days of contract award the Vendor shall submit five (5) sets of detailed outline drawings, anchor bolt drawings, conduit entrance drawings, wiring diagrams, CT excitation curves and other pertinent data as may be necessary for interfacing the 69 KV circuit breakers with the remainder of the substation equipment and systems being provided under this specification. Upon shipment of circuit breakers, the Vendor shall furnish five (5) certified copies of factory tests reports. These reports shall include, but not be limited to contact resistance test, operation times, CT performance data and dielectric test data. 1.03 EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS This device is to be a dead tank design. The interrupting medium may be SF6 or bulk oil. The equipment shall have the following characteristics: Frequency Phases Rated max. voltage - Continuous current amps Impulse withstand - Sym. Inter. Current 60 Hertz Three 72.5 kV L-L 1200 Amps 350 kV BIL 25,000 Amps 1 Close voltage 125 Volts DC Trip voltage 125 Volts DC Motor and heater voltage 230 Volts AC Interrupting time (max) 3 cycles 1.04 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS Current transformers are required on this device. Current transformers are required as shown on the drawings, twelve total, four per phase, two per bushing. The current transformers shall be 1200:5 multi -ratio, Class C400. All five leads from each current transformer shall be brought to a shorting type terminal block in a control cabinet. 1.05 BUSHINGS All 69 kV bushings shall be porcelain with threaded studs. Stud connectors will be provided under Section 3.0. 1.06 HEATERS The breaker shall have heaters and a thermostat to prevent condensation in the breaker control cabinet. The heaters shall be wired for 230 VAC. 1.07 AUXILIARY SWITCHES There shall be six "a" and six "b" auxiliary contacts available for customer use. The auxiliary contacts shall be wired to a terminal block in the control cabinet. 1.08 GROUNDING The breaker (stand) shall be furnished with 2 two -hole ground pads. 1.09 OPERATING MECHANISM The breaker shall use a stored energy operating mechanism with sufficient capacity for five (5) open and five (5) close operations. The breaker shall be mechanically and electrically trip free. Circuit breakers shall have two trip coils, a mechanical operations counter and a mechanical position indicator to indicate if the breaker is open or closed. Operators, controls and equipment shall be housed in a gasketed enclosure with provisions for padlocking. The breaker shall be capable of being reclosed within 20 cycles of the breaker being tripped. If an air pressure system is used, it shall be complete with an air tank, a motor, a compressor, a pressure gauge on the tank, motor timer, and complete controls. The air tank is to be equipped with a -- condensate drain valve. Hydraulic operators shall be furnished with a pressure gauge, low pressure alarm contacts, motor timer and a hand pump for manually charging the system. 1.10 SF6 GAS INTERRUPTERS The SF6 gas interrupters shall be housed in an aluminum -- housing with high pressure rupture discs to protect against sudden pressure build ups. Breaker poles shall have provisions for individual timing and adjustment. Interrupters shall be shipped with a nominal 5 - 7 pounds gas pressure, with final filling to be conducted in the field. 1.11 SF6 GAS MONITORING Provide a complete SF6 gas monitoring system to include the following features: a. Common monitoring system for all three poles. b. Gas density monitor. c. Low gas pressure alarm contact. -' d. Critical low gas pressure alarm and trip block. e. Pressure gauge. f. Gas filling provisions. 1.12 KNIFE SWITCHES AND FUSES Three fused knife switches shall be furnished. One fused knife switch for the compressor circuit (if a compressor is used), one for the heater circuit, and one for the control circuit. 1.13 PAINT The breaker color shall be ANSI 70, gray. 1.14 MANUAL TRIP The breaker shall be capable of being tripped mechanically (without control voltage) by pulling a lever on the breaker cabinet. When the breaker is tripped by pulling this lever it shall toggle a lockout switch (69 Device) which will prevent closing of the breaker until the lockout switch is reset. Exceptions to providing a manual trip level shall be clearly stated in the quotation. 3 1.15 OIL If an oil filled breaker is supplied, an oil level gauge, an upper filter press connection and a lower drain valve shall be furnished. The oil should be furnished in drums if the breaker cannot be shipped with oil. The manufacturer's oil test requirements shall be supplied with the proposal. 1.16 STAND The breaker shall be furnished complete with a stand. The stand shall be adjustable and provide clearance above foundation as shown on the drawings. The anchor bolt plan and foundation loading drawings shall be provided with the proposal. A drawing of the stand shall be furnished with the proposal. 1.17 TOOLS The vendor shall supply one set of any special tools required for the normal operation and maintenance of the breaker. The breaker shall be shipped with the windlass (if a windlass is used in the maintenance of the breaker) installed if practical. 1.18 FIELD SERVICES Under Alternate Bid Item # 1.2A, the Vendor shall provide the services of a field service engineer / technician to direct, inspect, and supervise the installation of SF6 gas in the circuit breakers and to conduct acceptance testing of the circuit breakers. This proposal shall include all travel, lodging, meals, equipment and per diem expenses for the field service engineer / technician. 1.19 SF6 GAS HANDLING CART Under the base bid the Vendor shall provide one (1) SF6 gas handling cart. This gas cart is required even if the Vendor is quoting bulk oil circuit breakers. This cart shall have a storage tank with a minimum volume sufficient to store 375 pounds of sulfur hexafluoride gas at 104 Deg. F. The tank shall be an ASME certified pressure vessel with a design pressure of 600 PSIG. The storage tank shall have the following accessories: a. Drain valve b. ASME approved safety valve c. Pressure gauge d. Temperature gauge e. Tank heater, 1.0 KW f. Isolation valves for all lines g. Refrigeration coil h. Liquid level sight glass 4 The gas cart shall also have a vacuum pump with a displacement of 17CFM, driven by a 1 1/2 HP motor. The vacuum pump shall be capable of extracting gas and water vapor from a leak - tight chamber or the on -board storage tank down to an absolute pressure of 1 torr. The vacuum shall have a clearly visible oil sight glass and provisions for draining and refilling the oil. The gas cart shall also be furnished with an SF6 gas compressor driven by a 3/4 HP motor with a minimum capacity of 100 -- standard cubic feet per hour at 100 PSIG discharge pressure and 0 PSIG suction pressure. The gas compressor shall be an oil -less design and shall have an elapsed time meter. Provide on the gas cart an automatic refrigeration system to cool the stored SF6 gas to 26 Deg. F. as the gas is being removed from the circuit breaker. This system shall have the effect of "— limiting the SF6 gas compressor discharge pressure to less that 100 PSIG by controlling the storage tank gas pressure. The refrigeration system compressor crankcase shall have a heater for -- cold starting. The gas cart shall have a control panel in a weatherproof gasketed enclosure with the following instruments and controls: a. Main power circuit breaker b. Amber lamp indication for "TANK HEATER ON" _ c. Fuse for control circuits d. On -off switch for vacuum pump e. On -off switch for SF6 gas compressor f. On -off switch for tank heater g. H-O-A switch for refrigeration system h. Electronic vacuum gauge i. Storage tank pressure gauge (0-600 PSIG) j. Compressor discharge gauge, (0-150 PSIG) k. Storage tank temperature gauge, -20 Deg.F. to +240 Deg. F. 1. Inlet pressure / vacuum gauge. The entire system shall require less than IOKW of electrical power and shall operate from a 240 volt, 1 phase, 60 HZ. supply. The system shall be protected by a main circuit breaker and motors shall be protected by thermal overloads. The gas saving cart shall be mounted on a single axle trailer with pneumatic tires, electric tail lights, stop lights and turn signal lights, a retractable third wheel, stabilizing — jacks, and a pintle eye hitch. The equipment shall be completely enclosed in a weatherproof sheet metal housing. Hinged doors with two point latches shall be installed to provide access to all equipment and controls. All door latches shall have provisions for padlocking. The complete trailer and enclosure shall be painted white. The completed unit shall be tested prior to shipment. The system shall be leak tested using a halogen leak detector with the "! system under positive pressure. After leak testing, the system 5 shall be charged with dry nitrogen and sealed for shipment. The system shall be provided with two sets of Operating and Maintenance Instruction Manuals, two 25 foot long service hoses with J.I.C. 37 degree fitting, threaded on the free end, a valve position display panel with LED indicators, and a gas conditioning loop. The gas conditioning loop shall have a molecular sieve dryer to remove moisture, arcing by-products, hydrocarbons, and sub - micron size particulates. The loop shall also include a pressure regulator, adjustable between 40 and 100 PSIG, nominally set at 75 PSIG, to prevent the circuit breaker from being over pressurized on refilling. Recirculation piping shall be provided to permit the SF6 gas to be routed through the gas conditioning loop more than once, prior to returning to the electrical equipment. This recirculation piping shall be independent of the vacuum pump inlet piping to allow simultaneous purification of SF6 gas while the vacuum pump is evacuating a circuit breaker. Provide one spare set of replacement filter media for the molecular sieve dryer. Gas handling carts as manufactured by Cryoquip Inc. of Gardena, Ca. is considered to meet the requirements of this specification. The Vendor shall include in the Base Bid proposal, the services of a field service engineer / technician to provide on - site instruction on the operation of the system. This proposal shall include all travel, lodging, meals, equipment and per diem expenses for this field service engineer / technician to perform the training. The gas cart manufacturer shall determine the number of days required to provide this training. It is anticipated that approximately six LP&L personnel will participate in this training. 2 SECTION 2.0 SUBSTATION STEEL, BUSWORK, AND GROUNDING 2.01 PROPOSAL DATA The Vendor shall submit with the proposal two copies of a complete bill of materials and descriptive literature on the equipment and materials to be furnished. Proposals shall indicate the estimated individual structure weights. Final design weights shall not be less than the estimated weights by more than 5%. _ 2.02 SUBMITTAL DATA The Vendor shall submit (5) five sets of approval drawings and calculations. Design calculations should indicate the structure deflections, design loads, actual structure weights and the foundation reactions. The following drawings shall be submitted: a. Location of foundations and anchor bolts in each foundation. b. Steel details, showing fabrication details of all steel members to be furnished herein. c. Steel assembly drawings indicating how all steel members connect together. d. Arrangement drawings including plan views, end views, sectional views and details with all items, fittings and devices identified.. e. Grounding drawings showing all above and below grade cable runs, ground rods, and connectors. f. Foundation details for all foundations and pads. These drawings shall tabulate required concrete and reinforcing steel quantities. g. A complete bill of material indicating manufacturer and catalog number. Following approval of drawings the Vendor shall submit (5) five copies of final drawings and one set of reproducible drawings. 2.03 DESIGN CONDITIONS Substation steel structures shall be designed in accordance with AISC Standards and NEMA Standard SG6 and shall include 1/2" ice loads. Foundation designs shall be based on a vertical soil bearing capacity of 3000 psf and a lateral soil resistance of 350 psf per foot of depth. Substation buses and connectors shall be designed for a minimum continuous current rating of 1200 amperes and a short circuit current rating of 15,000 amperes. 1 Dead end structures shall be designed for the following tension conditions: Transmission phase conductor - 795 MCM ACSR, 26/7, Drake, 2500 lbs. Transmission line conductor - 3/8" HSS, 1000 lbs. The deadend structure shall be designed for vertical loading caused by the incoming 69 kV line angle as it intersects the truss. The structure shall be designed for an average line angle not to exceed 45 degrees from horizontal. The deadend structure shall be designed for transverse loads due to wind on the incoming conductor and due to the incoming line not being normal to the face of the structure. Each structure shall be designed for a wind force on each incoming line of 100 pounds. Each structure shall be designed for the incoming line to be 15 degrees from normal to the face of the structure. This angle shall be considered to be the average of all lines on one circuit, i.e. the average angle of 3 phase conductors and two static wires for a 69 kV incoming line. The structures shall meet the deflection limits specified in NEMA SG 6. The 69 kV line support structure shall be considered at Class "A" type structure. In no case shall the clearances be less than the NEMA, EEI or IEEE standards. 2.04 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS The material to be furnished under this section shall consist of the following items for the substation steel package: - All anchor bolts and templates required for the substation. - Grounding conductor and connectors, both above and below ground. - Three-phase 69 kV disconnect switches. - All insulators for the substation both suspension and station post type. - Potential transformers 69 kV. - All steel structures. - All required conductors and connectors both rigid and flexible. - Arresters for use on the 69 kV system and transformers - Wave Traps and tuners - Coupling capacitor voltage transformers -- 2.05 GALVANIZING All steel shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM Designation A-123. 2.06 STEEL PARTS Steel parts shall conform to ASTM specifications A-36, A-283, and A-307. 2.07 HARDWARE If possible, one type of structure bolt and one diameter should be used as fasteners for station structures. The bolts and nuts shall meet ASTM Standard Specification A394. Type MF locknuts (hexagonal) shall be furnished for all bolted connections. All hardware shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM standard A-153. 2.08 STRUCTURAL STEEL All work shall be equal to the best modern practice in the manufacture and fabrication of materials of the types covered by these specifications, not withstanding any omissions from these specifications or drawings. Acceptance of materials shall in no way relieve the Vendor of the responsibility for furnishing materials meeting the requirements of these specifications. Before being laid out or worked, structural material shall be straight and free from kinks and bends. If straightening is necessary, it shall be done by methods that will not injure the metal. All portions of the work which will be exposed to view after completion shall be finished neatly. All welding shall be performed in accordance with the latest edition of the "Structural Welding Code", as formulated by the American Welding Society. After the shop work has been completed, all material shall be cleaned of rust, loose scale, dirt, oil, grease and other foreign substances. Particular care shall be taken to clean slag from welded areas. After being cleaned, all steel shall be galvanized in accordance ASTM-123. All holes in material shall be free of excess spelter after galvanizing. Bus support structures are indicated on the drawings to be three phase, single column type. Alternate three phase bus support designs, such as two column designs will be considered. The base bid proposal shall be for the single column type. Other designs must be indicated as -- alternate proposals. 2.09 STEP BOLTS Step bolts shall be supplied for the 69 kV deadend structure. The step bolts shall be spaced 15 inches apart. 3 2.10 ANCHOR BOLTS All anchor bolts for the station shall be furnished herein. All anchor bolts, nuts and washers shall be galvanized. Two nuts shall be furnished for each anchor bolt. Metal templates shall be provided for each set of anchor bolts for bus supports, air switch stands, dead end structures, PT stands, and static poles. Anchor bolts shall be manufactured in accordance with the ACI-318- Latest Edition, Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete assuming a concrete compressive strength of 3000 pounds per square inch at 28 days. The top 24 inches of each anchor bolt shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM A-123. 2.11 GROUNDING CONDUCTOR AND CONNECTORS All grounding material for the substations shall be furnished herein. All buried ground conductor shall be #4/0 AWG minimum, 19- strand soft drawn bare copper cable. Above ground taps to structures and equipment shall be 19 No.9, dead soft annealed 40% conductivity, "Copperweld" conductor. Bonding conductors for fences, cabinets, etc. shall be #4 AWG, solid, bare, dead soft annealed "Copperweld". Copper clad, 5/8" x 8'-0" ground rods shall be furnished. Clamps to attach the ground conductor to the structures shall be placed on a maximum spacing of 2 feet 6 inches. The underground connectors shall be Cadweld or Burndy Hyground and must have been qualified under IEEE Std 837-1984, "IEEE Standard for Qualifying Permanent Connections Used in Substation Grounding". If a "Cadweld" type thermal process system is supplied it shall be furnished with all tools required to install the connectors including molds, handles, and weld metal. If a compression type system is supplied, it shall be furnished with two sets of the required dies to install the connections. This tooling will become the property of LP&L. Above ground connections to fencing, steel structures, and equipment shall be of the bolted type. Provide three NEMA 2 hole spade connectors to connect the 19-No.9 copper ground grid cable to the 69 kV transformers' two hole ground pads. The ground pads are located on the tank at opposite corners and at the neutral bushing in the transformer throat. The transformer ground is to be extended to the transformer control cabinet with #4 copper wire. The steel fabric fence shall be grounded in accordance with REA drawing TM-33 and TM-33 Supplement. Grounding material shall be supplied for all gates shown on the drawings. Each instrument transformer and CCVT shall be grounded from a continuous loop of 19-No.9. The 69 kV deadend shall have a 19-No.9 ground run from the ground mat to the overhead static wire and shall be connected into the static wire. A 19-No.9 horizontal run shall be made between the two vertical runs and connectors and conductor shall be supplied to connect the ground run into the arresters on the 69 kV structure. .19 One switch operator platform shall be furnished for each group operated air break switch. The platform shall be a minimum size of 4 feet by 2 feet 6 inches. The switch operator platform shall be grounded by a 19-NO.9 loop, one end connecting into the underground mat and one end connecting into the ground run on the column. The vertical operating rod of the switch shall be grounded with a flexible braided strap which shall connect to the 19-No.9 ground run on the column. - The 15 kV switchgear shall be connected to the ground mat in two locations with #4/0 ground run to the ground mat. All material shall be furnished for a grounding well. The Vendor -- shall furnish 200 feet of 4/0 copper conductor for use in the grounding well. Three ground rods shall be furnished with appropriate connectors to be used to attach to the end of the well ground as a weight and to provide extra grounding surface area. The ground well shall be placed near the transmission deadend structure. Material shall be provided to tie the transmission steel pole -- structure and the static masts into the ground mat with 19-No.9 conductor. 2.12 THREE POLE AIR BREAK SWITCHES Air switches shall be 1200 amp, 69 kV three phase, group operated, vertical break, construction classification A. The switch shall be mounted on a 69 kV switch structure. A swing handle type operating mechanism shall be furnished for the switch. -- The switch shall be rated 72.5 kV L-L maximum design voltage, 1200 amps maximum continuous current, 61,000 amps maximum momentary current. The continuous current shall be rated in RMS amperes based on the limit of observable rise, or as listed in Table 3 of ANSI C37.30-1971 when tested in accordance with Section 4 of the ANSI test code for high voltage air switches C37.34-1971. The momentary current rating shall be based on Section 30-4.6.1 of ANSI C37.30-1971 and three second current rating shall be based on Section 30-4.6.2 of ANSI C37.30-1971. In either the opened or closed positions, the switches shall withstand the dielectric test voltages between live parts and ground in accordance with Table 1 or ANSI C37.32-1972. The length of break, when in the full opened position, shall be at least 10 percent in excess of the dry arcing distance over the insulators. Terminal pad drilling shall be on 1- 3/4" NEMA standard spacing. The switch blades shall have ample mechanical strength to withstand all stresses to they will be subjected. All current carrying parts shall be of a suitable non-ferrous, corrosion resistant metal or alloy. The only acceptable alloys for aluminum are 6063-T6 for wrought shapes and 356-T6 for castings. Where flexible jumpers are used as a means to transfer current, only laminated aluminum straps will be acceptable. Braided shunt straps are not acceptable. The hinge contact shall maintain connection throughout the complete open and close cycle of operation. Any springs or spring washers (Belleville) employed to maintain contact 5 pressure shall not carry currents tending to decrease this pressure or damage the springs. Material for springs or spring washers (Belleville) shall be 300 series non-magnetic stainless steel or equal. Contacts shall have a sufficient mass of high thermal conductivity metal immediately adjacent to the contact surfaces to preclude the possibility of contact welding or damage at currents within the momentary rating of the switches. Make -break contacts shall be designed so that wiping action is accomplished with minimum wear and without galling of either contact surface. Wear of contacts shall be such that after 1000 operations, the mating parts will still have adequate surface material to meet electrical nameplate requirements. Contacts shall be silver -to -silver. Acceptable methods of silver application are: a. Brazed overlay of fine silver (Commercial Purity, 99.90%) with a minimum thickness of .010". b. Brazed inlay of fine silver (Commercial Purity, 99.90%) with a minimum thickness of .010". c. Approved silver flame -spray application (Metco or equal), coined, with a minimum thickness of .010" (Commercial Purity, 90%). All silver -to -silver make -break contacts shall be made of silvers having different hardness, preferably of two different types of silver application. All aluminum switches shall have silver -to -silver make - break contacts. Each of the two silvers shall be applied to a base of copper and then electro-tin plated or hot -dip tinned to prevent the wash of copper salts over aluminum parts. Silver applied directly to aluminum by any process is not acceptable. No solder shall be employed in the application of silver. Silver plate (Brush or Electro) is only acceptable on enclosed, non -break contacts or bolted fixed current transfer joints. The main bearings on the rotating insulator shall be equipped with enclosed dust -proof seals, stainless steel balls and a rust and corrosion proof race of a differing hardness. Aluminum housings and races are not acceptable. Bearings shall be dry type or permanently filled with grease of the Bentone grade for maintenance free service. Sleeve type Oilite bushings or nylon are not acceptable. The operating mechanism shall be of the rotating handle type with 180 degree rotation in the clockwise direction required for closing. The interphase pipe shall be a single pipe for all three phases, with individual phases being clamped to the interphase pipe. Vertical pipe guides shall be furnished where necessary. Pipe couplers shall be two piece with clamping bolts and piercing set screws. The operating pipe shall be securely grounded at a location near the operating handle with a tinned braided shunt of at least 2 feet in length. The shunt shall be clamped to the operating pipe with a galvanized iron fitting. All bolts, nuts, pins, washers, and lockwashers used on conducting parts shall be stainless steel. All control parts and structural mounting parts shall be supplied with hot dipped galvanized A bolts, nuts, washers, and lockwashers. All switches shall be supplied with stainless steel arcing horns. The bases of all insulators shall be furnished with leveling studs. 2.13 BUS AND SWITCH INSULATORS Insulators shall be furnished for a complete substation including all buses and switches. The insulators shall be standard strength post insulators NEMA TR# 216. The insulators shall have gray glaze. 2.14 SUSPENSION INSULATORS Suspension insulators shall be furnished for the incoming lines. The insulators shall have an M&E rating of 15,000 pounds. The insulator strings shall have 7 insulators per string for the 69 kV strings. The insulators shall be 5-3/4" by 10" ball and socket type, Lapp 8200-70 or equivalent. The insulators shall have a gray glaze. 2.15 ACSR JUMPERS AND BUS All jumper and bus material for the station shall be furnished _ herein. All pipe bus shall be 6063-T6 aluminum alloy, schedule 40, 2 1/2" diameter with 477 MCM ACSR damper cable supplied for all bus pipe runs. _ The jumpers to the potential transformers and to the CCVT shall be designed so that movement between the bus and the equipment does not result in excessive stress on the equipment or fatigue of the jumper. 2.16 CONNECTORS All connectors for the station shall be furnished herein. All connections to jumpers shall be of the compression type with two or four hole pads. The incoming transmission line is to be terminated using compression type deadend fittings. The bushing connectors for the transformers and circuit breakers (stud to pad) shall be furnished herein. Bolted connectors shall be furnished. Welded connectors are not acceptable. All electrical bolted connections shall be made with stainless steel hardware. All bolted connections shall be made with two stainless steel flat washers and two stainless steel Belleville washers for each stainless steel hex head bolt and stainless steel hex nut. Bi-metallic transition plates shall be furnished for each aluminum to copper connection. Contact sealant shall be supplied for all connections. The �- Belleville washers shall require a force of 400 pounds to flatten. Connections to power transformer bushings shall utilize Lapp Doble test terminals. 2.17 OVERHEAD GUY WIRE 7 The OHGW shall be furnished herein as shown on the drawings. The connectors to deadend and connect the overhead ground wire into the OHGW shall be furnished herein. The OHGW shall be 3/8 inch, 7 strands, high strength steel, 10,800 pounds rated strength. 2.18 INCOMING CONDUCTOR Both the incoming conductor material and secondary underground exit cable shall be furnished by others. The incoming conductor to the A -frame dead end structures is 795 MCM ACSR (Drake) with 3/8" HSS static. Compression type deadends are to be furnished herein to terminate the incoming conductor and the associated static wires. 2.19 STATIC POLE Two 35 foot tall steel poles are to be located as shown on the drawings. These poles are to be designed for attachment of two (3) 3/8" HSS static wires with 1000 pound maximum design tension. 2.20 ARRESTERS Twelve station class arresters shall be furnished herein for use on the 69 kV system. These arresters shall be mounted on each 69 kV transformer and on each 69 kV dead end structure. The arresters shall be the gapless MOV type, with a 60 kV rating and a MCOV rating of 48 kV. 2.21 69 kV INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS Three (3) potential transformers shall be furnished herein. The transformers shall be used for station metering and relaying. These transformers shall have the following features and ratings: - One primary bushing. - Two tapped secondary windings. - Primary voltage 40,250 volts (L-G) - Secondary voltage of 67.08/115 volts. - Voltage ratio 600/350:1. - Thermal rating 5,000 VA minimum. - Accuracy 0.3 through ZZ Burden. - BIL 350 kV. 2.22 69 kV WAVE TRAP Provide a quantity of four (4) wave traps. Two of the units will be installed at the remote ends of the incoming transmission line. Traps shall be 69 kV, single frequency, high Q, line traps with an 800 amp continuous current rating, a 2 second thermal rating of 20 kA and a F mechanical rating of 51 kA peak. Traps shall meet the requirements of ANSI C93.3-1981. The trap's frequency range shall be 70-200 kHZ. Exact frequencies will be furnished at a later date. Traps shall have bird barriers, internal lightning arresters and mounting accessories as selected by the structure fabricator. A horizontal pedestal mount has been indicated on the drawings, but other arrangements as deemed more economical or practical by the steel fabricator may be employed. Line traps shall be factory tuned and tested. Certified test reports of the trap's dielectric and RF performance shall be furnished. _ Traps manufactured by Trench Electric are considered to meet all requirements of this specification. 2.23 69 kV COUPLING CAPACITOR VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS Provide two (2) each power line carrier coupling capacitor voltage transformers with single frequency line tuners. CCVT's shall be single bushing, rated for 69 kV system application and shall have an oil filled corrosion resistant base box to house the intermediate transformer, series reactor and auxiliary components. The base box shall also have an externally operable SPST switch for grounding the carrier circuit. A drain coil, gap, and cabinet heater resistor shall be included. Trench Electric model TEV coupling capacitor voltage transformers with K9500 series tuners are considered to meet the requirements of this -- specification. 0 (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) SECTION 3.0 - 15 kV METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR 3.01 PROPOSAL DATA The Vendor shall include with the proposal two copies of the following data: a. Base bid price and delivery b. Alternate Bid price and delivery c. Complete descriptive literature, including electrical ratings, circuit breaker operating mechanisms, bus and cubicle construction details, approximate weights and dimensions. Literature shall be furnished on accessory items such as CT's, PT's, control switches, meters, and relays. d. Outline drawings should indicate the proposed shipping splits and the extent of field connections necessary to connect the _ switchgear line-up into it's final operating configuration. e. Indicate the proposed method of delivery. f. Provide a list of all equipment, devices, or fittings that will the removed for shipping. g. Provide a description of the factory testing and quality control procedures employed to assure the assembled system will operate as specified. h. Provide a statement indicating the level of industry standard testing that the proposed switchgear has undergone. As a minimum, proposals must include prices for Bid Item #3.1 and Alternate Bid Item #3.2A. Additional alternate proposals will be considered provided the Base Bid and Alternate proposals are as specified. 3.02 SUBMITTAL DATA Following order entry, the Vendor shall submit for approval, (5) five sets of switchgear drawings and details. These drawings shall include the following data: One -line Diagram showing: a. All 15 kV bus work and equipment 1 b. PT's and CT's with polarity information c. Unique identification numbers for all devices d. Basic ratings, sizes, voltages and ratios of all devices. Three -line Diagram showing: a. All 15 kV bus work and equipment b. Power transformer windings and polarity c. PT's and CT's with polarity information d. Unique identification numbers for all devices e. Basic ratings, sizes, voltages and ratios of all devices. Schematic Diagrams showing: a. All DC circuits in the switchgear and relay panels that are being furnished by this Vendor. b. All AC circuits in the switchgear and relay panels that are being furnished by this Vendor. c. Portions of AC and DC circuits in equipment or systems that are not furnished by this Vendor, but that are being interface with. e. Each relay by device number f. Contact schedule for each switch Panel Layout Drawings showing: a. Location of each relay, switch, nameplate, and device mounted on the front or rear of all panels. b. Size of relay case c. Relay style number, type, and device number d. Nameplate schedule Installation Drawings showing: a. Dimensions of panels and equipment. b. Conduit entrance and cable connection points N c. Cubicle to cubicle wiring including wire and cable numbers, terminal numbers and locations. d. Complete material list The Vendor shall request from the Owner, the details or schematics for any equipment, systems, or devices that must be interfaced with, but are not being furnished under this section of the Specifications. Upon delivery of the switchgear, the Vendor shall submit (5) five copies of bound operating and maintenance manuals, (5) five copies of final drawings, schematics, and wiring diagrams and (1) reproducible set of drawings, schematics, and wiring diagrams. 3.03 GENERAL The metalclad switchgear to be furnished under these specifications shall be constructed in accordance with the latest ANSI standards. The metalclad switchgear will be indoor, three phase, 2000 amp, insulated copper main bus, 60 HZ. The buswork shall be configured as shown on the drawings. It is the intent of this specification to obtain a completely wired and tested line-up of metalclad switchgear that is essentially complete and requires only the connection of AC and DC control power and high voltage cables in order to place it in service. It is also required that the assembly be broken into a minimum number of shipping splits that will require reassembly in the field. The drawings indicate that the desired switchgear arrangement is a main operating bus with a separate transfer bus for use in the testing and maintenance of the feeder circuit breakers. Loadbreak three phase manually operated switches shall be provided to connect the load side of any feeder to the transfer bus. All proposals must contain a Base Bid design utilizing the transfer bus scheme. The incoming power from the transformer will enter by underground cable. LP&L will provide all material to connect the switchgear to the transformer. As an alternate to the transfer bus arrangement, consideration will be given to designs utilizing two -high switchgear in which the load side of the upper and lower switchgear cubicles are bussed together. The two positions for each circuit are to be the "operating" and "maintenance" positions. The breaker in the "operating" position will be maintained by installing a spare breaker in the "maintenance" position, closing the "maintenance" breaker and opening the "operating" breaker. The load is thus transferred to the maintenance breaker without interruption and the operating breaker can be removed for maintenance. If this alternate scheme is "' proposed, the proposal shall include the cost of a spare or "maintenance" breaker. A breaker is to be furnished herein only for each "operating" position. Only one spare breaker is to be furnished as the spare for all "maintenance" positions. The operation of the circuit is to be identical from either position. Current transformers shall be provided in all "maintenance" cubicles such that all protective relay schemes, metering, and control functions are operational when the "maintenance" breaker is in service. Circuit breakers shall employ SF6 gas interrupters or vacuum interrupters. If vacuum interrupters are employed, a high voltage DC "hipot" test cubicle shall be provided in the switchgear lineup to allow interrupter proof testing before installation. The required switchgear and auxiliary compartments are as follows: - Two (2) main breakers (2000 amp.) - One (1) tie breaker (2000 amp.) - Four (4) feeder circuit breakers, two in each lineup (2000 amp.) - Two (2) auxiliary compartments for 15 kV Potential transformers with fuses - Two (2) auxiliary compartments for station service transformers with fuses 3.04 RATINGS The rating and capacity of the circuit breakers included herein, shall be as follows: - 15 kV Class Circuit Breaker - Voltage Rating: 15,000 volts - Nominal Continuous Current Rating: as noted above - Maximum Interrupting Capacity: 36,000 amps sym. - Interrupting Time Rating: 5.0 cycles maximum - Reclosing Time Rating (Total Time): 20 cycles maximum - MVA Rating: 500 MVA The current rating of the main bus shall be 2000 amperes and the insulation rating shall be 95 kV BIL. 4 3.05 CIRCUIT BREAKERS Circuit breakers shall be horizontal drawout units with continuous current ratings and interrupting ratings as indicated above. All circuit breakers of equal rating shall be completely interchangeable. Circuit breakers and cubicles shall be constructed such that a circuit breaker of different current - ratings cannot be interchanged. The circuit breaker shall operate by means of a stored energy mechanism, which is normally charged -- by a small universal motor, but which can also be charged by a manual handle for emergency manual closing or for testing. The circuit breaker shall be equipped with secondary disconnecting contacts which shall automatically engage in the operating and test position to complete circuits as required. The contacts shall automatically disengage when the circuit breaker is withdrawn to the disconnect position. The circuit breaker shall have a means for racking in and out of the compartment and between positions. It shall also be provided with a means of holding the circuit breaker in the compartment in all positions. Interlocking shall be provided making it impossible to rack a closed breaker to or from any position. An additional interlock shall be provided which shall assure automatic discharging of the closing springs upon _ insertion or removal of the breaker from the compartment. Each circuit breaker shall have the capability of being disconnected from the main bus and all live parts, and placed in a position where the circuit breaker can be operated electrically. Interrupters shall be SF6 or vacuum. Gas interrupters shall have SF6 pressure gauges, low pressure alarm contacts, fittings for gas filling, and a device for indicating contact wear. The circuit breaker shall be equipped with the required auxiliary switches and number of contacts, as specified by the manufacturer for complete operation of the breaker. In addition, extra auxiliary switch contacts for circuit opening and closing shall be provided for LP&L's own use and wired to terminal blocks as follows: - Four (4) "a" contacts, single pole - Four (4) "b" contacts, single pole -' Each circuit breaker in these specifications shall be designed for trip -free operation by means of a removable maintenance closing device easily operable by one man. Circuit breakers shall have a breaker position indicating target, indicating open and close positions. An operation counter shall be mounted on the breaker in clear view when the compartment door is — open. A dolly shall be provided to enable the circuit breaker to be removed from the compartment for maintenance. Interconnecting cables shall be provided for electrically operating the circuit breaker outside the cubicle. 5 Where a two -high switchgear design is furnished, a lifting device and necessary yokes and accessories shall be supplied for removing breakers from the top position. Circuit breakers shall be removed from the bottom position without the use of a lifting device. Lifting devices shall employ electric winches or drive devices or shall employ mechanical devices that require a minimum amount of cranking, pumping, or jacking. 3.06 SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR VACUUM INTERRUPTERS If vacuum circuit breakers are furnished, then a DC Hi -pot installed in a cubicle or separate cabinet is to be included in the proposal. This device shall be furnished complete to provide all such vacuum testing as the manufacturer recommends. This cubicle shall be arranged such that a circuit breaker that has been removed for service or maintenance can be rolled into the test cubicle and all three vacuum interrupters DC hipot tested. This cubicle shall have stationary contacts or other fittings that will automatically mate with the breaker contacts and connect the breaker to test circuit. Front panel meters shall be provided to indicate test voltage and leakage current. 3.07 CONTROL VOLTAGES AND CIRCUIT PROTECTION All control circuits and devices shall be suitable for 125 VDC. All heaters and other auxiliary devices shall operate on 120 or 240 volts, single phase A.C., 60 HZ. Fuses and knife switches, or fused -disconnect switches (pull out type) shall be provided in each compartment for disconnecting each D.C. source control voltage, A.C. source operating circuit, heating circuit, and convenience outlet circuit from their respective power source. All AC and DC control power will be fed to the switchgear line-up from AC and DC circuit breaker panels installed by the Owner in the switchgear building. The switchgear shall be designed and wired such that each 15 kV circuit breaker is fed from a separate DC branch circuit, and a separate AC branch circuit. Disconnecting means and supplementary overcurrent protection of devices and circuits within the cubicle shall be provided by the switchgear Vendor. 3.08 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS Each circuit breaker shall be initially equipped with the quantity of current transformers as defined below which shall be C400 multi -ratio, standard relaying accuracy, as specified by the American Standards Association Requirements, Terminology, and Test Code for Instrument Transformers, C57.13-1954, or latest revision thereof. All current transformers shall have taps and leads per NEMA standards with secondary leads brought out and terminated on readily accessible shorting type terminal blocks located in the front compartments. Each 15 kV feeder circuit breaker shall be supplied with six (6) current transformers, three current transformers (one per -- phase) on the source side of the breaker, and three (3) current transformers (one per phase) on the load side of the breaker. Source side CT's shall be 1200:5 multi -ratio for phase overcurrent relays and metering. Load side CT's shall be 2000:5 multi -ratio for differential relays. Each 15 kV main circuit breaker and tie circuit breaker shall be supplied with nine (9) current transformers, three current transformers (one per phase) on the source side and six current transformers (two per phase) on the load side of the breaker. Source side CT's shall be 2000:5 multi -ratio for 15 kV bus differential relays. Line side CT's shall be 2000:5 multi - ratio, one set for transformer differential relays and one set for metering. The supplier shall furnish LP&L with five (5) copies each of current and ratio correction factor curves; together with winding and internal lead resistance data, for each ratio at one standard burden. 3.09 POTENTIAL TRANSFORMERS Six (6) 15 kV potential transformers are to be installed in the switchgear to provide potential for all metering and transformer LTC requirements. These devices are to be rated 110 kV BIL with a 60:1 ratio. Each PT shall be appropriately fused and installed in a drawout type compartment or tray. A spare primary fuse or fuses shall be provided for each PT installed in the switchgear. 3.10 STATION POWER Two (2) 25 kVA transformers for station power are to be installed in the switchgear lineup, one on each operating bus. Each transformer primary and secondary is to be appropriately fused. A spare primary fuse or fuses shall be provided for each station power transformer installed in the switchgear. 3.11 ARRESTERS Three arresters shall be furnished for each distribution circuit. They shall be rated 9 kV. The arresters shall have a zinc oxide valve block construction and not have any internal gap -- assembly. These arresters shall be shown in manufacturer literature as underground distribution Riser Pole Arresters. The arresters shall have a guaranteed maximum arrester discharge voltage of 34 kV at 40 kA using a 8x20 micro -second current wave. The arresters shall be of a design that has been subjected to a series of two discharges of surge current having an amplitude of 100 kA and a waveshape of 5 x 10 micro -seconds, without failing. The arresters shall be of a non -fragmenting design. 7 3.12 CONDUIT ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS Each compartment shall contain suitable conduit entrance plates to accommodate station service battery input 125 VDC. with suitable terminal blocks for terminating each such entrance cables. Each compartment shall contain additional suitable conduit connections or entrance plates to accommodate all supervisory, telemetering and differential control cable wiring, with suitable terminal block points for terminating all wires and cables. All power cable shall enter and exit through the floor of the switchgear. Provisions shall be provided for six (6), five (5) inch conduits for all outgoing circuits. Each phase shall be capable of accepting four (4) 500 MCM copper conductors. Adequate cable bending and termination space shall be provided in power cable entrance compartment. The 15 kV cable connection point shall be a minimum of 24 inches above the floor. 3.13 HEATERS Each compartment shall contain a thermostatically controlled space heater (to prevent condensation) for 120/240 volts A.C. operation, which shall be capable of providing adequate heat for operation of the relays and circuit breaker mechanism and control equipment for outside temperature as low as -15°F. 3.14 TESTS Each circuit breaker included in these specifications shall be tested in conformance with NEMA, ANSI, and IEEE standard testing procedures. Such tests shall also include, but not be limited to the following: - Low frequency, withstand - voltage test. - Mechanism operating speed test. - Contact resistance test. - Temperature rise test. Tests on the switchgear buswork and breakers are to be performed with these items in operating configuration (completely connected). 3.15 TEST REPORTS The supplier shall furnish LP&L with five (5) certified copies of reports of the results of the tests on each breaker. These reports shall include copies of the speed graphs and values PIP of contact resistance. Information shall be furnished as to the desired contact resistance and limits to be maintained. 3.16 TOOLS, WRENCHES, AND BLOCKING DEVICES Special tools, necessary special wrenches, removable blocking devices (if required), etc., shall be furnished as part of these specifications. 3.17 RELAY PANELS _ Additional space may be required to locate relay panels in the switchgear enclosure. The relay panels will be a switch door type to allow access to the terminal boards, switches, fuses and rear of the relays, meters and controls. 3.18 METERING AND RELAYING The metering and relaying to be supplied herein shall include, but not limited to the accompanying list of materials. This equipment is to be mounted adjacent to the breaker position with which it is associated. The Vendor for the 15 kV metal clad switchgear, shall refer to the overall substation one -line diagram and Specification -- Section 4.0 - Switchboard Relaying, to determine the extent of the interface that is required between the 15 kV switchgear and other systems, such as SCADA controls. The 15 kV switchgear shall have the required interface terminals grouped in a single location and terminated on a terminal block. This terminal block shall be readily accessible and located near a dedicated conduit entrance point, ready for field connection of interconnect cables. The KWH meters furnished in the switchgear shall be General Electric type EV-3 with a model KM-901 demand register. The meters -- shall be furnished with one copy of the General Electric PCRP/UPGEN software for use with the electronic meters. Transducers shall be provided and installed in the switchgear line-up as scheduled below. These transducers will be used to provide analog data inputs to the LP&L SCADA system RTU that will be installed at the South Substation. Outputs from the transducers shall be wired to a terminal block for field connection to the RTU. This terminal block shall be located near a conduit entrance location and near the terminal blocks for other field installed wiring. In order to maintain compatiability and interchangability with existing units, all transducers shall be manufactured by Square-D Electromagnetic Industries or Scientific Columbus. Voltage transducers shall have the following characteristics: 0 Input range ................... 0-180 VAC Rated input .... ...... ....... 150 VAC Burden at 120 V., 60 Hz....... < 2.5 VA Overload (continuous)......... 180 VAC Frequency (nominal)........... 60 Hz. Temperature range ............. .20 to +60 C. Max. temp. effect on accuracy .............. +/- 0.5% Accuracy @ 25 deg. C. (10-150 V.)................... +/- 0.25% RO Output range .................. 0 - 1.3 mA DC Output @ rated input.......... 1 mA DC Output ripple ................. < 0.5% Output load.. ............... 0 - 10K ohm Calibration adjustment........ +/- 10% Response time (to 99%)........ < 400 ms Stability, % full scale / yr.. +/- 0.25% Dielectric withstand.......... 1500 V. RMS Current transducers shall have the following characteristics: Input range ................... 0-6.5 A. AC Rated input ................... 5 A. AC Burden at 5 A., 60 Hz....... < .25 VA Overload (continuous)......... 10 A. AC Overload ( 1 sec. )........... 250 A. AC Frequency (nominal)........... 60 Hz. Temperature range ............. .20 to +60 C. Max. temp. effect on accuracy .............. +/- 0.5% Accuracy @ 25 deg. C. (0 - 6.5 A.) ................... +/- 0.25% RO Output range .................. 0 - 1.3 mA DC Output @ rated input.......... 1 mA DC Output ripple ................. < 0.5% Output load ................... 0 - 10K ohm Calibration adjustment........ +/- 10% Response time (to 99%)........ < 400 ms Stability, % full scale / yr.. +/- 0.25% Dielectric withstand.......... 1500 V. RMS Combination watt-var transducers shall be externally powered, 3 phase, 4 wire, 2 1/2 element units with the following characteristics: Potential range ............... Potential input (nominal)..... Potential overload (continuous) .................. Potential burden (per elem.).. Current range ................ Current input (nominal)....... Current burden at 5 A......... 0 - 150 VAC 120 VAC 175 VAC 0.1 VA @ 120VAC 0- 10 A. 5 A. < .20 VA per elem. 10 Current overload (continuous). 15 A. Current overload (10 s/h)..... 50 A. Current overload ( 1 s/h)..... 250 A. Frequency (nominal)........... 60 Hz. Temperature range..... ...... .20 to 60 C. Temperature influence (watts). +/-0.005% / deg.C. (vars).. +/-0.009% / deg.C. Accuracy (watts) .............. +/-0.2% (vars)............... +/-0.2% Rated output ................. +/- 1 mA DC Output ripple.......... ..... < 0.5% Load resistance (for 1 mA).... 0 -IOK ohm Calibration adjustment........ +/- 10% Response time (to 99%)........ < 400 ms Stability, % full scale/yr.... +/- 0.1% (watts) .... +/- 0.2% (vars) Dielectric withstand.......... 1800 V. RMS Control power ................. 85 -135 VAC., 60Hz. 3.19 BASE BID RELAYING AND METERING Each 15 kV feeder circuit shall be equipped with the following: ITEM QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 1 3 ABB Model,CO-11, 1-12 A.Tap, 6-144 A. Inst., Phase Overcurrent Relay 2 1 ABB Model,CO-11, 0.5-2.5 A.Tap, 6-144 Inst. Ground Overcurrent Relay 3 1 KWH/Demand meter - GE type EV-3/KM-901 electronic demand meter. ITEM QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 4 1 Digital Indicating Ammeter 0-1200 Amps 5 1 Recording Ammeter 7 day chart with 2.5/ 5/10 taps 6 1 Ammeter Switch Electroswitch or equal 7 1 Recloding Relay Type 11 R.C. or equal 8 1 Recloser Cut-off Switch Electroswitch or equal 9 1 Control Switch Electroswitch 10 1 Three phase watt/var transducer 11 1 Single phase current transducer 12 1 Red Light 13 1 Green Light Each 15 kV main circuit breaker shall be equipped with the following: ITEM QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 1 1 Recording Ammeter 7 day chart with 2.5/ 5/10 taps 2 1 Ammeter Switch Electroswitch or equal 3 1 Digital Indicating Ammeter 0-2000 Amps 4 1 Recording Voltmeter 7 day chart ITEM QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 5 1 Voltmeter Switch Electroswitch or equal 6 1 Digital Indicating Voltmeter 7 1 Control Switch Electroswitch or equal 8 1 Three phase watt/var transducer 9 1 Single phase current 12 transducer 10 1 Single phase voltage transducer 11 1 Red Light 12 1 Green Light Each 15 kV tie circuit breaker shall be equipped with the following: ITEM QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 1 1 Recording Ammeter 7 day chart with 2.5/ 5/10 taps 2 1 Ammeter Switch Electroswitch or equal 3 1 Digital Indicating Ammeter 0-2000 Amps 4 1 Control Switch Electroswitch or equal 5 1 Three phase watt / var transducer 6 1 Single phase current transducer 7 1 Red Light 8 1 Green Light In addition, the 15 kV switchgear line-up shall include the following 15 kV bus differential relaying scheme. Two high impedance differential schemes shall be furnished for 15 kV bus protection. The relays shall be similar to Westinghouse type KAB relays. The bus differential system design should consider the length and junction points of the current transformer secondary conductors. Each bus differential scheme shall trip a separate lockout relay. The lockout relay shall be a Electroswitch Series LOR or approved equal with the relay coil supervised by a white pilot light. When the lockout relay is tripped, its contacts shall perform the following functions: 13 86B-3 shall: Trip and block close breakers SS15-M1,SS15-1, SS15-2 and SS15-T 86B-2 shall: Trip and block close breakers SS15-M2, SS15-3, SS15-4 and SS15-T Short out all three phases of C.T.'s. Turn on red light Three spare normally open and three spare normally closed lockout relay contacts shall be wired to a terminal block for future use. 3.20 ALTERNATE RELAYING AND METERING Under Alternate Bid Item #3.2A provide micro processor based overcurrent and reclosing relays as described below. Each 15 kV feeder circuit shall be equipped with the following: ITEM QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 1 1 ABB Model MMCO, microprocessor based, three phase plus ground, overcurrent relay 2 1 KWH/Demand meter - GE type EV-3/KM-901 electronic demand meter ITEM QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 3 1 Digital Indicating Ammeter 0-1200 Amps 4 1 Recording Ammeter 7 day chart with 2.5/ 5/10 taps 5 1 Ammeter Switch Electroswitch or equal 6 1 ABB Model MRC, Multishot microprocessor reclosing relay 7 1 Recloser Cut-off Switch Electroswitch or equal 14 8 1 Control Switch Electroswitch 9 1 Three phase watt / var transducer 10 1 Single phase current transducer 11 1 Red Light _ 12 1 Green Light Relaying and metering equipment for main breakers, tie breakers, bus differentials and all other systems under this alternate shall be identical to that specified in paragraph 3.19 for the base bid. In addition, under this alternate proposal provide one (1) loose, spare ABB model MMCO overcurrent relay as specified above and one loose spare ABB model MRC reclosing relay as specified above. _ 3.20 LABELING Provide engraved plastic laminate nameplates for the various controls and equipment as described below. Nameplates shall be secured to the panels and equipment with nuts and bolts. Any type of adhesive attachment is not acceptable. Major terminal blocks shall be labeled as they are designated on the Vendor's schematic diagrams. Compartments within cubicles shall be clearly labeled such as "PT's" or " Station Power X'mfr." Each switchgear cubicle shall be identified by circuit number as directed by LP&L. Control switches shall be labeled. Relays shall be identified as to the function and the phase (A,B,C) to which it is connected shall be labeled. 15 (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) SECTION 4.0 - SWITCHBOARD RELAYING 4.01 QUANTITY Under the base bid, Bid Item #4.1, provide relay panels with electro mechanical line relaying as specified below. Under Alternate Bid Item # 4.2A, provide relay panels with micro processor based line relaying as specified. Under Alternate Bid Items #4.3A, 4.4A, 4.5A provide spare carrier equipment as specified in paragraph 4.12, and provide one (1) spare micro processor based transmission line relaying system as described in paragraph 4.22. 4.02 PROPOSAL DATA Proposals submiited under this section of the specification shall include price and delivery data entered on the appropriate bid form. In addition, the Vendor shall submit a bill of material indicating the quantity, manufacturer, and catalog number of all _ major relays and equipment being supplied. Two copies of all proposal data shall be submitted. 4.03 SUBMITTAL DATA Upon acceptance of a proposal under this specification, the Vendor shall submit for approval, five (5) sets of shop drawings. These drawings shall include relay system schematics, panel wiring diagrams, and switchboard elevations and layouts. Upon delivery of equipment the Vendor shall submit five (5) sets of final drawings _ and one set of reproducible drawings. Five (5) sets of bound operating, instruction, and maintenance manuals shall be provided for all relay equipment. Manuals for the phase comparison carrier scheme shall include complete documentation and schematics on each module and sub -system. Drawings to be submitted shall include the following: One -line Diagram showing: a. All 15 kV & 69 kV bus work and equipment b. PT's and CT's with polarity information c. Unique identification numbers for all devices d. Basic ratings, sizes, voltages and ratios of all devices. Three -line Diagram showing: a. All 15 kV & 69 kV bus work and equipment 1 b. Power transformer windings and polarity c. PT's and CT's with polarity information d. Unique identification numbers for all devices e. Basic ratings, sizes, voltages and ratios of all devices. Schematic Diagrams showing: a. All DC circuits in the relay panels that are being furnished by this Vendor. b. All AC circuits in the relay panels that are being furnished by this Vendor. c. Portions of AC and DC circuits in equipment or systems that are not furnished by this Vendor, but that are being interfaced with. e. Each relay by device number f. Contact schedule for each switch Panel Layout Drawings showing: a. Location of each relay, switch, nameplate, and device mounted on the front or rear of all panels. b. Size of relay case c. Relay style number, type, and device number d. Nameplate schedule Installation Drawings showing: a. Dimensions of panels and equipment. b. Conduit entrance and cable connection points 2 c. Cubicle to cubicle wiring including wire and cable numbers, terminal numbers and locations. d. Complete material list The Vendor shall request from the Owner, the details or schematics for any equipment, systems, or devices that must be interfaced with, but are not being furnished under this section of the Specifications. 4.04 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Equipment shall be designed to operate in an environment with a temperature range of -20° to +55° C. and relative humidity of up to 95% at a temperature of 400 C. Each panel shall be constructed of not lighter than No. 11 standard gauge steel. Panel stiffeners are to be provided for each panel. The Vendor may propose the locations of stiffeners, but the Purchaser reserves the right to require panel stiffeners in specific locations provided appropriate space is available in the desired locations. Panels shall be 90" high x 32" wide per these Specifications (height not including base channel). Relay panels shall have fixed front panels and hinged door rear access with three point latching. The Vendor shall supply small miscellaneous items not specified elsewhere, including fuse blocks, fuses, 'terminal blocks, nameplates, resistors, capacitors, lights etc. One (1) box (minimum quantity of 6) of spare fuses is to be furnished for -- each type used in the panels. 4.05 TERMINAL BLOCKS All external connections to be made to Vendor's equipment shall be brought to vertical terminal blocks, mounted on the back of each individual switchboard panel, beginning approximately 6 inches above floor level, and extending as high as may be required. All P.T. cable leads shall be terminated on standard four -point terminal blocks. All C.T. cable leads shall be terminated on C.T. shorting and grounding type terminal blocks. A minimum of four (4) spare four -point terminal blocks shall be provided for the Purchaser's future use. The Purchaser reserves the right to rearrange the terminal block locations during the drawing approval process. 4.06 LABELS AND IDENTIFICATION All relay devices to which a device number is assigned shall have the device number and relay type painted or otherwise indelibly marked on the rear of the case. (i.e., "51-1A Over Current Relay", etc.). Relays, controls switches, etc. shall be labeled on the front of the switchboard with designations as diredted by LP&L. Labels shall be engraved plastic laminate attached with nuts and bolts. Adhesive materials for attaching labels is not acceptable. The Vendor shall label with paint or otherwise identify each terminal block. The panel number shall be painted on the rear of the panel at approximately eye -level. All panel wiring shall be G.E. Vulkene insulated switchboard wire 600 volt, 90° C. S1-57275, type SIS, single conductor, color gray, #12 AWG strand tinned copper or Rockbestos X-link conductor having a similar specification. 4.07 GROUNDING Each panel shall be equipped with a 1/4" x 1" copper ground bar running its entire width, and bolted to the panel to effectively ground the whole structure. Provisions for attaching a 2/0 Copper conductor to the ground bar is to be provided. All points in the panels which are to be grounded shall be wired to this bar. All current circuits shall be terminated on four -point shorting -type terminal blocks. All current circuits will be grounded only at the panel. This grounding will be provided herein. 4.08 PANEL LIGHTS Panel lights are to be furnished herein in accordance with the colors shown on the drawings. Lights are to be the LED type and rated 24 volts (24H) for operation with an external resistor which is to be furnished as part of this specification. The lights are to be Data Display Products (Los Angeles, California) type 2SB or approved equal. A minimum of two spare lights for each color furnished are to be provided. Two green panel lights shall be provided for 69 kV breakers, one to supervise each of the two trip coils. 4.09 TRANSDUCERS Transducers shall be provided and installed in the relay panels as shown on the one -line diagram. These transducers will used to provide analog data inputs to the LP&L SCADA system RTU that will be installed at the South Substation. Outputs from the transducers shall be wired to a terminal block for field connection to the RTU. This terminal block shall be located near conduit entrance location and near the terminal blocks for other field installed wiring. In order to maintain compatiability and interchangability with existing units, all transducers shall be manufactured by Square-D Electromagnetic Industries or Scientific Columbus. Voltage transducers shall have the following characteristics: Input range ................... 0-180 VAC Rated input ................... 150 VAC Burden at 120 V., 60 Hz....... < 2.5 VA be a 4 Overload (continuous)......... 180 VAC Frequency (nominal)........... 60 Hz. Temperature range ............. .20 to +60 C. Max. temp. effect on accuracy .............. +/- 0.5% Accuracy @ 25 deg. C. (10-150 V.)................... +/- 0.25% RO Output range .................. 0 - 1.3 mA DC Output @ rated input.......... 1 mA DC Output ripple ................. < 0.5% Output load ................... 0 - 10K ohm Calibration adjustment........ +/- 10% Response time (to 99%)........ < 400 ms Stability, % full scale / yr.. +/- 0.25% Dielectric withstand.......... 1500 V. RMS Current transducers shall have the following characteristics: Input range ................... 0-6.5 A. AC Rated input ................... 5 A. AC Burden at 5 A., 60 Hz....... < .25 VA Overload (continuous)......... 10 A. AC Overload ( 1 sec. )........... 250 A. AC Frequency (nominal)........... 60 Hz. Temperature range ............. .20 to +60 C. Max. temp. effect on accuracy .............. 0.5% Accuracy @ 25 deg. C. (0 - 6.5 A.) ................... +/- 0.25% RO Output range .................. 0 - 1.3 mA DC Output @ rated input.......... 1 mA DC Output ripple ................. < 0.5% Output load ................... 0 - 10K ohm Calibration adjustment........ +/- 10% Response time (to 99%)........ < 400 ms Stability, % full scale / yr.. +/- 0.25% Dielectric withstand.......... 1500 V. RMS 4.10 69 kV LINE RELAYING The line relaying for the two 69 kV lines feeding the substation will be identical. A phase comparison carrier relay system will be the primary line protection. Two zones of phase distance relays and two zones of ground distance relays will provide backup line protection. Under the base bid, electro mechanical distance relays shall be provided. Under the appropriate alternate bid item, a micro processor based distance relay system shall be provided. Certain line relaying equipment at the remote ends of the two incoming 69 kV lines to South Substation will be replaced 5 under this project. These remote substations are designated as Chalker Substation and Holly Ave. Power Plant. Under this project only loose relays, switches, etc. will be furnished for installation in existing panels by LP&L personnel. 4.11 PHASE COMPARISON CARRIER - BASE BID Provide four (4) sets of phase comparison carrier equipment. Two sets will be installed at South Substation as primary line relaying for breakers SS69-1 and SS69-2. The other two sets of carrier equipment will be installed at Chalker and Holly Ave substations to replace existing carrier equipment. Carrier systems for Chalker and Holly Substations will be installed and integrated into existing relay schemes by LP&L personnel. The Vendor shall provide a complete and functional phase comparison carrier relaying system. The principle items and functions are described below. This description and list of materials shall not relieve the Vendor of providing any additional equipment or functions required to produce a complete and operating system. The system shall include three (3) sets (one set for each substation) of extender boards as required for testing and adjusting each configuration of relay circuit card and carrier system module. The carrier -frequency transmitter/receiver is to be a wide band Westinghouse TC-10B with voice adaptor. Carrier equipment shall be arranged for operation on 125 Vdc. The system shall contain the following principle components: Receiver output module Detector module Receiver module RF Interface module 10 W Power amplifier module Transmitter module Keying module Voice adapter module Power supply module Alarm / CLI SKBU-1 phase comparison relay SKBU-1 power supply UIO chassis w/ digital logic power supply, timer and aux logic module, AR trip module, module, reclose block module, programmable Test panel assembly Skewed hybrid Surge protection Telephone handset buffer module, reclose initiate relay module New line wave traps for South Substation, Chalker Substation and Holly Ave Power Plant will be provided under Section 3.0. New coupling capacitors and line tuners for South Substation will be 0 provided under Section 3.0 of this specification. These devices shall be designed for phase to ground operation at a single — frequency. Existing coupling capacitors and tuners presently in service with Westinghouse TC-10 carrier equipment will be reused at Chalker and Holly Ave. Substations. Each set of carrier equipment shall be mounted in its own - cabinet with hinged front, swingout 19" rack panel and solid back. The Vendor shall include in the proposal the cost for the services of an ABB field service engineer / technician to perform acceptance testing and check-out of the carrier relaying system. This cost shall include all ABB charges for travel, lodging, meals, per diem, test equipment, and services. 4.12 PHASE COMPARISON CARRIER - ALTERNATE BID ITEMS Under Alternate Bid Items #4.3 - 4.5, cost proposals are requested to provide spare carrier system equipment for use in maintenance and repair of the on-line systems. Spare telephone handsets, skewed hybrids, and test panels will not be required. Under Alternate Bid Item 4.3 provide one complete spare TC- 10B system that shall include the RF components of the system including receiver output module, detector module, receiver module, RF interface module, 10 watt power amplifier module, transmitter module, keying module, power supply module, and alarm / CLI module. Components included in this spare system shall be identical to the units and modules actually provided in the Base Bid. Under Alternate Bid Item 4.4 provide one complete SKBU-1 phase comparison relay and power supply. The modules and components provided in this spare relay shall be identical to the units actually provided in Base Bid. Under Alternate Bid Item 4.5 provide one complete UIO chassis including digital logic power supply, buffer module, timer and auxiliary logic module, AR trip module, reclose initiate module, reclose block module, programmable relay module. 4.13 69 kV BUS RELAYING A high -impedance differential scheme shall be furnished for 69 kV bus protection. The relays shall be similar to Westinghouse type KAB relays. The bus differential system design should consider the length and junction points of the current transformer secondary conductors. The differential relays shall trip a lockout relay. The lockout relay shall be a Electroswitch Series LOR or approved equal. 7 When the lockout relay is tripped its contacts shall perform the following functions: Trip breakers SS69-1,2,3,4 and SS69-BT Block close on breakers SS69-1,2,3,4 and SS69-BT Short out all three phases of C.T.'s used for bus differential. Turn on red light Three spare normally open and three spare normally closed lockout relay contacts shall be wired to a terminal block for future use. 4.14 69 kV TRANSFORMER RELAYING Transformer overcurrent protection shall be provided by three phase overcurrent and one ground overcurrent relay per power transformer. The phase overcurrent relays shall be connected to the 69 kV transformer breaker bushing C.T.'s. The ground overcurrent relay shall be connected into the transformer neutral C.T. The transformer differential relays shall be similar to three Westinghouse HU relays per transformer. Each set of differential relays shall trip a lockout relay. The lockout relay shall trip the high and low side transformer breaker, block close of the high and low side transformer breaker, and turn on a red indicating light. The lockout relay shall be a Electroswitch Series 24 LOR or equal. Four spare N.O. and four spare N.C. contacts per lockout relay shall be wired to a terminal block for Purchasers future use. The transformer sudden pressure relay shall be wired to trip the same lockout relay as the transformer differential. There shall be a flag dropping relay similar to a G.E. type HAA, CAT. No.: 12HAA16B1F provided to annunciate the operation of the sudden pressure relay on each transformer. 4.15 15 kV FEEDER BREAKER AND BUS RELAYING Details of the 15 kV feeder and bus differential relaying is provided in Section 3.0 - 15 kV Metalclad Switchgear of these specifications. The Vendor under Section 4.0 of this Specification shall refer to the one -line diagram and the Section 3.0 Specifications to determine the exact extent of the provisions necessary to interface the transformer differential relay schemes with the metalclad switchgear. 4.16 OPERATING VOLTAGE The operating voltage for all relays in this panel shall be 120-volt ungrounded battery. 4.17 CONTROL SWITCHES Each control switch, as required in these Specifications, is to be furnished with the quantity of contacts as necessary to comply with the Specifications, plus one (1) each spare close, trip, close after open, open after close, and two (2) each slip contacts. 4.18 SURGE PROTECTION Surge protective capacitors are to be furnished and installed as recommended by the relay supplier. 0 4.19 BASE BID MATERIAL LIST PANEL DESIGNATION QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 1 1 3 4 87B-IA,B,C 3 RELAY APPLICATION: 69 kV Bus Differential RELAY TYPE: ABB - KAB RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 6668D37A16 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: 75-300 VAC COMMENTS: --- No instantaneous overcurrent unit. 86B-1 1 RELAY APPLICATION: Lockout Relay RELAY TYPE: Electroswitch RELAY CAT. NO.: Similar to 7808D RELAY STYLE NO.: --- CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: 125-VDC COMMENTS: ---8 Deck--- 79-1 (SS69-1) 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Reclosing Relay 79-2 (SS69-2) RELAY TYPE: ABB - SGR-52 RELAY CAT. NO.: RELAY STYLE NO.: 1346D91A07 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: 125-VDC COMMENTS: ---S-2 Case. 10 PANEL DESIGNATION QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 3 79-1 COS 2 APPLICATION: Reclose Cutout Switch 4 (SS69-1) TYPE: Electroswitch CAT. NO.: Similar to 24203B 79-2 COS STYLE NO.: --- (SS69-2) CURRENT RANGE TIME - CURRENT RANGE INST.. --- COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---Two (2) spare N.C. contacts and two (2) spare N.O. contacts. 4 101-1 (SS69-1) 5 APPLICATION: OCB CONTROL SWITCH 3 101-2 (SS69-2) TYPE: Electroswitch 2 101-T1 (SS69-3) CAT. NO.: Similar to 2458D 2 101-T2 (SS69-4) STYLE NO: --- 1 101-BT (SS69-BT) CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---Two (2) each spare Close, and Trip contacts, one (1) spare off after Trip and Close contacts; Pistol grip type handles and pull to lock. 3 02BF-1 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Breaker Failure 4 (SS69-1) Timing Relay RELAY TYPE: ABB - TD-5 02BF-2 RELAY CAT. NO.: --- (SS69-2) RELAY STYLE NO.:---293B301A22 CURRENT RANGE TIME - CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---0.05-0.4 Sec. Timing Range 3 50BF-1 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Breaker Failure 4 (SS69-1) Fault Detector RELAY TYPE: ABB - KC-4 50BF-2 RELAY CAT. NO.: --- (SS69-2) RELAY STYLE NO.: 293B004A13 CURRENT RANGE TIME: Phase 2-8 CURRENT RANGE: Ground .5 - 2.0 COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---ICS - .212.0 amp 11 PANEL DESIGNATION QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 3 3 4 4 3 3 Fil Fil W 3 4 21Z1-1 4 RELAY APPLICATION: Distance Relay 21Z2-1 RELAY TYPE: ABB - KD-10 (SS69-1) RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 719B195A22 21Z1-2 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- 21Z2-2 CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- (SS69-2) COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---.2-4.5 ohms; ICS - 0.212.0 amps; Maximum torque angle - 75° 21NZ1-1 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Ground Dist. (SS69-1) Relay RELAY TYPE: ABB - SDG-IT RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 6698D11A05 21NZ2-1 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- (SS69-1) CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: --- APPROVED EQUAL ACCEPTABLE: Yes ---Sec. imp. range 1-30 ohms; ICS - 0.212.0 amps; Max. sensitivity angle 60° - 800, contact output. 21NZ1-2 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Ground Dist. (SS69-2) Relay RELAY TYPE: ABB - SDG-IT 21NZ2-2 RELAY CAT. NO.: --- (SS69-2) RELAY STYLE NO.: 6698D11A07 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: --- APPROVED EQUAL ACCEPTABLE: Yes ---Sec. imp. range 0.2-4.35 ohms; ICS - 0.2/2.0 amps; Max. sensitivity angle 60° - 80°, contact output. 02Z2-1 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Timer (SS69-1) RELAY TYPE: ABB - TD-52 (PHASE & GRND.) RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: --- 02Z2-2 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- (SS69-2) CURRENT RANGE INST.- (PHASE & GRND.) COIL VOLTAGE: 125-VDC COMMENTS: ---0.2 - 4.- Sec. Timing Range 12 PANEL DESIGNATION QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 2 87-T1A,B,C 6 RELAY APPLICATION: Transformer 2 87-T2A,B,C Differential RELAY TYPE: ABB - HU RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 290B46A09 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: 2 86-T1 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Lockout Relay 2 86-T2 RELAY TYPE: Electroswitch LOR RELAY CAT. NO.: Similar to 7803C RELAY STYLE NO.: --- CURRENT RANGE TIME - CURRENT RANGE INST.- COIL VOLTAGE: 125 VDC COMMENTS: ---3 Deck 2 63X-T1 2 APPLICATIONS: Sudden Pressure 2 63X-T2 Auxiliary Relay RELAY TYPE: General Electric HAA RELAY CAT. NO.: 12HAA16B1F RELAY STYLE NO.: --- CURRENT RANGE TIME - CURRENT RANGE INST.- COIL VOLTAGE: 125 VDC 2 50/51-A,B,C 6 APPLICATION: Phase Overcurrent (SS69-3) RELAY TYPE: ABB - CO-11 RELAY CAT. NO.: --- 2 50/51-A,B,C RELAY STYLE NO.: 265C047A07 (SS69-4) CURRENT RANGE TIME: 1-12 CURRENT RANGE INST.: 6-144 COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---ICS - .2/2.0 amp 13 PANEL DESIGNATION QUANTITY I 1 1 DESCRIPTION 51N (SS69-3) 2 APPLICATION: Ground Overcurrent 51N (SS69-4) RELAY TYPE: ABB - CO-11 RELAY CAT. NO.: - RELAY STYLE NO.: 265C047A05 CURRENT RANGE TIME: 1-12 CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---ICS - 0.2/2.0 amps 50/51-A,B,C 3 APPLICATION: Phase Overcurrent (SS69-BT) RELAY TYPE: ABB - CO-11 RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 265C047A07 CURRENT RANGE TIME: 1-12 CURRENT RANGE INST.: 6-144 COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---ICS - .2/2.0 amp 51N (SS69-BT) 1 APPLICATION: Ground Overcurrent RELAY TYPE: ABB - CO-11 RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 265C047A05 CURRENT RANGE TIME: 1-12 CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---ICS - 0.2/2.0 amps MISC. 1 LOT All other relays, switches and related items required for a complete installation. 14 4.20 BASE BID LOOSE RELAYS FOR CHALKER AND HOLLY AVE. SUBSTATIONS PANEL DESIGNATION QUANTITY DESCRIPTION CHALK. 02BF (CH69-1) 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Breaker Failure HOLLY 02BF (HY69-4) Timing Relay RELAY TYPE: ABB - TD-5 RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 293B301A22 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENT: ---0.05-0.4 Sec. Timing Range CHALK. 50-BF (CH69-1) 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Breaker Failure HOLLY. 50-BF (HY69-4) Fault Detector RELAY TYPE: ABB - KC-4 RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 293B004A13 CURRENT RANGE TIME: Phase 2-8 CURRENT RANGE: Ground .5 - 2.0 COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---ICS - .2/2.0 amp 15 4.21 ALTERNATE BID MATERIAL LIST Under Alternate Bid Item #4.2A a proposal is requested to provide ABB, "MDAR" micro processor based step distance relaying system in lieu of the electro mechanical KD and SDG relays shown above and to provide micro processor based overcurrent relays in lieu of the electromechanical CO relays shown above. This alternate proposal shall include the charges for providing a factory trained field service engineer / technician to perform acceptance testing of these two relay systems. PANEL DESIGNATION QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 1 87B-IA,B,C 3 RELAY APPLICATION: 69 kV Bus Differential RELAY TYPE: ABB - KAB RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 6668D37A16 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: 75-300 VAC COMMENTS: --- No instantaneous overcurrent unit. 1 86B-1 1 RELAY APPLICATION: Lockout Relay RELAY TYPE: Electroswitch RELAY CAT. NO.: Similar to 7808D RELAY STYLE NO.: --- CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: 125-VDC COMMENTS: ---8 Deck--- 16 PANEL DESIGNATION QUANTITY 3 79-1 (SS69-1) 2 4 79-2 (SS69-2) DESCRIPTION RELAY APPLICATION: Reclosing Relay RELAY TYPE: ABB - SGR-52 RELAY CAT. NO.: RELAY STYLE NO.: 1346D91A07 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.- COIL VOLTAGE: 125-VDC COMMENTS: ---S-2 Case. 3 79-1 COS 2 APPLICATION: Reclose Cutout Switch (SS69-1) TYPE: Electroswitch CAT. NO.: Similar to 24203B 4 79-2 COS STYLE NO.: --- (SS69-2) CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---Two (2) spare N.C. contacts and two (2) spare N.O. contacts. 4 101-1 (SS69-1) 5 APPLICATION: OCB CONTROL SWITCH 3 101-2 (SS69-2) TYPE: Electroswitch 2 101-T1 (SS69-3) CAT. NO.: Similar to 2458D 2 101-T2 (SS69-4) STYLE NO: --- 1 101-BT (SS69-BT) CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---Two (2) each spare Close, and Trip contacts, one (1) spare off after Trip and Close contacts; Pistol grip type handles and pull to lock. 3 02BF-1 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Breaker Failure (SS69-1) Timing Relay RELAY TYPE: ABB - TD-5 4 02BF-2 RELAY CAT. NO.: --- (SS69-2) RELAY STYLE NO.:---293B301A22 CURRENT RANGE TIME - CURRENT RANGE INST.- COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---0.05-0.4 Sec. Timing Range 17 PANEL DESIGNATION QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 3 50BF-1 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Breaker Failure (SS69-1) Fault Detector RELAY TYPE: ABB - KC-4 4 50BF-2 RELAY CAT. NO.: --- (SS69-2) RELAY STYLE NO.: 293B004A13 CURRENT RANGE TIME: Phase 2-8 CURRENT RANGE: Ground .5 - 2.0 COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---ICS - .212.0 amp 3 21Z1-1,21NZ1-1 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Distance Relay 21Z2-1,21NZ2-1 RELAY TYPE: ABB - MDAR (SS69-1) RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: MD3BINNFN4 4 21Z1-2,21NZ1-2 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- 21Z2-2,21NZ2-2 CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- (SS69-2) COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: 2 87-T1A,B,C 6 RELAY APPLICATION: Transformer 2 87-T2A,B,C Differential RELAY TYPE: Westinghouse HU RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 290B46A09 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: 2 86-T1 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Lockout Relay 2 86-T2 RELAY TYPE: Electroswitch LOR RELAY CAT. NO.: Similar to 7803C RELAY STYLE NO.: --- CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: 125 VDC COMMENTS: ---3 Deck 2 63X-T1 2 APPLICATIONS: Sudden Pressure 2 63X-T2 Auxiliary Relay RELAY TYPE: General Electric HAA RELAY CAT. NO.: 12HAA16B1F RELAY STYLE NO.: --- CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: 125 VDC 18 PANEL DESIGNATION QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 2 2 1 50/51-A,B,C 2 APPLICATION: Phase Overcurrent (SS69-3) RELAY TYPE: ABB -MMCO RELAY CAT. NO.: --- 50/51-A,B,C RELAY STYLE NO.: 265C047A07 (SS69-4) CURRENT RANGE TIME: 1-12 CURRENT RANGE INST.: 6-144 COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---ICS - .2/2.0 amp 50/51-A,B,C 1 APPLICATION: Phase & Grnd Overcurrent (SS69-BT) RELAY TYPE: ABB - MMCO RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 265C047A07 CURRENT RANGE TIME: 1-12 CURRENT RANGE INST.: 6-144 COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---ICS - .2/2.0 amp MISC. 1 LOT All other relays, switches and related items required for a complete installation. 19 4.22 ALTERNATE BID ITEM #4.6A MATERIAL LIST Under Alternate Bid Item #4.6A provide one (1) complete spare ABB 'MDAR' micro processor relay system inner chassis, identical to the units furnished under Alternate Bid Item # 4.2A. This spare inner chassis will be utilized for maintenance and repair of the two operating units furnished under Alternate Bid - Item #4.2A. 4.23 CURRENT TESTING All devices are to have the means to test current flow through the device. Test plugs in the device are acceptable as are separate switches. All relays shall be mounted in drawout type cases. 4.24 SUBSTATION MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM Under Base Bid Item #1.1, the Vendor shall furnish a substation maintenance management system consisting of hand held processors (HHP) for data collection and a database and management software system for compiling the data. The HHP's shall provide a paperless inspection system that guides the inspector through the inspection sequence. Inspection sequences shall be tailored by the user, limits shall be defined for HHP readings, and out -of -range inputs shall be alarmed to the inspector. The inspector shall have the capability to input messages or notes and skip inspection items. Data from the HHP's shall be transferred to the main PC where detailed records and facts on each piece of equipment is stored. The User shall be able to define off -normal conditions, readings, temperatures, or counters for each piece of equipment in the system. The management system shall print an inspection report, highlight abnormal conditions, print engineering and operating reports, report feeder loads and unbalance currents, generate work orders, and generate preventative maintenance work orders. Hand held processors shall run under MS-DOS and shall have a 50 key weatherproof key board, 256 KB of memory, rechargeable Ni- cad batteries with built in charger, and 8 line x 21 character display. The HHP's shall be Telxon model 860 ES PTC. Three (3) HHP's shall be provided. The maintenance management software shall be ASSET as furnished by Engineering and Design Associates, 2 Plaza Southwest, 6900 SW Haynes Rd., Tigard, Ore. 97223. The management system shall include all documentation, one week of training at LP&L's offices. The proposal shall include all travel, lodging, meals, and expenses for the Vendor's personnel during the one week of training. 4.25 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT The following equipment is required for installation at adjacent substations or is required for construction of this W station. To assure compatibility with existing equipment and system, no substitute equipment will be permitted unless noted. - One (1) Multi -Amp, Master Test relay test software system with one year maintenance agreement. - One (1) Multi -Amp, NEC model PM 70-2150 , Powermate PC relay test controller. - Provide firmware upgrades for LP&L's three (3) existing Epoch I, one (1) Epoch III, one (1) Epoch IV, and one(1) Epoch 20 Multiamp relay test sets. 4.26 SWITCHBOARD METERING Under Base Bid Item #1.1 the Vendor shall provide a quantity of digital panel meters to replace the existing analog meters in the LP&L Holly Power Plant switchboard. These replacement meters shall be capable of being installed in the existing 4 inch diameter panel cutouts. The replacement meters shall be furnished with all necessary power supplies, shunts, and transducers. Battery powered devices are not acceptable. Transducers and meters shall be self powered or shall operate from customer supplied 125VOC or 120VAC sources. Meters to be replaced are (1) AC voltmeter, (21) AC ammeters, (7) AC megawatt meters, and (7) AC megavar meters. Replacement megawatt and megavar meters shall be 3 phase, 4 wire type and megavar meters shall operate without the use of external phase shifting transformers. All meters shall have adjustable scale factors to allow for changes in CT ratios. These meters will be replaced by LP&L substation personnel. The Vendor shall provide complete instruction manuals and wiring diagrams for _ each device. The existing meters to be replaced and their characteristics are as follows: LP&L Circuit Ident. : HY-T-1 Meters required : (3) ea. AC ammeter, 0-600 A (1) ea. AC megawatt, 80-0-80 MW (1) ea. AC megavar, 40-0-40 MVar (1) ea. AC voltmeter,0-50 KV Exist instr. x'mfr.: PT ratio 350:1, CT ratio 120:1 LP&L Circuit Ident. : HY-69-1 Meters required : (3) ea. AC ammeter, 0-600 A (1) ea. AC megawatt, 80-0-80 MW �- (1) ea. AC megavar, 40-0-40 MVar Exist instr. x'mfr.: PT ratio 350:1, CT ratio 120:1 LP&L Circuit Ident. : HY-69-2 Meters required : (3) ea. AC ammeter, 0-600 A (1) ea. AC megawatt, 80-0-80 MW (1) ea. AC megavar, 40-0-40 MVar 21 Exist instr. x'mfr.: PT ratio 350:1, CT ratio 120:1 LP&L Circuit Ident. : HY-69-3 Meters required : (3) ea. AC ammeter, 0-600 A (1) ea. AC megawatt, 80-0-80 MW (1) ea. AC megavar, 40-0-40 MVar Exist instr. x'mfr.: PT ratio 350:1, CT ratio 120:1 LP&L Circuit Ident. : HY-69-4 Meters required : (3) ea. AC ammeter, 0-600 A (1) ea. AC megawatt, 80-0-80 MW (1) ea. AC megavar, 40-0-40 MVar Exist instr. x'mfr.: PT ratio 350:1, CT ratio 120:1 LP&L Circuit Ident. : HY-69-IT1 Meters required : (3) ea. AC ammeter, 0-1200 A (1) ea. AC megawatt, 0-100 MW (1) ea. AC megavar, 70-0-70 MVar Exist instr. x'mfr.: PT ratio 350:1, CT ratio 240:1 LP&L Circuit Ident. : HY-230-1 Meters required : (3) ea. AC ammeter, 0-600 A (1) ea. AC megawatt, 100-0-1000 MW (1) ea. AC megavar, 70-0-70 MVar Exist instr. x'mfr.: PT ratio 1200:1, CT ratio 120:1 22 SECTION 5.0 - MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS _ 5.01 PROPOSAL DATA Proposals submitted under this specification shall have price and delivery information entered on the appropriate bid -- form. In addition complete descriptive data or brochures shall be provided on all equipment and materials. 5.02 SUBMITTAL DATA Upon acceptance of a proposal, the Vendor shall submit five (5) copies of approval drawings and instruction manuals for all equipment. 5.03 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH Provide one (1) each, 150 ampere, 240 volt, two pole mechanically held automatic transfer switch with NEMA 1 enclosure. _ The switch shall be similar to ASCO 940 switch with standard features including pickup adjustable voltage sensing of both sources, time delay to override momentary outages, retransfer to normal time delay, test switch to simulate normal source failure, r' auxiliary contact to indicate position of switch, switch to manually select source. 5.04 A.C. PANELBOARD Provide one (1) each two section AC panelboard with mains and branch breakers as specified below. The panelboard shall be UL Listed, surface mounted with hinged door, bolted in circuit breakers and ground bus. The panel shall have the following -- ratings and devices: Voltage: 120 / 240 volts, 1 phase, 3 wire, 60 Hz, AC Mains 125 A/ 2P main circuit breaker Short circuit rating : 10,000 amps RMS Sym. Branch breakers: (2) 40A / 2P -- (2) 30A / 2P (10) 20A / 2P (30) 20A j 2P 5.05 D.C. PANELBOARD 1 Provide one (1) each DC panelboard with mains and branch breakers as specified below. The panelboard shall be UL Listed, surface mounted with hinged door, bolted in circuit breakers, ground bus, and sub feed or feed thru lugs for the addition of future panelboard sections. The panel shall have the following ratings and devices: Voltage: 125 volts DC Mains 225 A/ 2P main circuit breaker with 225 A. sub -feed or feed thru lugs Short circuit rating : 5,000 Branch breakers: (20) 20A / 2P 5.06 FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCHES Provide one (1) each 200 ampere, 2 pole, 250 volt DC, NEMA KS-1 heavy duty, UL listed disconnect switch. The switch shall have a NEMA 4 / 4X water and dust tight stainless steel enclosure. 5.07 BATTERIES Provide one (1) each 60 cell, nominal 125 VDC battery system with step rack and accessories as described below. The batteries shall be single cell lead -calcium units with a design life of 20 years on float charge. The batteries are to constructed to be low gassing with minimal water consumption and a watering interval on float charge of greater than 1 year. Batteries shall have transparent containers and flame arrestor type vent caps. The battery shall have a minimum nominal ampere -hour capacity of 200 Ampere Hour at a 8 hour rate to 105 volts at 77 degrees F. The batteries shall have lead calcium plates. A two-step rack shall be furnished on which to set the battery cells. The rack shall be as recommended by the battery manufacturer or an approved equal. The battery system shall be furnished complete including all connectors, straps, and conductor to make the proper connections between each battery unit. Terminals shall be furnished to accept 3/0 AWG copper conductor on the two end cells. The system shall also be furnished with a thermometer, and a hydrometer. 5.08 BATTERY CHARGER Provide one (1) each 125 VDC battery charger as described below. The battery charger shall have a 240 volt ac, 60 hertz, 1 phase input with 130 volts DC, 12 ampere output. DC voltage regulation shall be maintained at ± .5% at any load from no load to full load with ± 10% variation in input voltage. Filtering shall be provided to limit ripple to less than 30 millivolts RMS 2 when connected to a battery and less than 100 millivolts RMS without a battery. The charger shall have current limiting circuitry, adjustable float and equalize voltage settings, input and output circuit breakers, DC voltmeter, DC ammeter and 0-72 hour equalize timer. In addition the charger shall have an AC power failure alarm relay and high / low DC alarm both with form "C" output contacts. 5.09 CONTROL CABLES Provide 8500 feet of 5C-#10 and 5000 feet of 12C-#12 multi -conductor control cable, 2000 feet of #10 AWG switchboard wire, 2000 feet of #12 AWG switchboard wire, and 2000 of 2C-#18 shielded cable as specified below. Multi -conductor control cables shall soft drawn copper conductors per ASTM B-3 with Class B stranding per ASTM B-8. Conductor insulation shall be 20 mils of high molecular weight polyethylene and a 10 mil thick color coded layer of PVC. Insulation shall be rated for 75 degree C., 600 volt operation. Conductors shall be cabled with necessary fillers and covered with a 60 mil thick PVC jacket. The jacket shall be rated for 75 degree C., 600 volt operation and shall meet the requirements of ICEA S- 61-402, par. 4.3.1. Multi -conductor cables shall be suitable for installation in underground ducts. -- Single conductor switchboard wire shall be type SIS, with 105 strand, tinned copper conductor and 30 mil thick gray cross linked polyethylene insulation. Switchboard wire shall resist heat, moisture, flame, oil and corrosive vapors. Shield control cable shall have two #18AWG stranded, tinned copper conductors with polyethylene insulation, aluminum -polyester shield, #20 AWG stranded, tinned copper drain wire and a PVC jacket. -- 5.10 FLOODLIGHTS Provide fifteen (15) each 400 watt high pressure sodium floodlights as described below. Floodlights shall be vertical lamp units with a heavy duty, die cast aluminum housing and bronze paint finish. Reflectors shall be hydroformed anodized aluminum with an adjustable lamp socket position and gasketed tempered glass lens. Standard beam spread shall be NEMA 7x5, with 6x4 and 7x6 available through alternate socket positions. Floodlights shall be provided with photocell receptacle and wrap around mounting yoke. Ballasts shall be 240 volt regulated type. Floodlights shall be equal to American Electric model # 475-6343. 3 (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) SPECIAL CONDITIONS -36- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) Office of Purchasing City of Lubbock P.O. Box 2000 — Lubbock, Texas 79457 BOB-7B7-21 B7 August 29, 1991 WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC SUPPLY CO. 520 34TH STREET ATTN: FRED SMITH LUBBOCK TX 79404 SUBJECT: LP&L SOUTH SUBSTATION STRUCTURES & EQUIPMENT The City of Lubbock, having considered the proposals submitted and opened on the 16th day of July, 1991, for work to be done and materials to be furnished in and for: City of Lubbock Bid # 11357 LP&L SOUTH SUBSTATION STRUCTURES & EQUIPMENT as set forth in detail in the Specifications, Plans, and Contract Documents for such work for the City of Lubbock; it appearing that your proposal is fair, equitable and to the best interest of said City, -- please take notice that said proposal was accepted by the City Council of the City of Lubbock on the August 8, 1991, at the bid price contained therein, subject to the execution of and furnishing of all other documents specified and required to be executed and furnished under the contract documents. It will be necessary for you to execute and furnish to the City of Lubbock all such documents within ten (10) days from your receipt of this Notice. The five percent (5%) bid security, submitted with your proposal, will be returned upon the execution of such contract documents and bonds -- within the above specified ten (10) day period. In the event you should fail to execute and furnish such contract documents and bonds within the time limit specified, said bid security will be retained by the City of — Lubbock. CITY OF LUBBOCK Gene Eads, C.P.M. Purchasing Manager (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) CITY OF LUBBOCK SPECIFICATIONS FOR SOUTH SUBSTATION STRUCTURES & EQUIPMENT BID # 11357 CITY OF LUBBOCK _ Lubbock, Texas i City of Lubbock P.O. Box 2000 Lubbock, Texas 79457 BOB-767-3000 MAILED TO VENDOR: 6/20/91 OLD CLOSE DATE: 7/02/91 @ 2:00 P.M. NEW CLOSE DATE: 7/16/91 @ 2:00 P.M. Bid #11357 Addendum #1 -- Please modify or amend Contract Documents as follows: 1. The closing date for Bid #11357 shall be extended to 2:00 p.m., July 16, 1991. 2. In the specifications, General Instructions to Bidders, page 5, paragraph 1., Scope of Work, add the following: All materials and equipment furnished under this specification will be installed by LP&L construction forces unless specifically noted otherwise. 3. In the specifications, General Instructions to Bidders, page 8, add the following paragraph: 20. DELIVERY All equipment and materials furnished under this specification shall be furnished FOB the LP&L South Substation or FOB the LP&L Operations Center, as directed by the Owner's Representative. Equipment and materials provided under this specification are needed in order to construct and energize the LP&L South Sub- station by May 15, 1992. To meet this schedule it is anticipated that equipment in Sections 1.0, 3.0, and 4.0 must be received by March 15, 1992 and equipment in Sections 2.0 and 5.0 must be received by November 15, 1991. -- 4. In the specifications, Section 1.0 - 69KV Circuit Breakers, paragraph 1.05, change the last sentence to read, "Stud Connectors will be furnished under Section 2.0 - Substation Steel, Buswork, and Grounding." 5. In the specifications, Section 4.0 - Switchboard Relaying, para- graph 4.24 Substation Maintenance Management System, change the first sentence to read, "Under Base Bid Item #4.1, the Vendor...." 6. In the specifications, Section 4.0 - Switchboard Relaying, paragraph 4.25 Miscellaneous Equipment, change the first sentence to read, "Provide under the Base Bid Item #4.1 the following equipment for installation at adjacent Substations...." 7. In the specifications, Section 4.0 - Switchboard Relaying, para- graph 4.26 Switchboard Metering, change the first sentence to read, "Under Base Bid Item #4.1 the Vendor...." ThaO you, Ron Shuffiel Purchasing Department PLEASE RETURN ONE COPY WITH YOUR BID. i City of Lubbock P.O. Box 2000 Lubbock, Texas 79457 BOB-767-3000 MAILED TO VENDOR: 6/25/91 CLOSE DATE: 7/16/91 @ 2:00 P.M. Bid #11357 -- Addendum #2 Please modify or amend Contract Documents as follows: 1. In the specifications, Section 4.0 - Switchboard Relaying, paragraph 4.19 Base Bid Material List, page 10, and paragraph 4.21 Alternate Bid Material List, page 16, on the 69 KV bus differential relay (87B-1A, B,C) change the style number of the ABB model KAB relay to 6668D37A26. 2. In the specifications, Section 4.0 - Switchboard Relaying, paragraph 4.19 Base Bid Material List, page 12, timers 02Z2-1 and 02Z2-2, the ABB TD-52 style number should be 606B038A26. 3. In the specifications, Section 4.0 - Switchboard Relaying, paragraph 4.19 Base Bid Material List, page 13, and paragraph 4.21 Alternate Bid material List, page 18, the transformer differential relay (87-T1A, B,C) change the style number of the ABB model HU relay to 290B346AO9. 4. In the specifications, Section 4.0 - Switchboard Relaying, paragraph 4.21 Alternate Bid Material List, page 18, the distance relays (21Z1-1, 21NZ1-1, 21Z-1, 21NZ2-1, ect.) add a comment that the ABB model MDAR relay shall be furnished with the version 1.8 firmware. 5. In the specifications, Section 4.0 - Switchboard Relaying, paragraph 4.21 Alternate Bid Material List, page 19, the application for the two relays in panel 2 [50/51 - A,B,C (SS69-3) and 50/51 - A,B,C (SS69-4)] should be shown as phase overcurrent and ground. Change the style number of the ABB model MMCO to MMZZ5Z3GC1. 6. In the specifications, Section 4.0 - Switchboard Relaying, paragraph 4.21 Alternate Bid Material List, page 19, the phase and ground overcurrent relay [50/51 - A,B,C (SS69-BT)] change the style number of the ABB model MMCO to MMZZ5Z36C1. Th7 you, Ron Shuffi Purchasing Department PLEASE RETURN ONE COPY WITH YOUR BID. CITY OF LUBBOCK SPECIFICATIONS for TITLE: South Substation Structures & Equipment ADDRESS: LP&L South Substation BID NUMBER: 11357 PROJECT NUMBER: 2115-554101-9639 CONTRACT PREPARED BY: Purchasing Department -1- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6 7. 9. 10. 11. INDEX PAGE NOTICETO BIDDERS..........................................................................................3 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS............................................................................5 BID PROPOSAL - BID FOR UNIT PRICE CONTRACTS...............................................................10 PAYMENTBOND..............................................................................................14 PERFORMANCE BOND..........................................................................................17 CONTRACT..................................................................................................20 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT.......................................................................22 SPECIFICATIONS............................................................................................35 SPECIAL CONDITIONS........................................................................................36 NOTICEOF ACCEPTANCE......................................................................................37 -2- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) NOTICE TO BIDDERS -3- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) NOTICE TO BIDDERS BID # 11357 Sealed proposals addressed to Gene Eads, C.P.M., Purchasing Manager, City of Lubbock, Texas, will be received at the office of the Purchasing Manager, 1625 13th St., Room L-04, Lubbock, Texas, 79401, until _ 2:00 o'clock p.m. on the 2nd day of July. 1991, or as changed by the issuance of formal addenda to all planholders, to furnish all labor and materials and perform all work for the construction of the following described project: SOUTH SUBSTATION STRUCTURES & EQUIPMENT After the expiration of the time and date above first written, said sealed proposals will be opened by the Purchasing Manager at his office and publicly read aloud. It is the sole responsibility of the bidder to insure that his bid is actually in the office of Gene Eads, Purchasing Manager for the City of Lubbock, prior to the expiration of the date above first written. The City of Lubbock will consider the bids on the 25th day of July, 1991, at Municipal Bldg., Lubbock, Texas, or as soon thereafter as may be reasonably convenient, subject to the right to reject any or all bids and waive any formalities. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a performance bond and payment bond in accordance with Article 5160, Vernon's Ann. Civil St., in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $25,000.00. Said statutory bonds should be issued by a company carrying a current Best Rating of B or superior, as the rating of the bond company is a factor that will be considered in determination of the lowest responsible bidder. If the contract price does not exceed $25,000.00 the said statutory bonds will not be required. Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a proposal bond from a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than 5% of the total amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within 10 days after notice of award of the contract to him. It shall be each bidders sole responsibility to inspect the site of the work and to inform himself regarding all local conditions under which the work is to be done. It shall be understood and agreed that all such factors have been thoroughly investigated and considered in the preparation of the bid submitted. The plans, specifications, proposal forms and contract documents may be examined at the office of the Purchasing Manager for the City of Lubbock, Texas. The City of Lubbock hereby notifies all bidders that in regard to any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, minority and women business enterprises will be afforded equal opportunities to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, sex, or national origin in consideration for an award. There will be a pre -bid conference on 18th day of June, 1991, at 10:00 o'clock a.m., Personnel Conference Room #108, Municipal Building, 1625 13th Street. CITY OF LUBBOCK BY: Gene Eads, C.P.M. Purchasing Manager (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS BID # 11357 Sealed proposals addressed to Gene Eads, C.P.M., Purchasing Manager, City of Lubbock, Texas, Will be received at the office of the Purchasing Manager, Municipal Building, 1625 13th Street, Room L-04, Lubbock, Texas, 79401 until 2:00 o'clock P.m. on the 2nd day of July, 1991, or as changed by the issuance of formal addenda to all planholders, to furnish all labor and materials and perform all Work for the construction of the following described project: SOUTH SUBSTATION STRUCTURES 8 EQUIPMENT After the expiration of the time and date above first written, said sealed proposals will be opened by the Purchasing Manager at his office and publicly read aloud. The plans, specifications, proposal forms and contract documents may be examined at the office of the Purchasing Manager for the City of Lubbock, Texas. The City of Lubbock hereby notifies all bidders that in regard to any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, minority and women business enterprises will be afforded equal opportunities to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, sex, or national origin in consideration for an award. There will be a prebid conference on 18th day of June, 1991, at 10:00 o'clock a.m., Personnel Conference Room #108, Municipal Building, 1625 13th Street. BY: Gene Eads, C.P.M. PURCHASING MANAGER (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS -4- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS y 1. SCOPE OF WORK The work to be done under the contract documents shall consist of the following: To furnish steel structures, high voltage circuit breakers, medium voltage switchgear, protective relaying equipment, and other miscellaneous electrical materials for the construction of LPBL South Substation. The contractor shall furnish all labor, superintendence, machinery, equipment and all materiaLs necessary to compLete this project in accordance with contract documents. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS All work covered by this contract shall be done in accordance with contract documents described in the Gen- eral Conditions. All bidders shall be thoroughly familiar with all of the requirements set forth on the contract documents for the construction of this project and shall be responsible for the satisfactory completion of all work contemplated by said contract documents. 3. PLANS FOR USE BY BIDDERS It is the intent of the City of Lubbock that all parties with an interest in submitting a bid on the project covered by the contract documents be given a reasonable opportunity to examine the documents and prepare a bid without charge of forfeiture of deposit. The contract documents, may be examined without charge as noted in the Notice to Bidders. 4. TIME AND ORDER FOR COMPLETION The Contractor will be permitted to prosecute the work in the order of his own choosing, provided, however, the City reserves the right to require the Contractor to submit a progress schedule of the work contemplated by the contract documents. In the event the City requires a progress schedule to be submitted, and it is determined by the City that the progress of the work is not in accordance with the progress schedule so sub- mitted, the City may direct the Contractor to take such action as the City deems necessary to insure comple- tion of the project within the time specified. 5. PAYMENT All payments due to Contractor shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions of the contract documents. 6. AFFIDAVITS OF BILLS PAID The City of Lubbock reserves the right, prior to final acceptance of this project to require the Contractor to execute an affidavit that all bills for labor, materials and incidentals incurred in the construction of the improvements contemplated by the contract documents have been paid in full and that there are no claims pending, of which the Contractor has been notified. -5- 7. MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP The intent of these contract documents is that only materials and workmanship of the best quality and grade will be furnished. The fact that the specifications may fail to be sufficiently complete in some detail will not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for providing materials of high quality and for pro- tecting them adequately until incorporated into the project. The presence or absence of a representative of the City on the site will not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility of complying with this provi- sion. The specifications for materials and methods set forth in the contract documents provide minimum standards of quality which the Owner believes necessary to procure a satisfactory project. 8. GUARANTEES All equipment and materials incorporated in the project and all construction shall be guaranteed against de- fective materials and workmanship. Prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner, a written general guarantee which shall provide that the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work, and pay for any and all damages of any nature whatsoever resulting in such defects, when such defects appear within ONE year from date of final acceptance of the work as a result of defective materials or workmanship, at no cost to the Owner (City of Lubbock). 9. PLANS FOR THE CONTRACTOR The contractor will be furnished one set of plans and specifications, and related contract documents for his use during construction. Plans and specifications for use during construction will only be furnished di- rectly to the Contractor. The Contractor shall then distribute copies of plans and specifications to sup- pliers, subcontractors or others, as required for proper prosecution of the work contemplated by the Con- tractor. 10. PROTECTION OF THE WORK The Contractor shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, and protection of all materi- als, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, and all means of construc- tion, and any and all parts of the work whether the Contractor has been paid, partially paid, or not paid for such work, until the date the City issues its certificate of completion to Contractor. The City re- serves the right, after the bids have been opened and before the contract has been awarded, to require of a bidder the following information: (a) The experience record of the bidder showing completed jobs of a similar nature to the one covered by the proposed contract and all work in progress with bond amounts and percentage completed. (b) A sworn statement of the current financial condition of the bidder. (c) Equipment schedule. 11. TEXAS STATE SALES TAX This contract is issued by an organization which qualifies for exemption provisions pursuant to provisions of Article 20.04 of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise and Use Tax Act. The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit which shall enable him to buy the ma- terials to be incorporated into the work without paying the tax at the time of purchase. -6- 12. PROTECTION OF SUBSURFACE LINES AND STRUCTURES It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to prosecute the work contemplated by the contract documents in such a way as to exercise due care to locate and prevent damage to all underground pipelines, utility lines, conduits or other underground structures which might or could be damaged by Contractor during the construc- tion of the project contemplated by these contract documents. The City of Lubbock agrees that it will fur- nish Contractor the location of all such underground lines and utilities of which it has knowledge. How- ever, such fact shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities aforementioned. All such under- ground lines or structures cut or damaged by Contractor during the prosecution of the work contemplated by this contract shall be repaired immediately by Contractor to the satisfaction of the City of Lubbock, Texas, at Contractor's expense. 13. BARRICADES AND SAFETY MEASURES The contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish and erect such barricades, fences, lights and danger sig- nals, and shall take such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons, property and the work as may be necessary. The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades, signs, and Lights to protect it, and when damage is incurred, the damaged portion shall be immediately removed and re- placed by Contractor at his own cost and expense. The Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of barri- cades, signs, and lights shall not cease until the date of issuance to Contractor of City's certificate of acceptance of the project. 14. EXPLOSIVES The use of explosives will not be permitted unless written permission to do so is obtained by the Contractor from the City. In all cases where written permission is obtained for the use of explosives, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for all damage which may occur as a direct or indirect result of the blast- ing. in addition, in all cases where explosives are authorized to be used, the Contractor shall use utmost care so as not to endanger life or property and the Contractor shall further use only such methods as are currently utilized by persons, firms, or corporations engaged in similar type of construction activity. Explosive materials shall not be stored or kept at the construction site by the Contractor. In all cases where explosives are to be used during the construction of the project contemplated by this contract, it shall be the duty of the Contractor to notify each utility company having structures (above or below the ground) in proximity to the site of the work of Contractor's intention to use explosives, and such notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable the companies to take such steps as they may deem necessary to protect their property from injury. Such notice, however, shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any damage resulting from his blasting operations. 15. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE The successful bidder shall be required to have a responsible local representative available at all times while the work is in progress under this contract. The successful bidder shall be required to furnish the name, address and telephone number where such local representative may be reached during the time that the work contemplated by this contract is in progress. 16. PAYMENT OF EMPLOYEES AND FILING OF PAYROLLS The contractor and each of his subcontractors shall pay each of his employees engaged in work on the project _ under this contract in full (less mandatory legal deductions) in cash, or by check readily cashable without discount, not less often than once each week. The Contractor and each of his subcontractors engaged at the -7- site of the work shall not Later than the seventh day following the payment of wages, file with the Owner's Representative, or Engineer, a certified, sworn, legible copy of such payroll. This shall contain the name of each employee, his classification, the number of hours worked on each day, rate of pay, and net pay. The affidavit shall state that the copy is a true and correct copy of such payroll, that no rebates or deduc- tions (except as shown) have been made, or will in the future be made from the wages paid as shown thereon. 17. PROVISIONS CONCERNING ESCALATOR CLAUSES Proposals submitted containing any conditions which provide for changes in the stated bid price due to in- creases or decreases in the cost of materials, Labor or other items required for the project wiLL be re- jected and returned to the bidder without being considered. 18. PREPARATION FOR PROPOSAL The bidder shall submit his proposal on forms furnished by the City. ALL blank spaces in the form shaLL be correctly filled in and the bidder shall state the price both in words and numerals, for which he proposes to do the work contemplated or furnish the materials required. Such prices shaLL be written in ink, dis- tinctly and legibly, or typewritten. in case of discrepancy between the price written in words and the price written in figures, the price written in words shall govern. if the proposal is submitted by an indi- viduaL, his name must be signed by him or his duly authorized agent. if a proposal is submitted by a firm, association, or partnership, the name and address of each member must be given and the proposal signed by a member of the firm, association or partnership, or person duly authorized. if the proposal is submitted by a company or corporation, the company or corporate name and business address must be given, and the proposal signed by an official or duly authorized agent. Powers of attorney authorizing agents or others to sign proposals must be properly certified and must be in writing and submitted with the proposal. The proposal shaLL be executed in ink. Each proposal shaLL be enclosed in a sealed envelope, addressed as specified in the Notice to Bidders, and endorsed on the outside of the envelope in the following manner: (a) Bidder's name (b) Proposal for (description of the project). Bid proposals may be withdrawn and resubmitted at any time prior to the time set for opening of the bids, but no proposaL may be withdrawn or altered thereafter. 19. BOUND COPY OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by bidder shaLL be bound and include the foL- Lowing: (a) Notice to Bidders. (b) General Instructions to Bidders. (c) Bidder's Proposal. (d) Statutory Bond (if required). (e) Contract Agreement. (f) General Conditions. (g) SpeciaL Conditions (if any). (h) Specifications. M ALL other documents made avaiLabLe to bidder for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. If Plans and Specifications are too bulky or cumbersome to be physicaLLy bound, they are to be considered incorporated by reference into the aforementioned contract documents. -8- BID PROPOSAL -9- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) BID PROPOSAL BID FOR UNIT PRICE CONTRACTS PLACE T,ubbo k . T xa s DATE 16 Ju 1 �r 1 991 PROJECT NO. -Rid # 1 1-3 5 7 Proposal of Siemens Rneray & Autmmn1-J nn . Tnr• _ (hereinafter called Bidder) To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner) Gentlemen: 1 The Bidder, in compliance with your invitation forbids for the �~ ofV- 5 ea 69KV Circuit Breakers, 1 ea Gas Cart, and 15KV Switchgear having carefully examined the ,(specifications, instructions to bidders, notice to bidders and all other re- lated contract documents gat ms*PW- hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials, and supplies; iw I in accordance with the specifica- tions and contract documents, within the time set forth therein and at the price stated below. P" /NS Tic 14C non/ Z O I NC 44. Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any formality i the bidding. The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) calendar days after the scheduled closing time for receiving bids. the 4The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he has carefully examined , specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this bid, and he further agrees to commence work on or before the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and to substantially complete th work on which he has bid; as provided in the contract documents. Enclosed with this proposal is a Cashier's Check or Certified Ch ck fpr Dollars (S ) or a Proposal Bond in the sum of a Dollars (S ) which it is agreed shall be collected and retained by the owner as liquidated damages in the event the proposal is accepted by the Owner and the undersigned fails to execute the necessary contract documents and the required bond (if any) with the Owner within ten (10) days after the date of receipt of written notification of acceptance of sai proposal; otherwise, said check or bond shall be returned to the undersigned upon demand. -10- Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by Bidder shall be bound and include all con- tract documents made available to him for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. (Seal if Bidder is a Corporation) ATTEST: Secretary on, Contr ct Inc. BY• j _ R _ T)P LQaCh BERNARD-BREWER Co. 3304 54TH Street Lubbock, TX 79413 -11- LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS This form shall be completed and submitted with the Bidder's Proposal. 1. Cryoequip 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Minority Owned Yes No X -12- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) BID PROPOSAL FORM FOR SECTION 1.0 - 69 kV CIRCUIT BREAKERS LP&L South Substation Lubbock, Texas Bid Item #1.1 Provide five (5) each 69 kV circuit breakers and other equipment in accordance with Specification Section 1.0. . $ 200,200.00 Delivery Breakers 20 wks ARO a Factory Bid Item #1.2A Gas cart 18-20 wks AR Provide factory trained field service engineer / technician for acceptance testing of 69 kV circuit breakers as specified in paragraph 1.18. $ 1,200.00 per 8 hr day (M-F) plus 1,200.00 per round tri Delivery 4 weeks notice re' qd. Are there any exceptions to this specification ? No. Siemens standard terms and conditions of sale shall apply. "L'' � BID PROPOSAL FORM FOR SECTION 3.0 - 15 kV METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR Bid Item #3.1 Provide 15 kV metalclad switchgear with electromechanical relays as Specified in Section 3.0. 316,382.00 Del ivery Approval Dwgs. 10-12 Bid Item #3.2A 18- 0 wk jgwg ASrova� Provide 15 kV metalclad switchgear with microprocessor based relays as Specified in Section 3.0. $ 323,522.00 (Add $7,140.00 to bid itm 3.1 Del ivery or alt bid) Same as above A6itheFe anty. excgptions to this specification? See "Comments and ari ica ions . BID ITEM # 3.1 Alternate Alternate to transfer Bus (Spec Para 3.03, fourth paragraph, Page 3. ) Price: $310,838.00 Del: Same as above 3 SIEMENS ENERGY & AUTOMATION proposal: R-6645-H July 12, 1991 PROPOSAL TO: (PURCHASER) ADDRESS: ATTENTION: _ Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. (Company) agrees to sell to the Purchaser and the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Company the equipment described below: FOR: City of Lubbock Lubbock Power & sight Bid # 11357 ITEM QT_Y DESCRIPTION 1 1 SF6 Gas Handling cart (Model Cryoquip 375TM) including two day of on site instruction by cryoquip's service/technician See attached equipment list along with drawings 7X733 and 4331300 for further details. Shipment: 18-20 weeks after receipt of order. This proposal is based upon Siemens standard terms and conditions of sale attached. ITEM TOTAL: $49,700.00 F.O.B. Jobsite 1 E.0U\P�hrl �1 CUSTOMER: _. 9"L _ QC-1 - - - W- 0. --------- MODEL: ------------- QTY. _-_I VOLTAGE--"GQ��lOLS�,- 1 P1�► �. !ob }_---_______—__--_ VACUUM PUMP COMPRESSOR _,_Cm a► �-c_= 0, � � 6� � �J�.. yip 1 � Q G � t� CONDENSER S-�? p 4 P• t A ------------------------- SERVICE HOSE _ lZ, _ ��4 ~_'X _ -=---- ----�---------------- TRANSFER HOSE . _._ .. �Aj �`__..,...-------.._....__-.-------...------------ POWER CABLE � � ---------------------------------- POWER PLUG _ �+ --------------------------------------- DISPLAY PANEL _ � � -------------------------------------- PAI NT --- \" -------------------------------- LIQUID LEVEL GAGE ...... J_--_-._,-------_-__.-___.___.__-, 1- EATER , DRAYEFc 1W.Z-z- -%--__-_-___--___,-__,______-- HEATER a TANt:; _-- .. Y`-_--_-------------_._--__-_-__-__-____. HOURMETER , COMP. ________________ MOUFMETEFt VAC.` __----_-.-__-_____.-__--__.__-w__-_____ VACUUM GAGE cl=l �,-----_----__----..,..._____-_,____._.._ _. TRAILER MOU14TED TIRES It WHEELS ---- fir � 5 � l � _. L � � ��_--__.-------------- BRAKES I-. E:Cr-";z �` SPARE TYRE _--._--. CASTER MOUNTED ------ ENCLOSURE ---�`'7c'��.�_S,J�Lti,�p F_-___-.--------- ALARMS SPECIALS ------- ----------_------- _________________ c•d 62:ST TG. IT -IFIf rs t s i , r s t 1559o0i 1 1 iAl r t ' Cu/S .fl1 P: '� ]O7 •P: SE tt+OPxsm y� K I S_ K Rl! �J 3w PW T:. a PER N51. 'SEC. rl.j I Ini � N �cr_ l' � 1>tWS000LI 3 Pyy � r Ox A A.L ) fY {va I R£Si VALVE F- 1 1 !!j CHLOK Y4Lx r,•i �'Kllu W �P SEANCE NOSE 12�5?PYG RY e 112 SOLL"D MIT VOMruLr OPEN B.LL VAttt DK U;.WAU V 0L0SE9 BALL Vw& AOR1aa:lY OPEo mEDLL m%Z �(//-hYlW M"- C1ASEl PUR2 0j --%Sa L AOR.T "VAA. as N$TRLIYEHI LOCALLY LOU.IM p, IXS7ROIE/LT ON LOCAL ►ARC Y ►7ET WLVT AUA LOCAL PANG ..7N: 't*9 ^✓�� p:CW CN�L R STFW W-"r 31"AL •-^• CP4"XV WbE I na I E.-1 01. MO 'Mll CQTRI[T-.WA u{]lEl.unt a X :A yuat-a. U P33/: —r-W p .ni15 1 t•�.L K.scum o.a.. 1. >I.� ru�M p1gNC At�4 1r.'S�RUi�cNTA;3Ch SH SERNC--R CART, -. 3 V lL :n :.Co-: 3 f 2 t n il3 84 LEFT SIDE REAR FRONT RIGHT SIDE www w w.oa rWCw.ti LµlruGn� MODEL 375TM '-OUTLINE 433�l00 CHUBB GROUP OF INSURANCE COMPANIES CHUIE31E3 15 Mountain Vew Roaci P. 0- Box 1615, Warren. Ne,.v Jersey 07061-1615 FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY BID BOND Bond No. 81304914K Amount $ 5% of amount bid Know All Men By These Presents, That we, Siemens Energy & Autcnation, Inc. -- (hereinafter called the Principal), as Principal, and the FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, Warren, New Jersey, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana, (hereinafter called the Surety), as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto City of Lubbock, TX (hereinafter called the Obligee), in the sum of five percent of amount bid Dollars ($ 5 0 of amt. bid ), for the payment of which we, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. Sealed with our seals and dated this 12th day of July A. D. nineteen hundred and 91 WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid, dated July 16 19 91 for Bid # 11357 NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a contract with the Obligee in accordance with such bid and give bond with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such contract, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter into such contract and give such bond, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the dif- ference, not to exceed the penalty hereof, between the amount specified in said bid and the amount for which the Obligee may legally contract with another party to perform the work covered by said bid, if the latter amount be in excess of the former, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Siemens Energy & Autcnnation, Inc. Principal ._ By. / FEDERAL INSUR NCE COMPANY By: — 1 (�:_ PRINTED Form 15-02 0002 (RPv 4-90) M-19394 (15M) u q A (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF ANNEXED INSTRUMENT STATE OF Georgia COUNTY OF Fulton J( On this 12th day of — Jul-Y 19 91 , before me personally came _ Lisa G. Hassel who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is an Atlorney-in-Fact of the FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, and knows the corporate seal thereof; that the seal affixed to said annexed instrument is such corporate seal, and was thereto at fixed by authority of the Power of Attorney of said Company, of which a Certified Copy is hereto attached, and that he signed said In- strument as an Attorney -in -Fact of said Company by like authority. Acknowledged and Sworned to before me on the date above wrilfen My Commission Expires (Notary Pot!ic) r,.-?t m imrn,.,, 5 nr , (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY STATEMENT OF ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND SURPLUS TO POLICYHOLDERS Statutory Basis DECEMBER 31, 1990 (in thousands of dollars) ASSETS Short Term Investments ............... $ 186,734 United States Treasury Bonds .......... 315,035 United States Government and Federal Agency Guaranteed Bonds ........... 276,270 State and Municipal Bonds ............ 2,177,474 Other Bonds ........................ 414,420 Common Stocks ..................... 209,554 Other Invested Assets ................. 87,099 TOTAL INVESTMENTS .............. 3,666,586 Investments in Affiliates: Vigilant Insurance Company ......... 200,591 Great Northern Insurance Company ... 68,809 Pacific Indemnity Company .......... 321,258 Bellemead Development Corporation ... 376,501 C.C. Canada Holdings Ltd ........... 68,062 Other Affiliates ..................... 47,482 Cash .............................. 12,963 Net Premiums Receivable ............. 402,322 Other Assets ........................ 235,476 TOTAL ADMITTED ASSETS .......... $ 5,400,050 LIABILITIES AND SURPLUS TO POLICYHOLDERS Outstanding Losses and Loss Expenses.. $ 2,935,643 Unearned Premiums .................. 871,957 Accrued Expenses ................... 80,181 Non -Admitted Reinsurance ............. 30,185 Dividends Payable to Policyholders ...... 24,746 Loss Portfolio Transfer ................ (145,626) Other Liabilities ........... ........ 198,332 TOTAL LIABILITIES ................. 3,995,418 Capital Stock ........................ 13,987 Paid -In Surplus ...................... 472,986 Unassigned Funds ................... 591,747 Unrealized Appreciation of Investments .. 325,912 SURPLUS TO POLICYHOLDERS ..... 1,404,632 TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SURPLUS TO POLICYHOLDERS ............. $ 5,400,050 Investments are valued in accordance with requirements of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners. Investments valued at $13,173 are deposited with government authorities as required by law. A CORRECT STATEMENT: 'X" (f C_ r, Assis ant Secretary cir A t-mey-in-Fact ✓RiNTED �e-m 27-t0-0073 (Rev 4-91) M-36359 (is (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) PAYMENT BOND -13- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) Bond# 8133-0941 .F STATUTORY PAYMENT BOND PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 5160 OF THE REVISED CIVIL STATUTES OF TEXAS AS AMENDED BY ACTS OF THE 56TH LEGISLATURE, REGULAR SESSION, 1959 Siemens Energy & Autcamation, Inc. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that (hereinafter called the Principal(s), as Principal(s), and Federal. Insurance CmpaW (hereinafter called the Surety(s), as Surety(s), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the Obligee), in the amount of two hundred thousand two hu81Q1M"C1S 200,200) lawful money of the United States for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, adminis- trators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the 8th day of August , 19 91, to Slimly Five (5) SP Breakers and Gas HarALiX19 Cart and said Principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in the amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at Length herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying Labor and material to him or a sub -contractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in said con- tract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Article 5160 of the Revised -- Civil Statutes of Texas as amended by Acts of the 56th legislature, Regular Session, 1959, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Article to the same extent as if it were copied at Length herein. AT -14- IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (a) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this 13th day of SePtoTber 19 91. Principal Sirs Enen3Y & Autanation, Inc. By: (Title. By: (Title) By: (Title) Federal Insurance Cm-pany Surety *By: (Title) Attorney -in -Fact The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby des- ignates an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship. Republic Hogg Roninson of Texas, Inc. 3101 34th Street Federal Insurance Collpany Lubbock, Texas Surety *By: (Title) Approved as to form: City of Lubbock By:AV City Attorney *Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of attorney for our files. -15- POWER OF ATTORNEY VMM aft Ilea YV *an plow . That the FEDERAL MtIIIANCE COWAW. ti Mountain View Road, Warn, New Jersey. an inelarla Corpora - a. has constitimied and mod. and don lweoy oorrst ft and avP*d Lisa G. Rassel and Kenneth Diekroeger of Atlanta, Georgia — each IN true and Mwhd Attorney -in -Fact to execute undw such designation in itt nam and to affix Its corporate seal to and deliver for and on Its behalf " suregr V - -an or otherwise, bonds or obligations on behalf of SIEMENS ENERGY i AUTOMATION. INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES -------- in connection vAh bids, proposals or contracts to «with the Unked States of America, any State or political subdivision thereof or any person, firm or corporation. And the execution of such bond or obligation by such AftonNys 4n*act in this Company a name and on its behalf as SwatY thereon or otherwise, under its cor- poram seal, in pursuance of the authority hereby confined OW, upon delivery thereof, be valid and binding upon this Company. M Uwe" "Awes", de" ow "maim muou m cow"T ss. WNW to IN nrLaw. tauaN "was panne b a sipnad by ra Vba Matear god Awam* ksemay one so aver" ad as of baral0 swmd is lot der d may CWPN as a" RATE 0/ row JOWIF !i c imy of Somerset ie 90 00 war t�t day d q ,s 9qO balsa os ooramWiy wee niMgd 0 OT.'Oruwr la me" known and by me" tn.swn b n ftmm amw d de FEDERAL eF erIRAgC- CoulAlft. lhs eaprakon oasort�bre w amp when ssuuwd tea l000p * q Pow* of Ararmy. and on said Phowd D. o'C~ 6" M we stay swwom did demo ant my sun he a AssiaaM Somewy a re" MO" atsUW= COMPANY and knows tea naps" Mai 004 .then to Nei allo" to we bwperq Power el Abney a suck ompraw oW ad was reroa alkesd by bte -* of re" ppiawa of OW Company. ad rot M SWAd aW ►Own of Atpnwy s AsMMM sacwWy of sad Canpay by tie &AhW :and rW he a Ngtuires ark James 0. Dwan and knows kin to be re" Veo Is sodw of — Md Con"". and rW no ap eb$* of Nd Jwnes 0 One sukset"d i said Ppawr d Anrney is in re" prnuwa bMAwrawp of sW Jams 0. Omen and was tlwao subaribad by aulhrry of aW py Lava gwe i dapgwml*5 pranrnoa rsasgl'gem nl*�CTARV ACanbrAadpad ant'wore to bola" me" 60 M In dW abotw wAen. =_y mot/ t�J'�'"JODLUTE T. MSCtXU Nb,.ry P,pK Njlary ►uWie. 909 of New Amy CWT�TION No.2od6St8 �VA;�JLTAW C°aalliasi°n Wifft 00060 2. M4 County of Somerset ss. L dw.r.d"W". AprMnt Soerseary d tea FEDEftAI else!!ANC[ COIMANr. b teroby oonry tlW tea fakawrq is a VW exCerp ban re" ewLswa of Ma hid Company s adspnd by as posed of Draewra M lance & +rap Vol rat On sy.uw a an bA era and abbe. ~ARTICLE ■vU &sedan!. M bWdB. orAW Mimps. tarr►aeta and sear iwlgrtrrnartli ediar hen s abas for erns on balnar d M Company weed r a atrrnrao0 br be" r rs Ckrlr b o.aama. mnay ant awes M saaelAaq ire" ttomw area on saeaff d tea Company otaew br re" Charrean r tea Vtos Cernean a re" Madam r a Ves Praae.nL Pwry woh rw SOCWary r an AnatM soenWy. unan then tespW" dlripnal taw swept wg any ore" r knee odKra r adomwyrw 4et MaipWaa N any ros.,U- . al re" pogo elDie W r b EaoCMNW Cttmv t .err In any poser of oawney o-staled as pwided 7k w aataom a below. dry soma any each bawl w Oon" or caw abkeadan s pwdad i amen wsatmi I or power of am *I. ssaivn E Aaporms d §M"br arteen baWtddw Con+pry rear one etas d• owetaa0 Mae nwa ad an Will d re" Carve y. o0or by Pe CtWmngn r re" Via Chaww r tea Pnadont or a Yroo Is soft pan Aragr Ides Prooft isoft wrh b poem" r on Assalant Swrary. unto tlwi rsapo 1 essiprwirw. TM 90MUro d area OWNS may beonprswoe. printed Or MMpaplwd The $prwuw d esat a rr Moaienp arms: Cksirksn. ve. CM.Ton. Presdanl. any Ya Maiane. any Aesatanl Yes PwsiOOM. any 8ocroca7. any Animate foersta7 owe tea kcal d re" eanpany may w aroc.o by haww w arypawr of amnwy woswy as cots t Mortp r4rM appooml; Assalant fopear" r Adomeya7►4raa bagasse"d oaamV and awatwtp brtds re" nrdonakrtps ate orw wrilwps w"wy w eve wrsrnasaf. one arytwrat poses a subrrwy a eortirrcaw besrirtp wa+tsm"4 arpnMnra or taesiraae strMaan wad ate and - Q upon re" Compony and oy aeh paver N seetmsd are COM by eat fiNiti. aipMhaa atd "seiner two sear M ram one Oitbnp taken de" Canpgy sAe "copse b ay battl r trndsnakiq to weed r a adeslyd.- rb.rta ewrfy tlr sale PtacnAL eastalANa Jury is duty reoeW a VVeso ddaoq and svoy bwknesa i n such of re" Stan al**~ eras of ArMnee. Omret a Cauwtbia. Mob f =, and arch a to wwwowdCanae..rhtkaoaapiondPrino.Eewarosane:areaagelayrea,aaeaeaoae.sawwayanbenes.un0.nawrtpa,stew.pwnwwderwp, bylaw. 11Rsnatn;Pea,laekrentase»taryaPEDEfIALaasuRANaCOMPAMI/.dofwrabyesrpyteaeMbrapoirtpPow«aAnoreyisin"brasnd 0 . el'.am..dr mytirdane:'�saawt daW Carpary a warren. NJ., rr. w.yd tea Q�� A.aatams.rary 6♦armW r ooNiENTCOM, I. V 4 PERFORMANCE BOND -16- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) Bond# 81330941 STATUTORY PERFORMANCE BOND PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 5160 -- OF THE REVISED CIVIL STATUTES OF TEXAS AS AMENDED BY ACTS OF THE 56TH LEGISLATURE, REGULAR SESSION 1959 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that Siemens �AP fArW i%g49PfficS�(s), as Principal(s), and Federal Insurance C n pang (hereinafter called the Surety(s), as Surety(s), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the Obligee), in the amount oftwo hundred thousand two hu{f x64 (s 200,200) lawful money of the United States for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administra- tors, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the 8th day of Atignugt 19., to Supply Five (5) SP Breakers and Gas Handling.Cart and said principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in the amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. -- NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully per- form the work in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas as amended by Acts of the 56th Legislature, regular session 1959, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN 1117NESS WHER10E, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this 12th day of SePtEnbe-' , 1991. Federal Insurance_: tcirpany_ Surety 'By:.�L`--�1�.C16 (Title) F=OND CHECK 5EST RATING LJUNSED IN TEXAS BY Siemens Energy & Aut xrnation, Inc. Principal By: (Title) By: (Title) By: (Title) -17- The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby designates an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship. Republic Hogg Robinson of Texas, Inc. Federal Insurance Co. 3101 34th Street Lubbock, Texas Surety *By. (Title) Approved as to Form City of Lubbock By: City Attorney *Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of attorney for our files. -is- CONTRACT -19- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) CONTRACT STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF LUBBOCK THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 8th day of August, 1991, by and between the City of Lubbock, County of Lubbock, State of Texas, acting by and through B.C. McMinn, Mayor, thereunto authorized to do so, hereinafter referred to as OWNER, and SIEMENS ENERGY & AUTOMATION of the City of LUBBOCK, County of LUBBOCK and the State of TEXAS, hereinafter termed CONTRACTOR. WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and performed by the OWNER and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith (if any) the CON- TRACTOR hereby agrees with OWNER to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as fol- lows: BID #11357 - LP&L SOUTH SUBSTATION STRUCTURES & EQUIPMENT IN THE AMOUNT $200,200.000. and all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in the contract documents and at his (or their) own proper cost and expense to furnish all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction in accordance with the contract documents as defined in the General Condition of Agreement. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work within ten days after the date written notice to do so shall have been given to him and to substantially complete same within the time specified in the contract documents. The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds for the performance of the contract in accordance with the proposal submitted therefore, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the contract documents and to make payment on account thereof as provided therein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this agreement in Lubbock, Lubbock County, Texas in the year and day first above written. q rt' _ APPROVED AS TO CONTENT: //�/ 0 AP ED AS TO FO n ATTEST: �. Corporate Secretarysrt ) CITY OF LUBBOCK, TEXAS (OWNER) _ By: . MAYOR SIEMENS ENERGY & AUTOMATION CONTRACTOR By:_p/ TITLE: Pr-e5 C/eh7� COMPLETE ADDRESS: 4q rif 3304 60TH STREET Lubbock, TX 79413 -20- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT -21- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT OWNER Whenever the word Owner, or the expression Party of the First Part, or First Party, are used in this con- tract, it shall be understood as referring to the City of Lubbock, Texas. 2. CONTRACTOR Whenever the word Contractor, or the expression Party of the Second Part, or Second Party, is used, it shall be understood to mean the person, persons, co -partnership or corporation, to -wit: SIEMENS ENERGY & AUTOMATION, who has agreed to perform the work embraced in this contract, or to his or their legal representative. 3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE whenever the word Owner's Representative or representative is used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to WAYNE HICKS, LP&L ENGINEERING, City of Lubbock, under whose supervision these contract documents, including the plans and specifications, were prepared, and who will inspect constructions; or to such other representative, supervisor, or inspector as may be authorized by said Owner to act in any par- ticular under this agreement. Engineers, supervisor or inspectors will act for the Owner under the direction of Owner's Representative, but shall not directly supervise the Contractor or men acting in behalf of the Contractor. 4. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The contract documents shall consist of the Notice to Bidders, General Instructions to Bidders, Proposal, Signed Agreement, Statutory Bonds (if required), General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Conditions of the Agreement (if any), Specifications, Plans, Insurance Certificate, and all other documents made available to Bidder for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. 5. INTERPRETATION OF PHRASES Whenever the words "Directed," "Permitted," "Designated," "Required," "Considered Necessary," "Prescribed," or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation or prescription of the Owner's Representative is intended; and similarly, the words "Approved," "Acceptable," "Satisfactory," or words of like import shall mean approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Owner's Representative. Whenever in the Specifications or drawings accompanying this agreement, the terms of description of various qualities relative to finish, workmanship, or other qualities of similar kind which cannot, from their na- ture, be specifically and clearly described and specified, but are necessarily described in general terms, the fulfillment of which must depend on individual judgment, then, in all such cases, any question of the fulfillment of said Specifications shall be decided by the Owner's Representative, and said work shall be done in accordance with his interpretations of the meaning of the words, terms, or clauses defining the ._ character of the work. 6. SUBCONTRACTOR The term Subcontractor, as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents. owner shall have no re-sponsibility to any Subcontractor employed by Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated -22- by these contract documents, but said Subcontractors will look exclusively to Contractor for any payments due Subcontractor. 7. WRITTEN NOTICE Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent certified mail to the last business address known to him who gives the notice. 8. WORK Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work covered by the contract docu- ments. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall be of a good quality. The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have well known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer such recognized standards. All work shall be done and all materials furnished in strict conformity with the contract documents. 9. SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED The term "Substantially Completed" is meant that the structure or project contemplated by the contract docu- ments has been made suitable for use or occupancy or the facility is in a condition to serve its intended purpose, but still may require minor miscellaneous work and adjustment. 10. LAYOUT Except as specifically provided herein, the Contractor shall be responsible for laying out all work and shall accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative will check the Contractor's layout of all major structures and any other layout work done by the Contractor at Contractor's request, but this check does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of correctly Locating all work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. 11. KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE The Contractor shall be furnished with one copies of all Plans, Profiles and Specifications without expense to him and he shall keep one copy of same consistently accessible on the job site. 12. RIGHT OF ENTRY The Owner's Representative may make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress of quality of the executed work and to determine, in general, if the work is proceeding in accordance with the contract docu- ments. He will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work, nor will he be responsible for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or the safety precautions incident thereto. His efforts will be directed towards providing assurances for the Owner that the completed project will conform to the requirements of the contract docu- ments, but he will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. On the basis of his on -site observations, he will keep the owner informed of the progress of the work and will endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the work of the Contractor. -23- 13. LINES AND GRADES All lines and grades shall be furnished by the Owner's Representative whenever necessary for the commence- ment of the work contemplated by these contract documents or the completion of the work contemplated by these contract documents. Whenever necessary, Contractor shall suspend his work in order to permit Owner's Representative to comply with this requirement, but such suspension will be as brief as practical and con- tractor shall be allowed no extra compensation therefore. The Contractor shall give the Owner's Repre- sentative ample notice of the time and place where lines and grades will be needed. All stakes, marks, etc., shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor, and in case of careless destruction or removal by him, his Subcontractors, or his employees, such stakes, marks, etc., shall be replaced by the Owner's Representa- tive at Contractor's expense. 14. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE'S AUTHORITY AND DUTY Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the Owner's Representative shall review all work included herein. He has the authority to stop the work whenever such stoppage may be necessary to insure the proper execution of the contract. In order to permit delays and disputes and to discourage litigation, it is further agreed that the Owner's Representative shall, in all cases, determine the amounts and quantities of the several kinds of work which are to be paid for under this contract. He shall determine all questions in relation to said work and the construction thereof, and shall, in all cases, decide every question which may arise relative to the execution of this contract on the part of said Contractor. The Owner's Representative's estimates and findings shall be conditions precedent to the right of the parties hereto to arbitration or to any action on the contract, and to any rights of the Contractor to receive any money under this contract; provided, however, that should owner's Representative render any decision or give any direction, which in the opinion of either party hereto, is not in accordance with the meaning and intent of this contract, either party may file with said Owner's Representative within 30 days his written objection to the decision or direction so rendered, and by such action may reserve the right to submit the questions so raised to arbitration as hereinafter provided. It is the intent of this Agreement that there shall be no delay in the execution of the work, therefore, written decisions or direc- tion of the Owner's Representative as rendered shall be promptly carried out, and any claim arising there- from shall be thereafter adjusted to arbitration as hereinafter provided. The Owner's Representative shall, within a reasonable time, render and deliver to both the Owner and the Contractor a written decision on all claims of the parties hereto and on all questions which may arise rela- tive to the execution of the work or the interpretation of the contract, specifications and plans. Should the Owner's Representative fail to make such decision within a reasonable time, an appeal to arbitration may be taken as if his decision had been rendered against the party appealing. 15. SUPERINTENDENCE AND INSPECTION It is agreed by the Contractor that the Owner's Representative shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint from time to time such subordinate engineers, supervisors, or inspectors as the said Owner's Representative may deem proper to inspect the materials furnished and the work done under this Agreement, and to see that said material is furnished and said work is done in accordance with the specifications therefore. The Con- tractor shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors for the proper inspection and examination of the work. The Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors so appointed, when such directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and accompanying plans and specifications provided, however, should the Contractor object to any orders by any subordinate -- engineer, supervisor or inspector, the Contractor may within six (6) days make written appeal to the Owner's Representative for his decision. -24- 16. CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE The Contractor shall give personal attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this contract and shall keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to Owner's Representative. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in his absence and all directions given to him shall be binding as if given to the Contractor. Adequate supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the Contractor is essential to the proper performance of the work and lack of such supervision shall be grounds for suspending operations of the Contractor. The work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the Con- tractor and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the Contractor. The Owner or Owner's Representatives will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, or any subcontractors, or any of his agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the work. 17. CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has, by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the na- ture and location of the work, the confirmation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of mate- rials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, and the general and local conditions, and all other matters which in any way effect the work under this contract. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the Owner, either before or after the execution of this contract, shall effect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. 18. CHARACTER OF WORKMEN The Contractor agrees to employ only orderly and competent men, skillful in the performance in the type of work required under this contract, to do the work; and agrees that whenever the Owner's Representative shall inform him in writing that any man or men on the work, are, in his opinion, incompetent, unfaithful, or dis- orderly, such man or men shall be discharged from the work and shall not again be employed on the work with- out the Owner's Representative's written consent. 19. CONSTRUCTION PLANT The Contractor shall provide all labor, tools, equipment, machinery and materials necessary in the prosecu- tion and completion of this contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that Owner shall fur- nish same, and it is also understood that owner shall not be held responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, or protection of any materials, tools, equipment or machinery or any part of the work until it is finally completed and accepted. The building of structures for the housing of men or equipment will be permitted only at such places as the Owner's Representative shall direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such structure shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the Owner's Representative. 20. SANITATION Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers on the work site, properly secluded from public ob- servation, shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the Owner's Representative and their use shall be strictly enforced. -25- 21. OBSERVATION AND TESTING The Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right at all reasonable times to observe and test the work. Contractor shall make necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such obser- vation and testing at any location wherever work is in preparation or progress. Contractor shall ascertain ,_. the scope of any observation which may be contemplated by Owner or Owner's Representative and shall give am- ple notice as to the time each part of the work will be ready for such observation. Owner or Owner's Rep- resentative may reject any work found to be defective or not in accordance with the contract documents, re- gardless of the stage of its completion or the time or place of discovery of such errors and regardless of whether Owner's Observer has previously accepted the work through oversight or otherwise. If any work should be covered without approval or consent of the Owner, it must, if requested by Owner or Owner's Repre- sentative, be uncovered for examination at Contractor's expense. In the event that any part of the work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location where it is not convenient for Owner or Owner's Representa- tive to make observations of such work or require testing of said work, then in such event Owner or Owner's Representative may require Contractor to furnish Owner or Owner's Representative certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by persons competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organization as may be required by law or the contract documents. If any work which is required to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered up without written approval or consent of the Owner or Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by the Owner or Owner's Representa- tive, be uncovered for observation and testing at the Contractor's expense. The cost of all such inspec- tions, tests and approvals shall be borne by the Contractor unless otherwise provided herein. Any work which fails to meet the requirements of any such tests, inspections or approval, and any work which meets the requirements of any such tests or approval but does not meet the requirements of the contract documents shall be considered defective. Such defective work shall be corrected at the Contractor's expense. Neither observations by the Owner or Owner's Representative, nor inspections, tests, or approvals made by Owner, Owner's Representative, or other persons authorized under this agreement to make such inspections, tests, or approvals shall relieve the Contractor from his obligation to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents. 22. DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES It is further agreed that if the work or any part thereof, or any material brought on the site of the work for use in the work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the Owner or Owners' Representative as un- suitable or not in conformity with plans, specification and contract documents, the Contractor shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the Owner's Representative, forthwith remove such material and re- build or otherwise remedy such work so that it shall be in full accordance with this contract. It is fur- ther agreed that any remedial action contemplated as hereinabove set forth shall be at Contractor's expense. 23. CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS The Contractor further agrees that the owner may make such changes and alterations as the Owner may see fit, in the line, grade, form dimensions, plans or or materials for the work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either before or after the beginning of the construction, without affecting the validity of this contract and the accompanying bond. If such changes or alterations diminish the quantity of the work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for damages, or anticipated profits on the work that may be dispensed with. If they in- crease the amount of work, and the increased work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price established for such work under this contract; otherwise such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Extra Work. In -26- case the Owner shall make such changes or alterations as shall make useless any work already done or mate- rial already furnished or used in said work, then the owner shall recompense the Contractor for any material or labor so used, and for any actual loss occasioned by such change, due to actual expenses incurred in preparation for the work as originally planned. 24. EXTRA WORK The term "extra work" as used in this contract shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the Owner or Owner's Representative to be done by the Contractor to accomplish any change, al- teration or addition to the work as shown on the plans and specifications or contract documents and not cov- ered by Contractor's proposal, except as provided under Changes and Alterations herein. It is agreed that the Contractor shall perform all extra work under the direction of the Owner's Representa- tive when presented with a written work order signed by the Owner's Representative; subject, however, to the right of the Contractor to require written confirmation of such extra work order by the Owner. It is also agreed that the compensation to be paid to the Contractor for performing said extra work shall be determined by the following methods: Method (A) - By agreed unit prices; or Method (B) - By agreed lump sum; or Method (C) - If neither Method (A) or Method (B) be agreed upon before the extra work is com- menced, then the Contractor shall be paid the actual field cost of the work, plus fifteen (15%) per cent. In the event said extra work be performed and paid for under Method (C), then the provisions of this para- graph shall apply and the "actual field cost" is hereby defined to include the cost of all workmen, such as foremen, timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, materials, supplies, teams, trucks, rentals on machinery and equipment, for the time actually employed or used on such extra work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred, together with all expenses incurred directly on account of such extra work, including Social Security, Old Age Benefits, Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and workmen's Compensation and all other insurances as may be required by law or ordinances or directed by the Owner or Owner's Representative, or by them agreed to. Owner's Representative may direct the form in which accounts of the actual field cost shall be kept and records of these accounts shall be made available to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise, these mat- ters shall be determined by the Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machin- ery and equipment shall be determined by using 100%, unless otherwise specified, of the latest Schedule of Equipment and Ownership Expenses adopted by the Associated General Contractors of America. Where practical, the terms and prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be incorporated in the written extra work order. The fifteen percent (15%) of the actual field cost to be paid to Contractor shall cover and com- pensate him for his profit, overhead, general superintendence and field office expense, and all other ele- ments of cost and expense not embraced within the actual field cost as herein defined, save that where the Contractor's Camp or Field Office must be maintained primarily on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the "actual field cost." No claim for extra work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by Owner's Representative. In case any orders or instructions appear to the Contractor to involve extra work for which he should receive compensation or an adjustment in the construction time, he shall make written request to the Owner's Repre- sentative for a written order authorizing such extra work. Should a difference of opinion arise as to what does or does not constitute extra work or as to the payment therefore, and the Owner's Representative in- sists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making written request for written order and shall keep adequate and accurate account of the actual field cost thereof, as provided under Method (C). The Contractor will thereby preserve the right to submit the matter of payment to arbi- tration as herein below provided. -27- 25. DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS It is further agreed that it is the intent of this contract that all work described in the proposal, the specifications, plans and other contract documents, is to be done for the prices quoted by the Contractor and that such price shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the work in accordance with the —, intent of these contract documents as interpreted by Owner's Representative. If the Contractor finds any discrepancies or omissions in these plans, specifications, or contract documents, he should notify the Owners' Representative and obtain a clarification before the bids are received, and if no such request is received by the Owner's Representative prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be considered that the Contractor fully understands the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in his proposal to complete the work in accordance with these plans and specifications. It is further understood that any re- quest for clarification must be submitted no later than five days prior to the opening of bids. 26. RIGHT OF OWNER TO MODIFY METHODS AND EQUIPMENT If at any time the methods or equipment used by the Contractor are found to be inadequate to secure the quality of work with the rate of progress required under this contract, the Owner or Owner's Representative may order the Contractor in writing to increase their safety or improve their character and efficiency and the Contractor shall comply with such order. If, at any time, the working force of the Contractor is inadequate for securing the progress herein speci- fied, the Contractor shall, if so ordered in writing, increase his force or equipment, or both, to such an extent as to give reasonable assurance of compliance with the schedule of progress. 27. PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS LABORERS MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES The Contractor agrees that he will indemnify and save the Owner harmless from all claims growing out of any demands of subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen and furnishers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, all suppliers, including commissary, incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this contract. When Owner so desires, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or waived. If during the progress of the work, Contractor shall allow any indebtedness to accrue for work furnished by any of those designated in the preceding paragraph and shall fail to pay and discharge any such indebtedness within five (5) days after demand is made, then owner may, during the period for which such indebtedness a shall remain unpaid, withhold from the unpaid portion of this contract, a sum equal to the amount of such unpaid indebtedness or may apply the sum so withheld to discharge any such indebtedness. Any and all communications between any party under this paragraph must be in writing. 28. PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENT INVENTION The contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees, and shall provide for the use of any design, de- vice, material or process covered by letters patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the Paten- tee or Owner thereof. The Contractor shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyrights and shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from any loss on account thereof, except that owner shall defend all such suits and claims and shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular design, device, material or process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is speci- fied or required in these contract documents by Owner; provided, however, if choice of alternate design, de- vice, material or process is allowed to the Contractor, then Contractor shall indemnify and save Owner harm- less from any loss on account thereof. If the material or process specified or required by Owner is an in- fringement, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless he promptly gives written notice to the Owner of such infringement. -28- 29. LAWS AND ORDINANCES The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations, which in any manner effect the contract or the work, and shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner against any claims arising from the violation of any such laws, ordinances, and regulations, whether by the Contractor or his employees. if the Contractor observes that the plans and specifications are at variance therewith, he shall promptly notify the Owners' Representative in writing and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided in the contract for changes in the work. If the Contractor performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice to the Owner's Representative, he shall bear all costs arising therefrom. The Owner is a municipal corporation of the State of Texas and the law from which it derives its powers, in- sofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the Owner may enter into contracts, shall be controlling, and shall be considered as part of this contract to the same effect as though embodied herein. 30. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING The Contractor further agrees that he will retain personal control and will give his personal attention to the fulfillment of this contract. The Contractor further agrees that subletting of any portion or feature of the work, or materials required in the performance of this contract, shall not relieve the Contractor from his full obligations to the Owner, as provided by this contractual agreement. 31. HINDRANCE AND DELAYS In executing the contract agreement, the Contractor agrees that in undertaking to complete the work within the time herein fixed, he has taken into consideration and made allowances for all hindrances and delays in- cident to such work, whether growing out of delays in securing material or workmen or otherwise. No charge shall be made by the Contractor for hindrance or delays from any cause during the progress of any part of the work embraced in this contract except where the work is stopped by order of the Owner or Owner's Representative for the Owner's convenience, in which event, such expense as in the judgment of the Owner's Representative that is caused by such stoppage shall be paid by Owner to Contractor. 32. QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured or computed length, area, solid contents, number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided. In the event this contract is let on a unit price basis, then Owner and Contractor agree that this contract, including the specifications, plans and other contract documents are intended to show clearly all work to be done and material to be furnished hereunder. Where the estimated quantities are shown for the various classes of work to be done and material to be furnished under this contract, they are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the work and for comparing their proposals of- fered for the work. It is understood and agreed that the actual amount of work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this contract may differ somewhat from these estimates, and that where the basis for payment under this contract is the unit price method, payment shall be for the actual amount of work done and materials furnished on the project. 33. PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY The Contractor shall take proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way encountered, which may be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and he shall be Liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjacent -29- property. The Contractor agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless the Owner against any claim or claims for damages due to any injury to any adjacent or adjoining property, arising or growing out of the perfor- mance of this contract, but such indemnity shall not apply to any claim of any kind arising out of the exis- tence or character of the work. 34. PRICE FOR WORK In consideration of the furnishing of all necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all work by the Contractor, and on the delivery of all materials embraced in this contract in full conformity with the specifications and stipulations herein contained, the Owner agrees to pay the Contractor the price set forth in the proposal attached hereto, which has been made a part of this contract, and the Contractor hereby agrees to receive such price in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid work, also, for all expenses incurred by him and for well and truly performing the same and the whole thereof in the manner and according to this agreement, the attached specifications, plans, contract documents and requirements of Owner's Representative. 35. PAYMENTS No payments made or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the contract, either wholly or in part, nor shall any certificate or payment be considered as acceptance of de- fective work. Contractor shall at any time requested during the progress of the work furnish the Owner or Owner's Representative with a verifying certificate showing the Contractor's total outstanding indebtedness -- in connection with the work. Before final payment is made, Contractor shall satisfy Owner, by affidavit or otherwise, that there are no outstanding liens against Owner's premises by reason of any work under the con- tract. Acceptance by Contractor of final payment of the contract price shall constitute a waiver of all claims against Owner which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this contract. 36. PARTIAL PAYMENTS On or before the tenth day of each month, the Contractor shall submit to Owner's Representative an applica- tion for partial payment. Owner's Representative shall review said application for partial payment and the progress of the work made by the Contractor and if found to be in order shall prepare a certificate for par-tial payment showing as completely as practical the total value of the work done by the Contractor up to and including the last day of the preceding month; said statement shall also include the value of all sound ma- terials delivered on site of the work that are to be fabricated into the work. The owner shall then pay the Contractor on or before the fifteenth day of the current month the total amount of the Owner's Representative's Certificate of Partial Payment, less 5% of the amount thereof, which 5% shall be retained until final payment, and further, less all previous payments and all further sums that may �- be retained by Owner under the terms of this agreement. It is understood, however, that in case the whole work be near to completion, and this fact is certified to by owner's Representative and some unexpected and some unusual delay occurs due to no fault or negligence on the part of the Contractor, the Owner may upon written recommendation of Owner's Representative pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained per- centage due Contractor. 37. FINAL COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE Within thirty-one (31) days after the Contractor has given the Owner's Representative written notice that the work has been completed or substantially completed, the Owner's Representative and the Owner shall in- spect the work and within said time, if the work be found to be completed or substantially completed in ac- cordance with the contract documents, the Owner's Representative shall issue to the Owner and Contractor his certificate of completion, and thereupon it shall be the duty of the Owner within thirty-one (31) days to issue a certificate of acceptance of the work to the Contractor. -30- 38. FINAL PAYMENT Upon the issuance of the certificate of completion, the owner's Representative shall proceed to make final measurement and prepare a final statement of the value of all work performed and materials furnished under the terms of the agreement, and shall certify same to the Owner, who shall pay to the Contractor on or be- fore the 31st day after the date of certificate of completion, the balance due Contractor under the terms of this agreement, provided he has fully performed his contractual obligations under the terms of this con- tract; and said payment shall become due in any event upon said performance by the Contractor. Neither the certificate of acceptance nor the final payment, nor any provisions in the contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of the obligation for fulfillment of any warranty which may be required in the special condi- tions (if any) of this contract or required in the specifications made a part of this contract. 39. CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT FOR WORK Contractor shall promptly remove from Owners' premises all materials condemned by the Owner's Representative on account of failure to conform to the contract, whether actually incorporated in the work or not, and Con- tractor shall at his own expense promptly replace such condemned materials with other materials conforming to the requirements of the contract. Contractor shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If Contractor does not remove and replace any such condemned work within a reasonable time after a written notice by the Owner or the Owner's Representative, Owner may remove and replace it at Contractor's expense. 40. CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT Neither the final payment nor certificate nor any provision in this contract shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship, and he shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which shall appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of substantial completion. The owner or the Owner's Representative shall give notice of observed de- fects with reasonable promptness. 41. PAYMENT WITHHELD The Owner may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify the whole or part of any certificate to such extent as may be necessary to protect himself from loss on account of: (a) Defective work not remedied. (b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating possible filing of claims. (c) Failure of the Contractor to make payments promptly to subcontractors or for materials or labor. (d) Damage to another contractor. When the above grounds are removed, or the Contractor provides a surety bond satisfactory to the Owner, which will protect the Owner in the amount withheld, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them. 42. TIME OF FILING CLAIMS it is further agreed by both parties hereto that all questions of dispute or adjustment presented by the Contractor shall be in writing and filed with the Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) days after the Owner's Representative has given any directions, order or instruction to which the Contractor desires to take exception. The Owners' Representative shall reply to such written exceptions by the Contractor and render his final decision in writing. In case the Contractor should appeal from the decision of the Owner's -31- Representative, any demand for arbitration shall be filed with the Owner's Representative and the Owner in writing within ten (10) days after the date of delivery to Contractor of the final decision of the Owner's Representative. It is further agreed that final acceptance of the work by the Owner and the acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment shall be a bar to any claim by either party, except where noted other- wise in the contract documents. 43. ARBITRATION All questions of dispute under this agreement shall be submitted to arbitration at the request of either party to the dispute. The parties may agree upon one arbitrator, otherwise, there shall be three; one named in writing by each party and the third chosen by the two arbiters selected; or if the arbiters fail to se- lect a third within ten (10) days, he shall be chosen by the District Judge, 72nd Judicial District of Texas. Each arbiter shall be a resident of the City of Lubbock. Should the party demanding arbitration fail to name an arbiter within ten (10) days of the demand, his right to arbitrate shall lapse, and the de- cision of the Owner's Representative shall be final and binding on him. Should the other party fail to _ choose an arbiter within ten (10) days, the Owner's Representative shall appoint such arbiter. Should ei- ther party refuse or neglect to supply the arbiters with any papers or information demanded in writing, the arbiters are empowered by both parties to take Ex Parte Proceedings. The arbiters shall act with promptness. The decision of any two shall be binding on both parties to the contract, unless either or both parties shall appeal within ten (10) days from date of the award by the ar- biters, and it is hereby agreed that each party shall have the right of appeal and all proceedings shall be according to and governed by Arbitration Statutes of Texas, being Article 224, et seq., Vernon's Annotated Civil Statutes. THE DECISION OF THE ARBITERS UPON ANY QUESTION SUBMITTED TO ARBITRATION UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO ANY RIGHT OF LEGAL ACTION. The arbiters, if they deem the case demands it, are authorized to award the party whose contention is sus- tained, such sums as they deem proper for the time, expense and trouble incident to the appeal, and if the appeal was taken without reasonable cause, they may award damages for any delay occasioned thereby. The ar- biters shall fix their own compensation, unless otherwise provided by agreement, and shall assess the costs and charges of the arbitration upon either or both parties. The award of the arbiters must be made in writ- ing and shall not be open to objection on account of the form of proceedings or award. 44. ABANDONMENT BY CONTRACTOR In case the Contractor should abandon and fail or refuse to resume work within ten (10) days after written notification from the Owner or the Owner's Representative, or if the Contractor fails to comply with the or- ders of the Owner's Representative, when such orders are consistent with this contract, this Agreement, or the Specifications hereto attached, then the Surety on the bond shall be notified in writing and directed to complete the work and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the Contractor. After receiving said notice of abandonment, the Contractor shall not remove from the work any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies then on the job, but the same, together with any materials and equipment under the contract for work, may be held for use on the work by the Owner or the Surety of the Contractor, or another contractor, in completion of the work; and the Contractor shall not receive any rental or credit therefore (except when used in connection with Extra Work, where credit shall be allowed as provided for under paragraph 24 of this contract); it being understood that the use of such equipment and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the work and be reflected in the final settlement. In case the Surety should fail to commence compliance with the notice for completion hereinbefore provided for within ten (10) days after service of such notice, then the Owner may provide for completion of the work in either of the following elective manners: -32- (a) The Owner may employ such force of men and use of machinery, equipment, tools, materials and sup- plies as said Owner may deem necessary to complete the work and charge the expense of such labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said Contractor, and the expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the Owner out of such moneys as may be due, or that may thereafter at any time become due to the Contractor under and by virtue of this Agreement. In case such expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been com- pleted by the Contractor, then said Contractor shall receive the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been com- pleted by said Contractor, then the Contractor and/or his Surety shall pay the amount of such excess to the Owner; or (b) The Owner, under sealed bids, after notice published as required by law, at least twice in a newspa- per having a general circulation in the County of location of the work, may let the contract for the completion of the work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this contract. In case of any increase in cost to the Owner under the new contract as compared to what would have been the cost under this contract, such increase shall be charged to the Contractor and the Surety shall be and remain bound therefore. However, should the cost to complete any such new contract prove to be less than that which would have been the cost to complete the work under this contract, the Contractor or his Surety shall be credited therewith. When the work shall have been substantially completed, the Contractor and his Surety shall be so notified and certificates of completion and acceptance, as provided in paragraph 42 hereinabove set forth, shall be issued. A complete itemized statement of the contract accounts, certified to by Owner's Representative as being correct shall then be prepared and delivered to Contractor and his Surety, whereon the Contractor or his Surety, or the owner as the case may be, shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement within 30 days after the date of certificate of completion. In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have been the cost to the Owner had the work been completed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract, or when the Contractor and/or his Surety shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the Owner, then all machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies left on the site of the work shall be turned over to the Contractor and/or his Surety. Should the cost to complete the work exceed the contract price, and the Contractor and/or his Surety fail to pay the amount due the Owner within the time designated hereinabove, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies on the site of the work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials shall be mailed to the Contractor and his Surety at the respective addresses designated in this contract; provided, however, that actual written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing, or other giving of such notice, such property shall be held at the risk of the Contractor and his Surety subject only to the duty of the Owner to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) days from the date of said notice the Owner may sell such machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the Contractor and his Surety. Such sale may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the Owner may elect. The Owner shall release any machin- ery, equipment, tools, materials, or supplies which remain on the *jobsite and belong to persons other than the Contractor or his Surety, to their proper owners. 45. ABANDONMENT BY OWNER In case the Owner shall fail to comply with the terms of this contract, and should fail or refuse to comply with said terms within ten (10) days after written notification by the Contractor, then the Contractor may suspend or wholly abandon the work, and may remove therefrom all machinery, tools, and equipment, and all materials on the ground that have not been included in payments to the Contractor and have not been incorpo- rated into the work. Thereupon, the Owner's Representative shall make an estimate of the total amount earned by the Contractor, which estimate shall include the value of all work actually completed by said Con- tractor at the prices stated in the the attached proposal, the value of all partially completed work at a -33- fair and equitable price, and the amount of all Extra Work performed at the prices agreed upon, or provided for by the terms of this contract, and a reasonable sum to cover the cost of any provisions made by the Con- tractor to carry the whole work to completion, and which cannot be utilized. The Owner's Representative shall then make a final statement of the balance due the Contractor by deducting from the above estimate all previous payments by the owner and all other sums that may be retained by the Owner under the terms of this Agreement, and shall certify same to the Owner who shall pay to the Contractor on or before thirty (30) days after the date of the notification by the Contractor the balance shown by said final statement as due the Contractor, under the terms of this Agreement. 46. BONDS The successful bidder shall be required to furnish a performance bond and payment bond in accordance with Article 5160, Vernon's Annotated Civil Statutes in the amount of 100% of the total contract price, in the event said contract price exceeds $25,000.00. If the contract price does not exceed $25,000.00, the statu- tory bonds will not be required. All bonds, if required, shall be submitted on forms supplied by the owner, and executed by an approved Surety Company authorized to do business in the State of Texas. And it is fur- ther agreed that this contract shall not be in effect until such bonds are so furnished. 47. SPECIAL CONDITIONS In the event special conditions are contained herein as part of the contract documents and said special con- ditions conflict with any of the general conditions contained in this contract, then in such event the special conditions shall control. 48. LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss or damage to the Contractor arising out of the nature of the work to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance and the prosecution of the same, or from unusual obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in the prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at his own cost and expense. 49. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR Contractor is, and shall remain, an independent contractor with full, complete and exclusive power and au- thority to direct, supervise, and control his own employees and to determine the method of the performance of the work covered hereby. The fact that the Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right to ob- serve Contractor's work during his performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and vested in the Owner or Owner's Representative hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or effect the status of the Contractor as an independent contractor with respect to either the Owner or Owner's Representative or to the Contractor's own employees or to any other person, firm, or corporation. 50. CLEANING UP The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulation of debris caused by the work, and . at the completion of the work he shall remove all such debris and also his tools, scaffolding, and surplus materials and shall leave the work room clean or its equivalent. The work shall be left in good order and condition. In case of dispute Owner may remove the debris and charge the cost to the Contractor. -34- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) SPECIFICATIONS -35- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) SECTION 1.0 - 69 KV CIRCUIT BREAKERS _ 1.00 QUANTITY Under the base bid, Bid Item #1.1, provide five (5) each 69 KV circuit breakers as specified below. Under Alternate Bid Item #1.2A the Vendor shall indicate the cost for a factory trained field service engineer / technician to perform final checkout and acceptance testing of five (5) circuit breakers as specified below in paragraph 1.17. 1.01 PROPOSAL DATA In addition to the price proposal data requested above, Vendors shall submit with their proposal two sets of complete descriptive data on the proposed equipment. This data shall include weights, dimensions, and recommended maintenance intervals for critical components and systems. 1.02 SUBMITTAL DATA Within 30 days of contract award the Vendor shall submit five (5) sets of detailed outline drawings, anchor bolt drawings, — conduit entrance drawings, wiring diagrams, CT excitation curves and other pertinent data as may be necessary for interfacing the 69 KV circuit breakers with the remainder of the substation equipment and systems being provided under this specification. Upon shipment of circuit breakers, the Vendor shall furnish five (5) certified copies of factory tests reports. These reports shall include, but not be limited to contact resistance test, operation times, CT performance data and dielectric test data. 1.03 EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS This device is to be a dead tank design. The interrupting medium may be SF6 or bulk oil. The equipment shall have the following characteristics: Frequency Phases Rated max. voltage Continuous current amps Impulse withstand Sym. Inter. Current 60 Hertz Three 72.5 kV L-L 1200 Amps 350 kV BIL 25,000 Amps 1 Close voltage 125 Volts DC Trip voltage 125 Volts DC Motor and heater voltage 230 Volts AC - Interrupting time (max) 3 cycles 1.04 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS Current transformers are required on this device. Current transformers are required as shown on the drawings, twelve total, four per phase, two per bushing. The current transformers shall be 1200:5 multi -ratio, Class C400. All five leads from each current transformer shall be brought to a shorting type terminal block in a control cabinet. 1.05 BUSHINGS All 69 kV bushings shall be porcelain with threaded studs. Stud connectors will be provided under Section 3.0. 1.06 HEATERS The breaker shall have heaters and a thermostat to prevent condensation in the breaker control cabinet. The heaters shall be wired for 230 VAC. 1.07 AUXILIARY SWITCHES There shall be six "a" and six "b" auxiliary contacts available for customer use. The auxiliary contacts shall be wired to a terminal block in the control cabinet. 1.08 GROUNDING The breaker (stand) shall be furnished with 2 two -hole ground pads. 1.09 OPERATING MECHANISM The breaker shall use a stored energy operating mechanism with sufficient capacity for five (5) open and five (5) close operations. The breaker shall be mechanically and electrically trip free. Circuit breakers shall have two trip coils, a mechanical operations counter and a mechanical position indicator to indicate if the breaker is open or closed. Operators, controls and equipment shall be housed in a gasketed enclosure with provisions for padlocking. The breaker shall be capable of being reclosed within 20 cycles of the breaker being tripped. If an air pressure system is used, it shall be complete with an air tank, a 2 motor, a compressor, a pressure gauge on the tank, motor timer, and complete controls. The air tank is to be equipped with a condensate drain valve. Hydraulic operators shall be furnished with a pressure gauge, low pressure alarm contacts, motor timer and a hand pump for manually charging the system. 1.10 SF6 GAS INTERRUPTERS The SF6 gas interrupters shall be housed in an aluminum housing with high pressure rupture discs to protect against sudden pressure build ups. Breaker poles shall have provisions for individual timing and adjustment. Interrupters shall be shipped with a nominal 5 - 7 pounds gas pressure, with final filling to be conducted in the field. 1.11 SF6 GAS MONITORING Provide a complete SF6 gas monitoring system to include the following features: a. Common monitoring system for all three poles. b. Gas density monitor. c. Low gas pressure alarm contact. d. Critical low gas pressure alarm and trip block. e. Pressure gauge. f. Gas filling provisions. 1.12 KNIFE SWITCHES AND FUSES Three fused knife switches shall be furnished. One fused knife switch for the compressor circuit (if a compressor is used), one for the heater circuit, and one for the control circuit. 1.13 PAINT The breaker color shall be ANSI 70, gray. 1.14 MANUAL TRIP The breaker shall be capable of being tripped mechanically (without control voltage) by pulling a lever on the breaker -- cabinet. When the breaker is tripped by pulling this lever it shall toggle a lockout switch (69 Device) which will prevent closing of the breaker until the lockout switch is reset. Exceptions to providing a manual trip level shall be clearly stated in the quotation. 3 1.15 OIL If an oil filled breaker is supplied, an oil level gauge, an upper filter press connection and a lower drain valve shall be furnished. The oil should be furnished in drums if the breaker cannot be shipped with oil. The manufacturer's oil test requirements shall be supplied with the proposal. 1.16 STAND The breaker shall be furnished complete with a stand. The stand shall be adjustable and provide clearance above foundation as shown on the drawings. The anchor bolt plan and foundation loading drawings shall be provided with the proposal. A drawing of the stand shall be furnished with the proposal. 1.17 TOOLS The vendor shall supply one set of any special tools required for the normal operation and maintenance of the breaker. The breaker shall be shipped with the windlass (if a windlass is used in the maintenance of the breaker) installed if practical. 1.18 FIELD SERVICES Under Alternate Bid Item # 1.2A, the Vendor shall provide the services of a field service engineer / technician to direct, inspect, and supervise the installation of SF6 gas in the circuit breakers and to conduct acceptance testing of the circuit breakers. This proposal shall include all travel, lodging, meals, equipment and per diem expenses for the field service engineer / technician. 1.19 SF6 GAS HANDLING CART Under the base bid the Vendor shall provide one (1) SF6 gas handling cart. This gas cart is required even if the Vendor is quoting bulk oil circuit breakers. This cart shall have a storage tank with a minimum volume sufficient to store 375 pounds of sulfur hexafluoride gas at 104 Deg. F. The tank shall be an ASME certified pressure vessel with a design pressure of 600 PSIG. The storage tank shall have the following accessories: a. Drain valve b. ASME approved safety valve c. Pressure gauge d. Temperature gauge e. Tank heater, 1.0 KW f. Isolation valves for all lines g. Refrigeration coil h. Liquid level sight glass 4 The gas cart shall also have a vacuum pump with a displacement of 17CFM, driven by a 1 1/2 HP motor. The vacuum pump -- shall be capable of extracting gas and water vapor from a leak - tight chamber or the on -board storage tank down to an absolute pressure of 1 torr. The vacuum shall have a clearly visible oil sight glass and provisions for draining and refilling the oil. The gas cart shall also be furnished with an SF6 gas compressor driven by a 3/4 HP motor with a minimum capacity of 100 standard cubic feet per hour at 100 PSIG discharge pressure and 0 PSIG suction pressure. The gas compressor shall be an oil -less design and shall have an elapsed time meter. Provide on the gas cart an automatic refrigeration system to cool the stored SF6 gas to 26 Deg. F. as the gas is being removed from the circuit breaker. This system shall have the effect of limiting the SF6 gas compressor discharge pressure to less that 100 PSIG by controlling the storage tank gas pressure. The refrigeration system compressor crankcase shall have a heater for cold starting. The gas cart shall have a control panel in a weatherproof gasketed enclosure with the following instruments and controls: a. Main power circuit breaker b. Amber lamp indication for "TANK HEATER ON" c. Fuse for control circuits d. On -off switch for vacuum pump e. On -off switch for SF6 gas compressor f. On -off switch for tank heater g. H-O-A switch for refrigeration system h. Electronic vacuum gauge i. Storage tank pressure gauge (0-600 PSIG) j. Compressor discharge gauge, (0-150 PSIG) k. Storage tank temperature gauge, -20 Deg.F. to +240 Deg. F. 1. Inlet pressure / vacuum gauge. The entire system shall require less than IOKW of electrical _ power and shall operate from a 240 volt, 1 phase, 60 HZ. supply. The system shall be protected by a main circuit breaker and motors shall be protected by thermal overloads. —' The gas saving cart shall be mounted on a single axle trailer with pneumatic tires, electric tail lights, stop lights and turn signal lights, a retractable third wheel, stabilizing jacks, and a pintle eye hitch. The equipment shall be completely enclosed in a weatherproof sheet metal housing. Hinged doors with two point latches shall be installed to provide access to all equipment and controls. All door latches shall have provisions for padlocking. The complete trailer and enclosure shall be painted white. The completed unit shall be tested prior to shipment. The system shall be leak tested using a halogen leak detector with the "' system under positive pressure. After leak testing, the system shall be charged with dry nitrogen and sealed for shipment. The system shall be provided with two sets of Operating and Maintenance Instruction Manuals, two 25 foot long service hoses with J.I.C. 37 degree fitting, threaded on the free end, a valve position display panel with LED indicators, and a gas conditioning loop. The gas conditioning loop shall have a molecular sieve dryer to remove moisture, arcing by-products, hydrocarbons, and sub - micron size particulates. The loop shall also include a pressure regulator, adjustable between 40 and 100 PSIG, nominally set at 75 PSIG, to prevent the circuit breaker from being over pressurized on refilling. Recirculation piping shall be provided to permit the SF6 gas to be routed through the gas conditioning loop more than once, prior to returning to the electrical equipment. This recirculation piping shall be independent of the vacuum pump inlet piping to allow simultaneous purification of SF6 gas while the vacuum pump is evacuating a circuit breaker. Provide one spare set of replacement filter media for the molecular sieve dryer. Gas handling carts as manufactured by Cryoquip Inc. of Gardena, Ca. is considered to meet the requirements of this specification. The Vendor shall include in the Base Bid proposal, the services of a field service engineer / technician to provide on - site instruction on the operation of the system. This proposal shall include all travel, lodging, meals, equipment and per diem expenses for this field service engineer / technician to perform the training. The gas cart manufacturer shall determine the number of days required to provide this training. It is anticipated that approximately six LP&L personnel will participate in this training. 0 SECTION 2.0 SUBSTATION STEEL, BUSWORK, AND GROUNDING 2.01 PROPOSAL DATA The Vendor shall submit with the proposal two copies of a complete bill of materials and descriptive literature on the equipment and materials to be furnished. Proposals shall indicate the estimated individual structure weights. Final design weights shall not be less than the estimated weights by more than 5%. 2.02 SUBMITTAL DATA The Vendor shall submit (5) five sets of approval drawings and calculations. Design calculations should indicate the structure deflections, design loads, actual structure weights and the foundation reactions. The following drawings shall be submitted: a. Location of foundations and anchor bolts in each foundation. b. Steel details, showing fabrication details of all steel members to be furnished herein. c. Steel assembly drawings indicating how all steel members connect together. d. Arrangement drawings including plan views, end views, sectional views and details with all items, fittings and devices identified.. e. Grounding drawings showing all above and below grade cable runs, ground rods, and connectors. f. Foundation details for all foundations and pads. These drawings shall tabulate required concrete and reinforcing steel quantities. g. A complete bill of material indicating manufacturer and catalog number. Following approval of drawings the Vendor shall submit (5) five copies of final drawings and one set of reproducible drawings. 2.03 DESIGN CONDITIONS Substation steel structures shall be designed in accordance with AISC Standards and NEMA Standard SG6 and shall include 1/2" ice loads. Foundation designs shall be based on a vertical soil bearing capacity of 3000 psf and a lateral soil resistance of 350 psf per foot of depth. ` Substation buses and connectors shall be designed for a minimum continuous current rating of 1200 amperes and a short circuit current rating of 15,000 amperes. 1 Dead end structures shall be designed for the following tension conditions: Transmission phase conductor - 795 MCM ACSR, 26/7, Drake, 2500 lbs. Transmission line conductor - 3/8" HSS, 1000 lbs. The deadend structure shall be designed for vertical loading caused by the incoming 69 kV line angle as it intersects the truss. The structure shall be designed for an average line angle not to exceed 45 degrees from horizontal. The deadend structure shall be designed for transverse loads due to wind on the incoming conductor and due to the incoming line not being normal to the face of the structure. Each structure shall be designed for a wind force on each incoming line of 100 pounds. Each structure shall be designed for the incoming line to be 15 degrees from normal to the face of the structure. This angle shall be considered to be the average of all lines on one circuit, i.e. the average angle of 3 phase conductors and two static wires for a 69 kV incoming line. The structures shall meet the deflection limits specified in NEMA SG 6. The 69 kV line support structure shall be considered at Class "A" type structure. In no case shall the clearances be less than the NEMA, EEI or IEEE standards. 2.04 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS The material to be furnished under this section shall consist of the following items for the substation steel package: - All anchor bolts and templates required for the substation. - Grounding conductor and connectors, both above and below ground. - Three-phase 69 kV disconnect switches. - All insulators for the substation both suspension and station post type. - Potential transformers 69 kV. - All steel structures. - All required conductors and connectors both rigid and flexible. - Arresters for use on the 69 kV system and transformers - Wave Traps and tuners E - Coupling capacitor voltage transformers 2.05 GALVANIZING All steel shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM Designation A-123. 2.06 STEEL PARTS -- Steel parts shall conform to ASTM specifications A-36, A-283, and A-307. 2.07 HARDWARE If possible, one type of structure bolt and one diameter should be used as fasteners for station structures. The bolts and nuts shall meet ASTM Standard Specification A394. Type MF locknuts (hexagonal) shall be furnished for all bolted connections. All hardware shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM standard A-153. 2.08 STRUCTURAL STEEL All work shall be equal to the best modern practice in the manufacture and fabrication of materials of the types covered by these -- specifications, not withstanding any omissions from these specifications or drawings. Acceptance of materials shall in no way relieve the Vendor of the responsibility for furnishing materials meeting the requirements of these specifications. Before being laid out or worked, structural material shall be straight and free from kinks and bends. If straightening is necessary, it shall be done by methods that will not injure the metal. All portions of the work which will be exposed to view after completion shall be finished neatly. All welding shall be performed in accordance with the latest edition of the "Structural Welding Code", as formulated by the American Welding Society. After the -- shop work has been completed, all material shall be cleaned of rust, loose scale, dirt, oil, grease and other foreign substances. Particular care shall be taken to clean slag from welded areas. After being cleaned, all steel shall be galvanized in accordance ASTM-123. All holes in material shall be free of excess spelter after galvanizing. Bus support structures are indicated on the drawings to be three T phase, single column type. Alternate three phase bus support designs, such as two column designs will be considered. The base bid proposal shall be for the single column type. Other designs must be indicated as -- alternate proposals. 2.09 STEP BOLTS Step bolts shall be supplied for the 69 kV deadend structure. The step bolts shall be spaced 15 inches apart. 3 2.10 ANCHOR BOLTS All anchor bolts for the station shall be furnished herein. All anchor bolts, nuts and washers shall be galvanized. Two nuts shall be furnished for each anchor bolt. Metal templates shall be provided for each set of anchor bolts for bus supports, air switch stands, dead end structures, PT stands, and static poles. Anchor bolts shall be manufactured in accordance with the ACI-318- Latest Edition, Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete assuming a concrete compressive strength of 3000 pounds per square inch at 28 days. The top 24 inches of each anchor bolt shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM A-123. 2.11 GROUNDING CONDUCTOR AND CONNECTORS All grounding material for the substations shall be furnished herein. All buried ground conductor shall be #4/0 AWG minimum, 19- strand soft drawn bare copper cable. Above ground taps to structures and equipment shall be 19 No.9, dead soft annealed 40% conductivity, "Copperweld" conductor. Bonding conductors for fences, cabinets, etc. shall be #4 AWG, solid, bare, dead soft annealed "Copperweld". Copper clad, 5/8" x 8'-0" ground rods shall be furnished. Clamps to attach the ground conductor to the structures shall be placed on a maximum spacing of 2 feet 6 inches. The underground connectors shall be Cadweld or Burndy Hyground and must have been qualified under IEEE Std 837-1984, "IEEE Standard for Qualifying Permanent Connections Used in Substation Grounding". If a "Cadweld" type thermal process system is supplied it shall be furnished with all tools required to install the connectors including molds, handles, and weld metal. If a compression type system is supplied, it shall be furnished with two sets of the required dies to install the connections. This tooling will become the property of LP&L. Above ground connections to fencing, steel structures, and equipment shall be of the bolted type. Provide three NEMA 2 hole spade connectors to connect the 19-No.9 copper ground grid cable to the 69 kV transformers' two hole ground pads. The ground pads are located on the tank at opposite corners and at the neutral bushing in the transformer throat. The transformer ground is to be extended to the transformer control cabinet with #4 copper wire. The steel fabric fence shall be grounded in accordance with REA drawing TM-33 and TM-33 Supplement. Grounding material shall be supplied for all gates shown on the drawings. Each instrument transformer and CCVT shall be grounded from a continuous loop of 19-No.9. The 69 kV deadend shall have a 19-No.9 ground run from the ground mat to the overhead static wire and shall be connected into the static wire. A 19-No.9 horizontal run shall be made between the two vertical runs and connectors and conductor shall be supplied to connect the ground run into the arresters on the 69 kV structure. a One switch operator platform shall be furnished for each group operated air break switch. The platform shall be a minimum size of 4 feet by 2 feet 6 inches. The switch operator platform shall be grounded by a 19-N0.9 loop, one end connecting into the underground mat and one end connecting into the ground run on the column. The vertical operating rod of the switch shall be grounded with a flexible braided strap which shall connect to the 19-No.9 ground run on the column. The 15 kV switchgear shall be connected to the ground mat in two locations with #4/0 ground run to the ground mat. All material shall be furnished for a grounding well. The Vendor shall furnish 200 feet of 4/0 copper conductor for use in the grounding well. Three ground rods shall be furnished with appropriate connectors to be used to attach to the end of the well ground as a weight and to provide extra grounding surface area. The ground well shall be placed near the transmission deadend structure. Material shall be provided to tie the transmission steel pole structure and the static masts into the ground mat with 19-No.9 conductor. 2.12 THREE POLE AIR BREAK SWITCHES Air switches shall be 1200 amp, 69 kV three phase, group operated, vertical break, construction classification A. The switch shall be mounted on a 69 kV switch structure. A swing handle type operating mechanism shall be furnished for the switch. The switch shall be rated 72.5 kV L-L maximum design voltage, 1200 amps maximum continuous current, 61,000 amps maximum momentary current. The continuous current shall be rated in RMS amperes based on the limit of observable rise, or as listed in Table 3 of ANSI C37.30-1971 when tested in accordance with Section 4 of the ANSI test code for high voltage air switches C37.34-1971. The momentary current rating shall be based on Section 30-4.6.1 of ANSI C37.30-1971 and three second current rating shall be based on Section 30-4.6.2 of ANSI C37.30-1971. In either the opened or closed positions, the switches shall withstand the dielectric test voltages between live parts and ground in accordance with Table 1 or ANSI C37.32-1972. The length of break, when in the full opened position, shall be at least 10 percent in excess of the dry arcing distance over the insulators. Terminal pad drilling shall be on 1- 3/4" NEMA standard spacing. The switch blades shall have ample mechanical strength to withstand all stresses to they will be subjected. All current carrying parts shall be of a suitable non-ferrous, corrosion resistant metal or alloy. The only acceptable alloys for aluminum are 6063-T6 for wrought shapes and 356-T6 for castings. Where flexible jumpers are used as a means to transfer current, only laminated aluminum straps will be acceptable. Braided shunt straps are not acceptable. The hinge contact shall maintain connection throughout the complete open and close cycle of operation. Any springs or spring washers (Belleville) employed to maintain contact 5 pressure shall not carry currents tending to decrease this pressure or damage the springs. Material for springs or spring washers (Belleville) shall be 300 series non-magnetic stainless steel or equal. Contacts shall have a sufficient mass of high thermal conductivity metal immediately adjacent to the contact surfaces to preclude the possibility of contact welding or damage at currents within the momentary rating of the switches. Make -break contacts shall be designed so that wiping action is accomplished with minimum wear and without galling of either contact surface. Wear of contacts shall be such that after 1000 operations, the mating parts will still have adequate surface material to meet electrical nameplate requirements. Contacts shall be silver -to -silver. Acceptable methods of silver application are: a. Brazed overlay of fine silver (Commercial Purity, 99.90%) with a minimum thickness of .010". b. Brazed inlay of fine silver (Commercial Purity, 99.90%) with a minimum thickness of .010". c. Approved silver flame -spray application (Metco or equal), coined, with a minimum thickness of .010" (Commercial Purity, 90%). All silver -to -silver make -break contacts shall be made of silvers having different hardness, preferably of two different types of silver application. All aluminum switches shall have silver -to -silver make - break contacts. Each of the two silvers shall be applied to a base of copper and then electro-tin plated or hot -dip tinned to prevent the wash of copper salts over aluminum parts. Silver applied directly to aluminum by any process is not acceptable. No solder shall be employed in the application of silver. Silver plate (Brush or Electro) is only acceptable on enclosed, non -break contacts or bolted fixed current transfer joints. The main bearings on the rotating insulator shall be equipped with enclosed dust -proof seals, stainless steel balls and a rust and corrosion proof race of a differing hardness. Aluminum housings and races are not acceptable. Bearings shall be dry type or permanently filled with grease of the Bentone grade for maintenance free service. Sleeve type Oilite bushings or nylon are not acceptable. The operating mechanism shall be of the rotating handle type with 180 degree rotation in the clockwise direction required for closing. The interphase pipe shall be a single pipe for all three phases, with individual phases being clamped to the interphase pipe. Vertical pipe guides shall be furnished where necessary. Pipe couplers shall be two piece with clamping bolts and piercing set screws. The operating pipe shall be securely grounded at a location near the operating handle with a tinned braided shunt of at least 2 feet in length. The shunt shall be clamped to the operating pipe with a galvanized iron fitting. All bolts, nuts, pins, washers, and lockwashers used on conducting parts shall be stainless steel. All control parts and structural mounting parts shall be supplied with hot dipped galvanized 1.1 bolts, nuts, washers, and lockwashers. All switches shall be supplied with stainless steel arcing horns. The bases of all insulators shall be furnished with leveling studs. 2.13 BUS AND SWITCH INSULATORS Insulators shall be furnished for a complete substation including all buses and switches. The insulators shall be standard strength post insulators NEMA TR# 216. The insulators shall have gray glaze. 2.14 SUSPENSION INSULATORS Suspension insulators shall be furnished for the incoming lines. The insulators shall have an M&E rating of 15,000 pounds. The insulator strings shall have 7 insulators per string for the 69 kV strings. The insulators shall be 5-3/4" by 10" ball and socket type, Lapp 8200-70 or equivalent. The insulators shall have a gray glaze. 2.15 ACSR JUMPERS AND BUS All jumper and bus material for the station shall be furnished herein. All pipe bus shall be 6063-T6 aluminum alloy, schedule 40, 2 1/2" diameter with 477 MCM ACSR damper cable supplied for all bus pipe runs. The jumpers to the potential transformers and to the CCVT shall be designed so that movement between the bus and the equipment does not result in excessive stress on the equipment or fatigue of the jumper. 2.16 CONNECTORS All connectors for the station shall be furnished herein. All connections to jumpers shall be of the compression type with two or four hole pads. The incoming transmission line is to be terminated using compression type deadend fittings. The bushing connectors for the — transformers and circuit breakers (stud to pad) shall be furnished herein. Bolted connectors shall be furnished. Welded connectors are not acceptable. All electrical bolted connections shall be made with stainless steel hardware. All bolted connections shall be made with two stainless steel flat washers and two stainless steel Belleville washers for each stainless steel hex head bolt and stainless steel hex nut. Bi-metallic transition plates shall be furnished for each aluminum to copper connection. Contact sealant shall be supplied for all connections. The Belleville washers shall require a force of 400 pounds to flatten. Connections to power transformer bushings shall utilize Lapp Doble test terminals. 2.17 OVERHEAD GUY WIRE 7 The OHGW shall be furnished herein as shown on the drawings. The connectors to deadend and connect the overhead ground wire into the OHGW shall be furnished herein. The OHGW shall be 3/8 inch, 7 strands, high strength steel, 10,800 pounds rated strength. 2.18 INCOMING CONDUCTOR Both the incoming conductor material and secondary underground exit cable shall be furnished by others. The incoming conductor to the A -frame dead end structures is 795 MCM ACSR (Drake) with 3/8" HSS static. Compression type deadends are to be furnished herein to terminate the incoming conductor and the associated static wires. 2.19 STATIC POLE Two 35 foot tall steel poles are to be located as shown on the drawings. These poles are to be designed for attachment of two (3) 3/8" HSS static wires with 1000 pound maximum design tension. 2.20 ARRESTERS Twelve station class arresters shall be furnished herein for use on the 69 kV system. These arresters shall be mounted on each 69 kV transformer and on each 69 kV dead end structure. The arresters shall be the gapless MOV type, with a 60 kV rating and a MCOV rating of 48 kV. 2.21 69 kV INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS Three (3) potential transformers shall be furnished herein. The transformers shall be used for station metering and relaying. These transformers shall have the following features and ratings: - One primary bushing. - Two tapped secondary windings. - Primary voltage 40,250 volts (L-G) - Secondary voltage of 67.08/115 volts. - Voltage ratio 600/350:1. - Thermal rating 5,000 VA minimum. - Accuracy 0.3 through ZZ Burden. - BIL 350 kV. 2.22 69 kV WAVE TRAP Provide a quantity of four (4) wave traps. Two of the units will be installed at the remote ends of the incoming transmission line. Traps shall be 69 kV, single frequency, high Q, line traps with an 800 amp continuous current rating, a 2 second thermal rating of 20 kA and a N mechanical rating of 51 kA peak. Traps shall meet the requirements of ANSI C93.3-1981. The trap's frequency range shall be 70-200 kHZ. Exact frequencies will be furnished at a later date. Traps shall have bird barriers, internal lightning arresters and mounting accessories as selected by the structure fabricator. A r' horizontal pedestal mount has been indicated on the drawings, but other arrangements as deemed more economical or practical by the steel fabricator may be employed. Line traps shall be factory tuned and tested. Certified test reports of the trap's dielectric and RF performance shall be furnished. Traps manufactured by Trench Electric are considered to meet all requirements of this specification. 2.23 69 kV COUPLING CAPACITOR VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS Provide two (2) each power line carrier coupling capacitor voltage transformers with single frequency line tuners. CCVT's shall be single bushing, rated for 69 kV system application and shall have an oil filled corrosion resistant base box to house the intermediate transformer, series reactor and auxiliary components. The base box shall also have an externally operable SPST switch for grounding the carrier circuit. A drain coil, gap, and cabinet heater resistor shall be included. Trench Electric model TEV coupling capacitor voltage transformers with K9500 series tuners are considered to meet the requirements of this -- specification. E (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) SECTION 3.0 - 15 kV METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR 3.01 PROPOSAL DATA The Vendor shall include with the proposal two copies of the following data: a. Base bid price and delivery b. Alternate Bid price and delivery c. Complete descriptive literature, including electrical ratings, circuit breaker operating mechanisms, bus and cubicle construction details, approximate weights and dimensions. Literature shall be furnished on accessory items such as CT's, PT's, control switches, meters, and relays. d. Outline drawings should indicate the proposed shipping splits and the extent of field connections necessary to connect the switchgear line-up into it's final operating configuration. e. Indicate the proposed method of delivery. f. Provide a list of all equipment, devices, or fittings that will the removed for shipping. g. Provide a description of the factory testing and quality control procedures employed to assure the assembled system will operate as specified. h. Provide a statement indicating the level of industry standard testing that the proposed switchgear has undergone. As a minimum, proposals must include prices for Bid Item #3.1 and Alternate Bid Item #3.2A. Additional alternate _ proposals will be considered provided the Base Bid and Alternate proposals are as specified. 3.02 SUBMITTAL DATA Following order entry, the Vendor shall submit for approval, (5) five sets of switchgear drawings and details. These drawings shall include the following data: One -line Diagram showing: a. All 15 kV bus work and equipment 1 b. PT's and CT's with polarity information c. Unique identification numbers for all devices d. Basic ratings, sizes, voltages and ratios of all devices. Three -line Diagram showing: a. All 15 kV bus work and equipment b. Power transformer windings and polarity c. PT's and CT's with polarity information d. Unique identification numbers for all devices e. Basic ratings, sizes, voltages and ratios of all devices. Schematic Diagrams showing: a. All DC circuits in the switchgear and relay panels that are being furnished by this Vendor. b. All AC circuits in the switchgear and relay panels that are being furnished by this Vendor. c. Portions of AC and DC circuits in equipment or systems that are not furnished by this Vendor, but that are being interface with. e. Each relay by device number f. Contact schedule for each switch Panel Layout Drawings showing: a. Location of each relay, switch, nameplate, and device mounted on the front or rear of all panels. b. Size of relay case c. Relay style number, type, and device number d. Nameplate schedule Installation Drawings showing: a. Dimensions of panels and equipment. b. Conduit entrance and cable connection points 2 c. Cubicle to cubicle wiring including wire and cable numbers, terminal numbers and locations. d. Complete material list The Vendor shall request from the Owner, the details or schematics for any equipment, systems, or devices that must be interfaced with, but are not being furnished under this section of the Specifications. Upon delivery of the switchgear, the Vendor shall submit (5) five copies of bound operating and maintenance manuals, (5) five copies of final drawings, schematics, and wiring diagrams and (1) reproducible set of drawings, schematics, and wiring diagrams. —' 3.03 GENERAL The metalclad switchgear to be furnished under these specifications shall be constructed in accordance with the latest ANSI standards. The metalclad switchgear will be indoor, three phase, 2000 amp, insulated copper main bus, 60 HZ. The buswork shall be configured as shown on the drawings. It is the intent of this specification to obtain a completely wired and tested line-up of metalclad switchgear that is essentially complete and requires only the connection of AC and DC control power and high voltage cables in order to place it in service. It is also required that the assembly be broken into a minimum number of shipping splits that will require reassembly in the field. The drawings indicate that the desired switchgear arrangement is a main operating bus with a separate transfer bus for use in the testing and maintenance of the feeder circuit breakers. Loadbreak three phase manually operated switches shall be provided to connect the load side of any feeder to the transfer bus. All proposals must contain a Base Bid design utilizing the transfer bus scheme. The incoming power from the transformer will enter by underground cable. LP&L will provide all material to connect the switchgear to the transformer. As an alternate to the transfer bus arrangement, consideration will be given to designs utilizing two -high switchgear in which the load side of the upper and lower switchgear cubicles are bussed together. The two positions for each circuit are to be the "operating" and "maintenance" positions. The breaker in the "operating" position will be maintained by installing a spare breaker in the "maintenance" _ position, closing the "maintenance" breaker and opening the "operating" breaker. The load is thus transferred to the maintenance breaker without interruption and the operating breaker can be removed for maintenance. If this alternate scheme is proposed, the proposal shall include the cost of a spare or 3 "maintenance" breaker. A breaker is to be furnished herein only for each "operating" position. Only one spare breaker is to be furnished as the spare for all "maintenance" positions. The operation of the circuit is to be identical from either position. Current transformers shall be provided in all "maintenance" cubicles such that all protective relay schemes, metering, and control functions are operational when the "maintenance" breaker is in service. Circuit breakers shall employ SF6 gas interrupters or vacuum interrupters. If vacuum interrupters are employed, a high voltage DC "hipot" test cubicle shall be provided in the switchgear lineup to allow interrupter proof testing before installation. The required switchgear and auxiliary compartments are as follows: - Two (2) main breakers (2000 amp.) - One (1) tie breaker (2000 amp.) - Four (4) feeder circuit breakers, two in each lineup (2000 amp.) - Two (2) auxiliary compartments for 15 kV Potential transformers with fuses - Two (2) auxiliary compartments for station service transformers with fuses 3.04 RATINGS The rating and capacity of the circuit breakers included herein, shall be as follows: - 15 kV Class Circuit Breaker - Voltage Rating: 15,000 volts - Nominal Continuous Current Rating: as noted above - Maximum Interrupting Capacity: 36,000 amps sym. - Interrupting Time Rating: 5.0 cycles maximum - Reclosing Time Rating (Total Time): 20 cycles maximum - MVA Rating: 500 MVA The current rating of the main bus shall be 2000 amperes and the insulation rating shall be 95 kV BIL. 4 3.05 CIRCUIT BREAKERS Circuit breakers shall be horizontal drawout units with continuous current ratings and interrupting ratings as indicated above. All circuit breakers of equal rating shall be completely interchangeable. Circuit breakers and cubicles shall be constructed such that a circuit breaker of different current ratings cannot be interchanged. The circuit breaker shall operate by means of a stored energy mechanism, which is normally charged by a small universal motor, but which can also be charged by a manual handle for emergency manual closing or for testing. The circuit breaker shall be equipped with secondary disconnecting contacts which shall automatically engage in the operating and test position to complete circuits as required. The contacts shall automatically disengage when the circuit breaker is withdrawn to the disconnect position. The circuit breaker shall have a means for racking in and out of the compartment and between positions. It shall also be provided with a means of holding the circuit breaker in the compartment in all positions. Interlocking shall be provided making it impossible to rack a closed breaker to or from any position. An additional interlock shall be provided which shall assure automatic discharging of the closing springs upon insertion or removal of the breaker from the compartment. Each circuit breaker shall have the capability of being disconnected from the main bus and all live parts, and placed in a position where the circuit breaker can be operated electrically. Interrupters shall be SF6 or vacuum. Gas interrupters shall have SF6 pressure gauges, low pressure alarm contacts, fittings for gas filling, and a device for indicating contact wear. The circuit breaker shall be equipped with the required auxiliary switches and number of contacts, as specified by the manufacturer for complete operation of the breaker. In addition, extra auxiliary switch contacts for circuit opening and closing -- shall be provided for LP&L's own use and wired to terminal blocks as follows: Four (4) "a" contacts, single pole - Four (4) "b" contacts, single pole Each circuit breaker in these specifications shall be designed for trip -free operation by means of a removable maintenance closing device easily operable by one man. Circuit breakers shall have a breaker position indicating target, indicating open and close positions. An operation counter shall be mounted on the breaker in clear view when the compartment door is open. A dolly shall be provided to enable the circuit breaker to be removed from the compartment for maintenance. Interconnecting cables shall be provided for electrically operating the circuit breaker outside the cubicle. Where a two -high switchgear design is furnished, a lifting device and necessary yokes and accessories shall be supplied for removing breakers from the top position. Circuit breakers shall be removed from the bottom position without the use of a lifting device. Lifting devices shall employ electric winches or drive devices or shall employ mechanical devices that require a minimum amount of cranking, pumping, or jacking. 3.06 SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR VACUUM INTERRUPTERS If vacuum circuit breakers are furnished, then a DC Hi -pot installed in a cubicle or separate cabinet is to be included in the proposal. This device shall be furnished complete to provide all such vacuum testing as the manufacturer recommends. This cubicle shall be arranged such that a circuit breaker that has been removed for service or maintenance can be rolled into the test cubicle and all three vacuum interrupters DC hipot tested. This cubicle shall have stationary contacts or other fittings that will automatically mate with the breaker contacts and connect the breaker to test circuit. Front panel meters shall be provided to indicate test voltage and leakage current. 3.07 CONTROL VOLTAGES AND CIRCUIT PROTECTION All control circuits and devices shall be suitable for 125 VDC. All heaters and other auxiliary devices shall operate on 120 or 240 volts, single phase A.C., 60 HZ. Fuses and knife switches, or fused -disconnect switches (pull out type) shall be provided in each compartment for disconnecting each D.C. source control voltage, A.C. source operating circuit, heating circuit, and convenience outlet circuit from their respective power source. All AC and DC control power will be fed to the switchgear line-up from AC and DC circuit breaker panels installed by the Owner in the switchgear building. The switchgear shall be designed and wired such that each 15 kV circuit breaker is fed from a separate DC branch circuit, and a separate AC branch circuit. Disconnecting means and supplementary overcurrent protection of devices and circuits within the cubicle shall be provided by the switchgear Vendor. 3.08 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS Each circuit breaker shall be initially equipped with the quantity of current transformers as defined below which shall be C400 multi -ratio, standard relaying accuracy, as specified by the American Standards Association Requirements, Terminology, and Test Code for Instrument Transformers, C57.13-1954, or latest revision thereof. All current transformers shall have taps and leads per NEMA standards with secondary leads brought out and terminated on readily accessible shorting type terminal blocks located in the front compartments. 2 Each 15 kV feeder circuit breaker shall be supplied with six (6) current transformers, three current transformers (one per -- phase) on the source side of the breaker, and three (3) current transformers (one per phase) on the load side of the breaker. Source side CT's shall be 1200:5 multi -ratio for phase overcurrent relays and metering. Load side CT's shall be 2000:5 multi -ratio for differential relays. Each 15 kV main circuit breaker and tie circuit breaker shall be supplied with nine (9) current transformers, three current transformers (one per phase) on the source side and six current transformers (two per phase) on the load side of the breaker. Source side CT's shall be 2000:5 multi -ratio for 15 kV bus differential relays. Line side CT's shall be 2000:5 multi - ratio, one set for transformer differential relays and one set for metering. The supplier shall furnish LP&L with five (5) copies each of current and ratio correction factor curves; together with winding -- and internal lead resistance data, for each ratio at one standard burden. 3.09 POTENTIAL TRANSFORMERS Six (6) 15 kV potential transformers are to be installed in the switchgear to provide potential for all metering and transformer LTC requirements. These devices are to be rated 110 kV BIL with a 60:1 ratio. Each PT shall be appropriately fused and installed in a drawout type compartment or tray. A spare — primary fuse or fuses shall be provided for each PT installed in the switchgear. 3.10 STATION POWER Two (2) 25 kVA transformers for station power are to be installed in the switchgear lineup, one on each operating bus. Each transformer primary and secondary is to be appropriately fused. A spare primary fuse or fuses shall be provided for each station power transformer installed in the switchgear. 3.11 ARRESTERS Three arresters shall be furnished for each distribution circuit. They shall be rated 9 U . The arresters shall have a zinc oxide valve block construction and not have any internal gap — assembly. These arresters shall be shown in manufacturer literature as underground distribution Riser Pole Arresters. The arresters shall have a guaranteed maximum arrester discharge _ voltage of 34 kV at 40 kA using a 8x20 micro -second current wave. The arresters shall be of a design that has been subjected to a series of two discharges of surge current having an amplitude of 100 kA and a waveshape of 5 x 10 micro -seconds, without failing. r' The arresters shall be of a non -fragmenting design. 3.12 CONDUIT ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS Each compartment shall contain suitable conduit entrance plates to accommodate station service battery input 125 VDC. with suitable terminal blocks for terminating each such entrance cables. Each compartment shall contain additional suitable conduit connections or entrance plates to accommodate all supervisory, telemetering and differential control cable wiring, with suitable terminal block points for terminating all wires and cables. All power cable shall enter and exit through the floor of the switchgear. Provisions shall be provided for six (6), five (5) inch conduits for all outgoing circuits. Each phase shall be capable of accepting four (4) 500 MCM copper conductors. Adequate cable bending and termination space shall be provided in power cable entrance compartment. The 15 kV cable connection point shall be a minimum of 24 inches above the floor. 3.13 HEATERS Each compartment shall contain a thermostatically controlled space heater (to prevent condensation) for 120/240 volts A.C. operation, which shall be capable of providing adequate heat for operation of the relays and circuit breaker mechanism and control equipment for outside temperature as low as -15°F. 3.14 TESTS Each circuit breaker included in these specifications shall be tested in conformance with NEMA, ANSI, and IEEE standard testing procedures. Such tests shall also include, but not be limited to the following: - Low frequency, withstand - voltage test. - Mechanism operating speed test. - Contact resistance test. - Temperature rise test. Tests on the switchgear buswork and breakers are to be performed with these items in operating configuration (completely connected). 3.15 TEST REPORTS The supplier shall furnish LP&L with five (5) certified copies of reports of the results of the tests on each breaker. These reports shall include copies of the speed graphs and values of contact resistance. Information shall be furnished as to the desired contact resistance and limits to be maintained. 3.16 TOOLS, WRENCHES, AND BLOCKING DEVICES Special tools, necessary special wrenches, removable blocking devices (if required), etc., shall be furnished as part of these specifications. 3.17 RELAY PANELS Additional space may be required to locate relay panels in the switchgear enclosure. The relay panels will be a switch door type to allow access to the terminal boards, switches, fuses and rear of the relays, meters and controls. 3.18 METERING AND RELAYING — The metering and relaying to be supplied herein shall include, but not limited to the accompanying list of materials. This equipment is to be mounted adjacent to the breaker position with which it is associated. The Vendor for the 15 kV metal clad switchgear, shall refer to the overall substation one -line diagram and Specification Section 4.0 - Switchboard Relaying, to determine the extent of the interface that is required between the 15 kV switchgear and other systems, such as SCADA controls. The 15 kV switchgear shall have the required interface terminals grouped in a single location and terminated on a terminal block. This terminal block shall be readily accessible and located near a dedicated conduit entrance point, ready for field connection of interconnect cables. The KWH meters furnished in the switchgear shall be General Electric type EV-3 with a model KM-901 demand register. The meters -- shall be furnished with one copy of the General Electric PCRP/UPGEN software for use with the electronic meters. Transducers shall be provided and installed in the switchgear line-up as scheduled below. These transducers will be used to provide analog data inputs to the LP&L SCADA system RTU that will be installed at the South Substation. Outputs from the transducers shall be wired to a terminal block for field connection to the RTU. This terminal block shall be located near a conduit entrance location and near the terminal blocks for other field installed wiring. In order to maintain compatiability and interchangability with existing units, all transducers shall be manufactured by — Square-D Electromagnetic Industries or Scientific Columbus. Voltage transducers shall have the following characteristics: Input range ................... 0-180 VAC Rated input ................... 150 VAC Burden at 120 V., 60 Hz....... < 2.5 VA Overload (continuous)......... 180 VAC Frequency (nominal)........... 60 Hz. Temperature range ............. .20 to +60 C. Max. temp. effect on accuracy .............. +/- 0.5% Accuracy @ 25 deg. C. (10-150 V.)................... +/- 0.25% RO Output range .................. 0 - 1.3 mA DC Output @ rated input.......... 1 mA DC Output ripple ................. < 0.5% Output load ................... 0 - 10K ohm Calibration adjustment........ +/- 10% Response time (to 99%)........ < 400 ms Stability, % full scale / yr.. +/- 0.25% Dielectric withstand.......... 1500 V. RMS Current transducers shall have the following characteristics: Input range ................... 0-6.5 A. AC Rated input ................... 5 A. AC Burden at 5 A., 60 Hz....... < .25 VA Overload (continuous)......... 10 A. AC Overload ( 1 sec. )........... 250 A. AC Frequency (nominal)........... 60 Hz. Temperature range ............. .20 to +60 C. Max. temp. effect on accuracy .............. +/- 0.5% Accuracy @ 25 deg. C. (0 - 6.5 A.) ................... +/- 0.25% RO Output range.. ............. 0 - 1.3 mA DC Output @ rated input.......... 1 mA DC Output ripple ................. < 0.5% Output load ................... 0 - IOK ohm Calibration adjustment........ +/- 10% Response time (to 99%)........ < 400 ms Stability, % full scale / yr.. +/- 0.25% Dielectric withstand.......... 1500 V. RMS Combination watt-var transducers shall be externally powered, 3 phase, 4 wire, 2 1/2 element units with the following characteristics: Potential range ............... Potential input (nominal)..... Potential overload (continuous) .................. Potential burden (per elem.).. Current range ................ Current input (nominal)....... Current burden at 5 A......... 0 - 150 VAC 120 VAC 175 VAC 0.1 VA @ 120VAC 0-10A. 5 A. < .20 VA per elem. 10 Current overload (continuous). 15 A. Current overload (10 s/h)..... 50 A. -- Current overload ( 1 s/h)..... 250 A. Frequency (nominal)........... 60 Hz. Temperature range..... ... .. .20 to 60 C. Temperature influence (watts). +/-0.005% / deg.C. (vars).. +/-0.009% / deg.C. Accuracy (watts) .............. +/-0.2% (vars)............... +/-0.2% '- Rated output ................. +/- 1 mA DC Output ripple... ..... ...... < 0.5% Load resistance (for 1 mA).... 0 -10K ohm Calibration adjustment........ +/- 10% Response time (to 99%)........ < 400 ms Stability, % full scale/yr.... +/- 0.1% (watts) .... +/- 0.2% (vars) Dielectric withstand.......... 1800 V. RMS Control power ................. 85 -135 VAC., 60Hz. 3.19 BASE BID RELAYING AND METERING Each 15 kV feeder circuit shall be equipped with the following: ITEM QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 1 3 ABB Model,CO-11, 1-12 A.Tap, 6-144 A. Inst., Phase Overcurrent Relay 2 1 ABB Model,CO-11, y 0.5-2.5 A.Tap, 6-144 Inst. Ground Overcurrent Relay -- 3 1 KWH/Demand meter - GE type EV-3/0-901 electronic demand meter. _ ITEM QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 4 1 Digital Indicating Ammeter 0-1200 Amps -- 5 1 Recording Ammeter 7 day chart with 2.5/ 5/10 taps �- 6 1 Ammeter Switch Electroswitch or equal 7 1 Recloding Relay Type 11 R.C. or equal 8 1 Recloser Cut-off Switch Electroswitch or equal 9 1 Control Switch Electroswitch 10 1 Three phase watt/var transducer 11 1 Single phase current transducer 12 1 Red Light 13 1 Green Light Each 15 kV main circuit breaker shall be equipped with the following: ITEM QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 1 1 Recording Ammeter 7 day chart with 2.5/ 5/10 taps 2 1 Ammeter Switch Electroswitch or equal 3 1 Digital Indicating Ammeter 0-2000 Amps 4 1 Recording Voltmeter 7 day chart ITEM QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 5 1 Voltmeter Switch Electroswitch or equal 6 1 Digital Indicating Voltmeter 7 1 Control Switch Electroswitch or equal 8 1 Three phase watt/var transducer 9 1 Single phase current 12 transducer 10 1 Single phase voltage transducer 11 1 Red Light 12 1 Green Light -- Each 15 kV tie circuit breaker shall be equipped with the following: ITEM QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 1 1 Recording Ammeter 7 day chart with 2.5/ 5/10 taps — 2 1 Ammeter Switch Electroswitch or equal 3 1 Digital Indicating — Ammeter 0-2000 Amps — 4 1 Control Switch Electroswitch or equal 5 1 Three phase watt / var transducer 6 1 Single phase current transducer 7 1 Red Light 8 1 Green Light In addition, the 15 kV switchgear line-up shall include the following 15 kV bus differential relaying scheme. Two high impedance differential schemes shall be furnished for 15 kV bus protection. The relays shall be similar to Westinghouse type KAB relays. The bus differential system design should consider the length and junction points of the current transformer secondary — conductors. Each bus differential scheme shall trip a separate lockout — relay. The lockout relay shall be a Electroswitch Series LOR or approved equal with the relay coil supervised by a white pilot light. When the lockout relay is tripped, its contacts shall perform the following functions: 13 86B-3 shall: Trip and block close breakers SS15-M1,SS15-1, SS15-2 and SS15-T 86B-2 shall: Trip and block close breakers SS15-M2, SS15-3, SS15-4 and SS15-T Short out all three phases of C.T.'s. Turn on red light Three spare normally open and three spare normally closed lockout relay contacts shall be wired to a terminal block for future use. 3.20 ALTERNATE RELAYING AND METERING Under Alternate Bid Item #3.2A provide micro processor based overcurrent and reclosing relays as described below. Each 15 kV feeder circuit shall be equipped with the following: ITEM QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 1 1 ABB Model MMCO, microprocessor based, three phase plus ground, overcurrent relay 2 1 KWH/Demand meter - GE type EV-3/KM-901 electronic demand meter ITEM QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 3 1 Digital Indicating Ammeter 0-1200 Amps 4 1 Recording Ammeter 7 day chart with 2.5/ 5/10 taps 5 1 Ammeter Switch Electroswitch or equal 6 1 ABB Model MRC, Multishot microprocessor reclosing relay 7 1 Recloser Cut-off Switch Electroswitch or equal 14 8 1 Control Switch Electroswitch 9 1 Three phase watt / var transducer 10 1 Single phase current transducer 11 1 Red Light 12 1 Green Light Relaying and metering equipment for main breakers, tie ® breakers, bus differentials and all other systems under this alternate shall be identical to that specified in paragraph 3.19 for the base bid. In addition, under this alternate proposal -- provide one (1) loose, spare ABB model MMCO overcurrent relay as specified above and one loose spare ABB model MRC reclosing relay as specified above. 3.20 LABELING Provide engraved plastic laminate nameplates for the various controls and equipment as described below. Nameplates shall be secured to the panels and equipment with nuts and bolts. Any type of adhesive attachment is not acceptable. Major terminal blocks -- shall be labeled as they are designated on the Vendor's schematic diagrams. Compartments within cubicles shall be clearly labeled such as "PT's" or " Station Power X'mfr." Each switchgear cubicle _ shall be identified by circuit number as directed by LP&L. Control switches shall be labeled. Relays shall be identified as to the function and the phase (A,B,C) to which it is connected shall be labeled. 15 (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) SECTION 4.0 - SWITCHBOARD RELAYING 4.01 QUANTITY Under the base bid, Bid Item #4.1, provide relay panels with electro mechanical line relaying as specified below. Under Alternate Bid Item # 4.2A, provide relay panels with micro processor based line relaying as specified. Under Alternate Bid Items #4.3A, 4.4A, 4.5A provide spare carrier equipment as -- specified in paragraph 4.12, and provide one (1) spare micro processor based transmission line relaying system as described in paragraph 4.22. 4.02 PROPOSAL DATA Proposals submiited under this section of the specification shall include price and delivery data entered on the appropriate bid form. In addition, the Vendor shall submit a bill of material indicating the quantity, manufacturer, and catalog number of all major relays and equipment being supplied. Two copies of all proposal data shall be submitted. 4.03 SUBMITTAL DATA Upon acceptance of a proposal under this specification, the Vendor shall submit for approval, five (5) sets of shop drawings. These drawings shall include relay system schematics, panel wiring diagrams, and switchboard elevations and layouts. Upon delivery of equipment the Vendor shall submit five (5) sets of final drawings _ and one set of reproducible drawings. Five (5) sets of bound operating, instruction, and maintenance manuals shall be provided for all relay equipment. Manuals for the phase comparison carrier scheme shall include complete documentation and schematics on each _ module and sub -system. Drawings to be submitted shall include the following: One -line Diagram showing: a. All 15 kV & 69 kV bus work and equipment b. PT's and CT's with polarity information c. Unique identification numbers for all devices d. Basic ratings, sizes, voltages and ratios of all devices. Three -line Diagram showing: a. All 15 kV & 69 kV bus work and equipment 1 b. Power transformer windings and polarity c. PT's and CT's with polarity information d. Unique identification numbers for all devices e. Basic ratings, sizes, voltages and ratios of all devices. Schematic Diagrams showing: a. All DC circuits in the relay panels that are being furnished by this Vendor. b. All AC circuits in the relay panels that are being furnished by this Vendor. c. Portions of AC and DC circuits in equipment or systems that are not furnished by this Vendor, but that are being interfaced with. e. Each relay by device number f. Contact schedule for each switch Panel Layout Drawings showing: a. Location of each relay, switch, nameplate, and device mounted on the front or rear of all panels. b. Size of relay case c. Relay style number, type, and device number d. Nameplate schedule Installation Drawings showing: a. Dimensions of panels and equipment. b. Conduit entrance and cable connection points 4 c. Cubicle to cubicle wiring including wire and cable numbers, terminal numbers and locations. d. Complete material list _ The Vendor shall request from the Owner, the details or schematics for any equipment, systems, or devices that must be interfaced with, but are not being furnished under this section of the Specifications. 4.04 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Equipment shall be designed to operate in an environment with a temperature range of -20° to +55° C. and relative humidity of up to 95% at a temperature of 400 C. Each panel shall be constructed of not lighter than No. 11 standard gauge steel. Panel stiffeners are to be provided for each panel. The Vendor may propose the locations of stiffeners, but the Purchaser reserves the right to require panel stiffeners in specific locations provided appropriate space is available in the desired locations. Panels shall be 90" high x 32" wide per these Specifications (height not including base channel). Relay panels _ shall have fixed front panels and hinged door rear access with three point latching. The Vendor shall supply small miscellaneous items not specified elsewhere, including fuse blocks, fuses, terminal blocks, nameplates, resistors, capacitors, lights etc. One (1) box (minimum quantity of 6) of spare fuses is to be furnished for each type used in the panels. 4.05 TERMINAL BLOCKS All external connections to be made to Vendor's equipment shall be brought to vertical terminal blocks, mounted on the back of each individual switchboard panel, beginning approximately 6 inches above floor level, and extending as high as may be required. All P.T. cable leads shall be terminated on standard four -point terminal blocks. All C.T. cable leads shall be terminated on C.T. shorting and grounding type terminal blocks. A minimum of four (4) spare four -point terminal blocks shall be provided for the Purchaser's future use. The Purchaser reserves _ the right to rearrange the terminal block locations during the drawing approval process. 4.06 LABELS AND IDENTIFICATION All relay devices to which a device number is assigned shall have the device number and relay type painted or otherwise indelibly marked on the rear of the case. (i.e., "51-1A Over Current Relay", etc.). Relays, controls switches, etc. shall be labeled on the front of the switchboard with designations as diredted by LP&L. Labels shall be engraved plastic laminate attached with nuts and bolts. Adhesive materials for attaching labels is not acceptable. The Vendor shall label with paint or otherwise identify each terminal block. The panel number shall be painted on the rear of the panel at approximately eye -level. All panel wiring shall be G.E. Vulkene insulated switchboard wire 600 volt, 90° C. S1-57275, type SIS, single conductor, color gray, #12 AWG strand tinned copper or Rockbestos X-link conductor having a similar specification. 4.07 GROUNDING Each panel shall be equipped with a 1/4" x 1" copper ground bar running its entire width, and bolted to the panel to effectively ground the whole structure. Provisions for attaching a 2/0 Copper conductor to the ground bar is to be provided. All points in the panels which are to be grounded shall be wired to this bar. All current circuits shall be terminated on four -point shorting -type terminal blocks. All current circuits will be grounded only at the panel. This grounding will be provided herein. 4.08 PANEL LIGHTS Panel lights are to be furnished herein in accordance with the colors shown on the drawings. Lights are to be the LED type and rated 24 volts (24H) for operation with an external resistor which is to be furnished as part of this specification. The lights are to be Data Display Products (Los Angeles, California) type 2SB or approved equal. A minimum of two spare lights for each color furnished are to be provided. Two green panel lights shall be provided for 69 kV breakers, one to supervise each of the two trip coils. 4.09 TRANSDUCERS Transducers shall be provided and installed in the relay panels as shown on the one -line diagram. These transducers will be used to provide analog data inputs to the LP&L SCADA system RTU that will be installed at the South Substation. Outputs from the transducers shall be wired to a terminal block for field connection to the RTU. This terminal block shall be located near a conduit entrance location and near the terminal blocks for other field installed wiring. In order to maintain compatiability and interchangability with existing units, all transducers shall be manufactured by Square-D Electromagnetic Industries or Scientific Columbus. Voltage transducers shall have the following characteristics: Input range ................... 0-180 VAC Rated input... ... .......... 150 VAC Burden at 120V., 60 Hz....... < 2.5 VA Overload (continuous)......... 180 VAC Frequency (nominal)........... 60 Hz. -- Temperature range ............. .20 to +60 C. Max. temp. effect on accuracy .............. +/- 0.5% Accuracy @ 25 deg. C. (10-150 V.)................... +/- 0.25% RO Output range...:—,--.... 0 - 1.3 mA DC Output @ rated input.......... 1 mA DC _ Output ripple ................. < 0.5% Output load.. .............. 0 - 10K ohm Calibration adjustment........ +/- 10% — Response time (to 99%)........ < 400 ms Stability, % full scale / yr.. +/- 0.25% Dielectric withstand.......... 1500 V. RMS Current transducers shall have the following characteristics: Input range ................... 0-6.5 A. AC Rated input ................... 5 A. AC Burden at 5 A., 60 Hz....... < .25 VA Overload (continuous)......... 10 A. AC Overload ( 1 sec. )........... 250 A. AC Frequency (nominal)........... 60 Hz. Temperature range ............. .20 to +60 C. Max. temp. effect on accuracy .............. +/- 0.5% Accuracy @ 25 deg. C. -- (0 - 6.5 A.) ................... +/- 0.25% RO Output range .................. 0 - 1.3 mA DC Output @ rated input.......... 1 mA DC Output ripple ................. < 0.5% Output load ................... 0 - 10K ohm Calibration adjustment........ +/- 10% Response time (to 99%)........ < 400 ms Stability, % full scale / yr.. +/- 0.25% Dielectric withstand.......... 1500 V. RMS 4.10 69 kV LINE RELAYING The line relaying for the two 69 kV lines feeding the substation will be identical. A phase comparison carrier relay system will be the primary line protection. Two zones of phase distance relays and two zones of ground distance relays will �- provide backup line protection. Under the base bid, electro mechanical distance relays shall be provided. Under the appropriate alternate bid item, a micro processor based distance relay system shall be provided. Certain line relaying equipment at the remote ends of the two incoming 69 kV lines to South Substation will be replaced 5 under this project. These remote substations are designated as Chalker Substation and Holly Ave. Power Plant. Under this project only loose relays, switches, etc. will be furnished for installation in existing panels by LP&L personnel. 4.11 PHASE COMPARISON CARRIER - BASE BID Provide four (4) sets of phase comparison carrier equipment. Two sets will be installed at South Substation as primary line relaying for breakers SS69-1 and SS69-2. The other two sets of carrier equipment will be installed at Chalker and Holly Ave substations to replace existing carrier equipment. Carrier systems for Chalker and Holly Substations will be installed and integrated into existing relay schemes by LP&L personnel. The Vendor shall provide a complete and functional phase comparison carrier relaying system. The principle items and functions are described below. This description and list of materials shall not relieve the Vendor of providing any additional equipment or functions required to produce a complete and operating system. The system shall include three (3) sets (one set for each substation) of extender boards as required for testing and adjusting each configuration of relay circuit card and carrier system module. The carrier -frequency transmitter/receiver is to be a wide band Westinghouse TC-10B with voice adaptor. Carrier equipment shall be arranged for operation on 125 Vdc. The system shall contain the following principle components: Receiver output module Detector module Receiver module RF Interface module 10 W Power amplifier module Transmitter module Keying module Voice adapter module Power supply module Alarm / CLI SKBU-1 phase comparison relay SKBU-1 power supply UIO chassis w/ digital logic power supply, buffer module, timer and aux logic module, AR trip module, reclose initiate module, reclose block module, programmable relay module Test panel assembly Skewed hybrid Surge protection Telephone handset New line wave traps for South Substation, Chalker Substation and Holly Ave Power Plant will be provided under Section 3.0. New coupling capacitors and line tuners for South Substation will be 6 provided under Section 3.0 of this specification. These devices shall be designed for phase to ground operation at a single -- frequency. Existing coupling capacitors and tuners presently in service with Westinghouse TC-10 carrier equipment will be reused at Chalker and Holly Ave. Substations. Each set of carrier equipment shall be mounted in its own, cabinet with hinged front, swingout 19" rack panel and solid back. The Vendor shall include in the proposal the cost for the services of an ABB field service engineer / technician to perform acceptance testing and check-out of the carrier relaying system. This cost shall include all ABB charges for travel, lodging, meals, per diem, test equipment, and services. 4.12 PHASE COMPARISON CARRIER - ALTERNATE BID ITEMS Under Alternate Bid Items #4.3 - 4.5, cost proposals are -- requested to provide spare carrier system equipment for use in maintenance and repair of the on-line systems. Spare telephone handsets, skewed hybrids, and test panels will not be required. Under Alternate Bid Item 4.3 provide one complete spare TC- 10B system that shall include the RF components of the system including receiver output module, detector module, receiver module, RF interface module, 10 watt power amplifier module, transmitter module, keying module, power supply module, and alarm / CLI module. Components included in this spare system shall be identical to the units and modules actually provided in the Base Bid. �. Under Alternate Bid Item 4.4 provide one complete SKBU-1 phase comparison relay and power supply. The modules and components provided in this spare relay shall be identical to the units actually provided in Base Bid. Under Alternate Bid Item 4.5 provide one complete UIO chassis including digital logic power supply, buffer module, timer and auxiliary logic module, AR trip module, reclose initiate module, reclose block module, programmable relay module. M 4.13 69 kV BUS RELAYING A high -impedance differential scheme shall be furnished for 69 kV bus protection. The relays shall be similar to Westinghouse -- type KAB relays. The bus differential system design should consider the length and junction points of the current transformer secondary conductors. The differential relays shall trip a lockout relay. The lockout relay shall be a Electroswitch Series LOR or approved equal. 7 When the lockout relay is tripped its contacts shall perform the following functions: Trip breakers SS69-1,2,3,4 and SS69-BT Block close on breakers SS69-1,2,3,4 and SS69-BT Short out all three phases of C.T.'s used for bus differential. Turn on red light Three spare normally open and three spare normally closed lockout relay contacts shall be wired to a terminal block for future use. 4.14 69 kV TRANSFORMER RELAYING Transformer overcurrent protection shall be provided by three phase overcurrent and one ground overcurrent relay per power transformer. The phase overcurrent relays shall be connected to the 69 kV transformer breaker bushing C.T.'s. The ground overcurrent relay shall be connected into the transformer neutral C.T. The transformer differential relays shall be similar to three Westinghouse HU relays per transformer. Each set of differential relays shall trip a lockout relay. The lockout relay shall trip the high and low side transformer breaker, block close of the high and low side transformer breaker, and turn on a red indicating light. The lockout relay shall be a Electroswitch Series 24 LOR or equal. Four spare N.O. and four spare N.C. contacts per lockout relay shall be wired to a terminal block for Purchasers future use. The transformer sudden pressure relay shall be wired to trip the same lockout relay as the transformer differential. There shall be a flag dropping relay similar to a G.E. type HAA, CAT. No.: 12HAA16BIF provided to annunciate the operation of the sudden pressure relay on each transformer. 4.15 15 kV FEEDER BREAKER AND BUS RELAYING Details of the 15 kV feeder and bus differential relaying is provided in Section 3.0 - 15 kV Metalclad Switchgear of these specifications. The Vendor under Section 4.0 of this Specification shall refer to the one -line diagram and the Section 3.0 Specifications to determine the exact extent of the provisions necessary to interface the transformer differential relay schemes with the metalclad switchgear. 4.16 OPERATING VOLTAGE The operating voltage for all relays in this panel shall be 120-volt ungrounded battery. 4.17 CONTROL SWITCHES Each control switch, as required in these Specifications, is to be furnished with the quantity of contacts as necessary to comply with the Specifications, plus one (1) each spare close, trip, close after open, open after close, and two (2) each slip -- contacts. 4.18 SURGE PROTECTION Surge protective capacitors are to be furnished and installed as recommended by the relay supplier. 4.19 BASE BID MATERIAL LIST PANEL DESIGNATION QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 1 87B-lA,B,C 3 RELAY APPLICATION: 69 kV Bus Differential RELAY TYPE: ABB - KAB RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 6668D37A16 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: 75-300 VAC COMMENTS: --- No instantaneous overcurrent unit. 1 86B-1 1 RELAY APPLICATION: Lockout Relay RELAY TYPE: Electroswitch RELAY CAT. NO.: Similar to 7808D RELAY STYLE NO.: --- CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: 125-VDC COMMENTS: ---8 Deck--- 3 79-1 (SS69-1) 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Reclosing Relay 4 79-2 (SS69-2) RELAY TYPE: ABB - SGR-52 RELAY CAT. NO.: RELAY STYLE NO.: 1346D91A07 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: 125-VDC COMMENTS: ---S-2 Case. 10 PANEL DESIGNATION QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 3 79-1 COS 2 APPLICATION: Reclose Cutout Switch 4 (SS69-1) TYPE: Electroswitch CAT. NO.: Similar to 24203B 79-2 COS STYLE NO.: --- (SS69-2) CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---Two (2) spare N.C. contacts and two (2) spare N.O. contacts. 4 101-1 (SS69-1) 5 APPLICATION: OCB CONTROL SWITCH 3 101-2 (SS69-2) TYPE: Electroswitch 2 101-Tl (SS69-3) CAT. NO.: Similar to 24580 2 101-T2 (SS69-4) STYLE NO: --- 1 101-BT (SS69-BT) CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---Two (2) each spare Close, and Trip contacts, one (1) spare off after Trip and Close contacts; Pistol grip type handles and pull to lock. 3 02BF-1 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Breaker Failure 4 (SS69-1) Timing Relay RELAY TYPE: ABB - TD-5 02BF-2 RELAY CAT. NO.: --- (SS69-2) RELAY STYLE NO.:---293B301A22 CURRENT RANGE TIME - CURRENT RANGE INST.. --- COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---0.05-0.4 Sec. Timing Range 3 50BF-1 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Breaker Failure 4 (SS69-1) Fault Detector RELAY TYPE: ABB - KC-4 50BF-2 RELAY CAT. NO.: --- (SS69-2) RELAY STYLE NO.: 293B004A13 CURRENT RANGE TIME: Phase 2-8 CURRENT RANGE: Ground .5 - 2.0 COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---ICS - .2/2.0 amp 11 PANEL DESIGNATION QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 3 3 4 4 3 3 4 4 3 4 21Z1-1 4 RELAY APPLICATION: Distance Relay 21Z2-1 RELAY TYPE: ABB - KD-10 (SS69-1) RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 719B195A22 21Z1-2 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- 21Z2-2 CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- (SS69-2) COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---.2-4.5 ohms; ICS - 0.212.0 amps; Maximum torque angle - 75° 21NZ1-1 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Ground Dist. (SS69-1) Relay RELAY TYPE: ABB - SDG-1T RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 6698D11A05 21NZ2-1 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- (SS69-1) CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: --- APPROVED EQUAL ACCEPTABLE: Yes ---Sec. imp. range 1-30 ohms; ICS - 0.2/2.0 amps; Max. sensitivity angle 60° - 80°, contact output. 21NZ1-2 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Ground Dist. (SS69-2) Relay RELAY TYPE: ABB - SDG-1T 21NZ2-2 RELAY CAT. NO.: --- (SS69-2) RELAY STYLE NO.: 6698DIIA07 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: --- APPROVED EQUAL ACCEPTABLE: Yes ---Sec. imp. range 0.2-4.35 ohms; ICS - 0.212.0 amps; Max. sensitivity angle 60° - 80°, contact output. 02Z2-1 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Timer (SS69-1) RELAY TYPE: ABB - TD-52 (PHASE & GRND.) RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: --- 02Z2-2 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- (SS69-2) CURRENT RANGE INST.- (PHASE & GRND.) COIL VOLTAGE: 125-VDC COMMENTS: ---0.2 - 4.- Sec. Timing Range 12 PANEL DESIGNATION QUANTITY 2 87-T1A,B,C 6 2 87-T2A,B,C 2 86-T1 2 2 86-T2 2 63X-T1 2 2 63X-T2 2 50/51-A,B,C 6 (SS69-3) 2 50/51-A,B,C (SS69-4) DESCRIPTION RELAY APPLICATION: Transformer Differential RELAY TYPE: ABB - HU RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 290B46A09 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: RELAY APPLICATION: Lockout Relay RELAY TYPE: Electroswitch LOR RELAY CAT. NO.: Similar to 7803C RELAY STYLE NO.: --- CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: 125 VDC COMMENTS: ---3 Deck APPLICATIONS: Sudden Pressure Auxiliary Relay RELAY TYPE: General Electric HAA RELAY CAT. NO.: 12HAA16B1F RELAY STYLE NO.: --- CURRENT RANGE TIME - CURRENT RANGE INST..- COIL VOLTAGE: 125 VDC APPLICATION: Phase Overcurrent RELAY TYPE: ABB - CO-11 RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 265C047A07 CURRENT RANGE TIME: 1-12 CURRENT RANGE INST.: 6-144 COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---ICS - .2/2.0 amp 13 PANEL DESIGNATION QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 2 2 1 1 51N (SS69-3) 2 APPLICATION: Ground Overcurrent 51N (SS69-4) RELAY TYPE: ABB - CO-11 RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 265C047A05 CURRENT RANGE TIME: 1-12 CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---ICS - 0.212.0 amps 50/51-A,B,C 3 APPLICATION: Phase Overcurrent (SS69-BT) RELAY TYPE: ABB - CO-11 RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 265C047A07 CURRENT RANGE TIME: 1-12 CURRENT RANGE INST.: 6-144 COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---ICS - .2/2.0 amp 51N (SS69-BT) 1 APPLICATION: Ground Overcurrent RELAY TYPE: ABB - CO-11 RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 265C047A05 CURRENT RANGE TIME: 1-12 CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---ICS - 0.2/2.0 amps MISC. 1 LOT All other relays, switches and related items required for a complete installation. 14 4.20 BASE BID LOOSE RELAYS FOR CHALKER AND HOLLY AVE. SUBSTATIONS PANEL DESIGNATION QUANTITY DESCRIPTION CHALK. 02BF (CH69-1) 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Breaker Failure HOLLY 02BF (HY69-4) Timing Relay RELAY TYPE: ABB - TD-5 RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 293B301A22 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENT: ---0.05-0.4 Sec. Timing Range CHALK. 50-BF (CH69-1) 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Breaker Failure HOLLY. 50-BF (HY69-4) Fault Detector RELAY TYPE: ABB - KC-4 RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 293B004A13 CURRENT RANGE TIME: Phase 2-8 CURRENT RANGE: Ground .5 - 2.0 COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---ICS - .212.0 amp 15 4.21 ALTERNATE BID MATERIAL LIST Under Alternate Bid Item #4.2A a proposal is requested to provide ABB, "MDAR" micro processor based step distance relaying system in lieu of the electro mechanical KD and SDG relays shown above and to provide micro processor based overcurrent relays in lieu of the electromechanical CO relays shown above. This alternate proposal shall include the charges for providing a factory trained field service engineer / technician to perform acceptance testing of these two relay systems. PANEL DESIGNATION QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 1 87B-IA,B,C 3 RELAY APPLICATION: 69 kV Bus Differential RELAY TYPE: ABB - KAB RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 6668D37A16 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: 75-300 VAC COMMENTS: --- No instantaneous overcurrent unit. 1 86B-1 1 RELAY APPLICATION: Lockout Relay RELAY TYPE: Electroswitch RELAY CAT. NO.: Similar to 7808D RELAY STYLE NO.: --- CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: 125-VDC COMMENTS: ---8 Deck--- 16 PANEL DESIGNATION QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 3 79-1 (SS69-1) 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Reclosing Relay 4 79-2 (SS69-2) RELAY TYPE: ABB - SGR-52 RELAY CAT. NO.: RELAY STYLE NO.: 1346D91A07 CURRENT RANGE TIME - CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: 125-VDC COMMENTS: ---S-2 Case. 3 79-1 COS 2 APPLICATION: Reclose Cutout Switch (SS69-1) TYPE: Electroswitch CAT. NO.: Similar to 24203B 4 79-2 COS STYLE NO.: --- (SS69-2) CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---Two (2) spare N.C. contacts and two (2) spare N.O. contacts. 4 101-1 (SS69-1) 5 APPLICATION: OCB CONTROL SWITCH 3 101-2 (SS69-2) TYPE: Electroswitch 2 101-T1 (SS69-3) CAT. NO.: Similar to 2458D 2 101-T2 (SS69-4) STYLE NO: --- 1 101-BT (SS69-BT) CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---Two (2) each spare Close, and Trip contacts, one (1) spare off after Trip and Close contacts; Pistol grip type handles and pull to lock. 3 02BF-1 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Breaker Failure (SS69-1) Timing Relay RELAY TYPE: ABB - TD-5 4 02BF-2 RELAY CAT. NO.: --- (SS69-2) RELAY STYLE NO.:---293B301A22 CURRENT RANGE TIME - CURRENT RANGE INST.- COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---0.05-0.4 Sec. Timing Range 17 PANEL DESIGNATION QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 3 50BF-1 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Breaker Failure (SS69-1) Fault Detector RELAY TYPE: ABB - KC-4 4 50BF-2 RELAY CAT. NO.: --- (SS69-2) RELAY STYLE NO.: 293B004A13 CURRENT RANGE TIME: Phase 2-8 CURRENT RANGE: Ground .5 - 2.0 COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---ICS - .2/2.0 amp 3 21Z1-1,21NZ1-1 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Distance Relay 21Z2-1,21NZ2-1 RELAY TYPE: ABB - MDAR (SS69-1) RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: MD3BINNFN4 4 21Z1-2,21NZ1-2 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- 21Z2-2,21NZ2-2 CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- (SS69-2) COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: 2 87-T1A,B,C 6 RELAY APPLICATION: Transformer 2 87-T2A,B,C Differential RELAY TYPE: Westinghouse HU RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 290B46A09 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: 2 86-T1 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Lockout Relay 2 86-T2 RELAY TYPE: Electroswitch LOR RELAY CAT. NO.: Similar to 7803C RELAY STYLE NO.: --- CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: 125 VDC COMMENTS: ---3 Deck 2 63X-T1 2 APPLICATIONS: Sudden Pressure 2 63X-T2 Auxiliary Relay RELAY TYPE: General Electric HAA RELAY CAT. NO.: 12HAA16BIF RELAY STYLE NO.: --- CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: 125 VDC lip PANEL DESIGNATION QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 2 50/51-A,B,C 2 APPLICATION: Phase Overcurrent (SS69-3) RELAY TYPE: ABB -MMCO RELAY CAT. NO.: --- 2 50/51-A,B,C RELAY STYLE NO.: 265CO47AO7 (SS69-4) CURRENT RANGE TIME: 1-12 CURRENT RANGE INST.: 6-144 COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---ICS - .2/2.0 amp 1 50/51-A,B,C 1 APPLICATION: Phase & Grnd Overcurrent (SS69-BT) RELAY TYPE: ABB - MMCO RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 265C047AO7 CURRENT RANGE TIME: 1-12 CURRENT RANGE INST.: 6-144 COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---ICS - .2/2.0 amp MISC. 1 LOT All other relays, switches and related items required for a complete installation. 19 4.22 ALTERNATE BID ITEM #4.6A MATERIAL LIST Under Alternate Bid Item #4.6A provide one (1) complete spare ABB 'MDAR' micro processor relay system inner chassis, identical to the units furnished under Alternate Bid Item # 4.2A. This spare inner chassis will be utilized for maintenance and repair of the two operating units furnished under Alternate Bid - Item #4.2A. 4.23 CURRENT TESTING All devices are to have the means to test current flow through the device. Test plugs in the device are acceptable as are separate switches. All relays shall be mounted in drawout type cases. 4.24 SUBSTATION MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM Under Base Bid Item #1.1, the Vendor shall furnish a substation maintenance management system consisting of hand held processors (HHP) for data collection and a database and management software system for compiling the data. The HHP's shall provide a paperless inspection system that guides the inspector through the inspection sequence. Inspection sequences shall be tailored by the user, limits shall be defined for HHP readings, and out -of -range inputs shall be alarmed to the inspector. The inspector shall have the capability to input messages or notes and skip inspection items. Data from the HHP's shall be transferred to the main PC where detailed records and facts on each piece of equipment is stored. The User shall be able to define off -normal conditions, readings, temperatures, or counters for each piece of equipment in the system. The management system shall print an inspection report, highlight abnormal conditions, print engineering and operating reports, report feeder loads and unbalance currents, generate work orders, and generate preventative maintenance work orders. Hand held processors shall run under MS-DOS and shall have a 50 key weatherproof key board, 256 KB of memory, rechargeable Ni- cad batteries with built in charger, and 8 line x 21 character display. The HHP's shall be Telxon model 860 ES PTC. Three (3) HHP's shall be provided. The maintenance management software shall be ASSET as furnished by Engineering and Design Associates, 2 Plaza Southwest, 6900 SW Haynes Rd., Tigard, Ore. 97223. The management system shall include all documentation, one week of training at LP&L's offices. The proposal shall include all travel, lodging, meals, and expenses for the Vendor's personnel during the one week of training. 4.25 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT The following equipment is required for installation at adjacent substations or is required for construction of this 20 station. To assure compatibility with existing equipment and system, no substitute equipment will be permitted unless noted. - One (1) Multi -Amp, Master Test relay test software system with one year maintenance agreement. - One (1) Multi -Amp, NEC model PM 70-2150 , Powermate PC relay test controller. - Provide firmware upgrades for LP&L's three (3) existing Epoch I, one (1) Epoch III, one (1) Epoch IV, and one(1) Epoch 20 — Multiamp relay test sets. 4.26 SWITCHBOARD METERING Under Base Bid Item #1.1 the Vendor shall provide a quantity of digital panel meters to replace the existing analog meters in the LP&L Holly Power Plant switchboard. These replacement meters shall be capable of being installed in the existing 4 inch diameter panel cutouts. The replacement meters shall be furnished with all necessary power supplies, shunts, and transducers. Battery powered devices are not acceptable. Transducers and meters shall be self powered or shall operate from customer supplied 125VDC or 120VAC sources. Meters to be replaced are (1) AC voltmeter, (21) AC ammeters, (7) AC megawatt meters, and (7) AC megavar meters. Replacement megawatt and megavar meters shall be 3 phase, 4 wire type and megavar meters shall operate without the use of external phase shifting transformers. All meters shall have adjustable scale factors to allow for changes in CT ratios. These meters will be replaced by LP&L substation personnel. The Vendor shall provide complete instruction manuals and wiring diagrams for _ each device. The existing meters to be replaced and their characteristics are as follows: LP&L Circuit Ident. : HY-T-1 Meters required : (3) ea. AC ammeter, 0-600 A (1) ea. AC megawatt, 80-0-80 MW (1) ea. AC megavar, 40-0-40 MVar (1) ea. AC voltmeter,0-50 KV Exist instr. x'mfr.: PT ratio 350:1, CT ratio 120:1 LP&L Circuit Ident. : HY-69-1 Meters required : (3) ea. AC ammeter, 0-600 A (1) ea. AC megawatt, 80-0-80 MW (1) ea. AC megavar, 40-0-40 MVar Exist instr. x'mfr.: PT ratio 350:1, CT ratio 120:1 LP&L Circuit Ident. : HY-69-2 Meters required : (3) ea. AC ammeter, 0-600 A (1) ea. AC megawatt, 80-0-80 MW (1) ea. AC megavar, 40-0-40 MVar 21 Exist instr. x'mfr.: PT ratio 350:1, CT ratio 120:1 LP&L Circuit Ident. : HY-69-3 Meters required : (3) ea. AC ammeter, 0-600 A (1) ea. AC megawatt, 80-0-80 MW (1) ea. AC megavar, 40-0-40 War Exist instr. x'mfr.: PT ratio 350:1, CT ratio 120:1 LP&L Circuit Ident. : HY-69-4 Meters required : (3) ea. AC ammeter, 0-600 A (1) ea. AC megawatt, 80-0-80 MW (1) ea. AC megavar, 40-0-40 MVar Exist instr. x'mfr.: PT ratio 350:1, CT ratio 120:1 LP&L Circuit Ident. : HY-69-IT1 Meters required : (3) ea. AC ammeter, 0-1200 A (1) ea. AC megawatt, 0-100 MW (1) ea. AC megavar, 70-0-70 MVar Exist instr. x'mfr.: PT ratio 350:1, CT ratio 240:1 LP&L Circuit Ident. : HY-230-1 Meters required : (3) ea. AC ammeter, 0-600 A (1) ea. AC megawatt, 100-0-1000 MW (1) ea. AC megavar, 70-0-70 War Exist instr. x'mfr.: PT ratio 1200:1, CT ratio 120:1 22 SECTION 5.0 - MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 5.01 PROPOSAL DATA Proposals submitted under this specification shall have price and delivery information entered on the appropriate bid form. In addition complete descriptive data or brochures shall be provided on all equipment and materials. 5.02 SUBMITTAL DATA Upon acceptance of a proposal, the Vendor shall submit five (5) copies of approval drawings and instruction manuals for all equipment. 5.03 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH Provide one (1) each, 150 ampere, 240 volt, two pole mechanically held automatic transfer switch with NEMA 1 enclosure. The switch shall be similar to ASCO 940 switch with standard features including pickup adjustable voltage sensing of both sources, time delay to override momentary outages, retransfer to normal time delay, test switch to simulate normal source failure, auxiliary contact to indicate position of switch, switch to manually select source. 5.04 A.C. PANELBOARD Provide one (1) each two section AC panelboard with mains and branch breakers as specified below. The panelboard shall be UL Listed, surface mounted with hinged door, bolted in circuit breakers and ground bus. The panel shall have the following -' ratings and devices: Voltage: 120 / 240 volts, 1 phase, 3 wire, 60 Hz, AC Mains 125 A/ 2P main circuit breaker Short circuit rating : 10,000 amps RMS Sym. Branch breakers: (2) 40A / 2P (2) 30A / 2P (10) 20A / 2P (30) 20A / 2P 5.05 D.C. PANELBOARD 1 Provide one (1) each DC panelboard with mains and branch breakers as specified below. The panelboard shall be UL Listed, surface mounted with hinged door, bolted in circuit breakers, ground bus, and sub feed or feed thru lugs for the addition of future panelboard sections. The panel shall have the following ratings and devices: Voltage: 125 volts DC Mains 225 A/ 2P main circuit breaker with 225 A. sub -feed or feed thru lugs Short circuit rating : 5,000 Branch breakers: (20) 20A / 2P 5.06 FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCHES Provide one (1) each 200 ampere, 2 pole, 250 volt DC, NEMA KS-1 heavy duty, UL listed disconnect switch. The switch shall have a NEMA 4 / 4X water and dust tight stainless steel enclosure. 5.07 BATTERIES Provide one (1) each 60 cell, nominal 125 VDC battery system with step rack and accessories as described below. The batteries shall be single cell lead -calcium units with a design life of 20 years on float charge. The batteries are to constructed to be low gassing with minimal water consumption and a watering interval on float charge of greater than 1 year. Batteries shall have transparent containers and flame arrestor type vent caps. The battery shall have a minimum nominal ampere -hour capacity of 200 Ampere Hour at a 8 hour rate to 105 volts at 77 degrees F. The batteries shall have lead calcium plates. A two-step rack shall be furnished on which to set the battery cells. The rack shall be as recommended by the battery manufacturer or an approved equal. The battery system shall be furnished complete including all connectors, straps, and conductor to make the proper connections between each battery unit. Terminals shall be furnished to accept 3/0 AWG copper conductor on the two end cells. The system shall also be furnished with a thermometer, and a hydrometer. 5.08 BATTERY CHARGER Provide one (1) each 125 VDC battery charger as described below. The battery charger shall have a 240 volt ac, 60 hertz, 1 phase input with 130 volts DC, 12 ampere output. DC voltage regulation shall be maintained at ± .5% at any load from no load to full load with ± 10% variation in input voltage. Filtering shall be provided to limit ripple to less than 30 millivolts RMS 2 when connected to a battery and less than 100 millivolts RMS without a battery. The charger shall have current limiting _. circuitry, adjustable float and equalize voltage settings, input and output circuit breakers, DC voltmeter, DC ammeter and 0-72 hour equalize timer. In addition the charger shall have an AC _ power failure alarm relay and high / low DC alarm both with form "C" output contacts. 5.09 CONTROL CABLES Provide 8500 feet of 5C-#10 and 5000 feet of 12C-#12 multi -conductor control cable, 2000 feet of #10 AWG _ switchboard wire, 2000 feet of #12 AWG switchboard wire, and 2000 of 2C-#18 shielded cable as specified below. Multi -conductor control cables shall soft drawn copper conductors per ASTM B-3 with Class B stranding per ASTM B-8. Conductor insulation shall be 20 mils of high molecular weight polyethylene and a 10 mil thick color coded layer of PVC. -- Insulation shall be rated for 75 degree C., 600 volt operation. Conductors shall be cabled with necessary fillers and covered with a 60 mil thick PVC jacket. The jacket shall be rated for 75 degree _ C., 600 volt operation and shall meet the requirements of ICEA S- 61-402, par. 4.3.1. Multi -conductor cables shall be suitable for installation in underground ducts. — Single conductor switchboard wire shall be type SIS, with 105 strand, tinned copper conductor and 30 mil thick gray cross linked polyethylene insulation. Switchboard wire shall resist _ heat, moisture, flame, oil and corrosive vapors. Shield control cable shall have two #18AWG stranded, tinned copper conductors with polyethylene insulation, aluminum -polyester shield, #20 AWG stranded, tinned copper drain wire and a PVC jacket. 5.10 FLOODLIGHTS Provide fifteen (15) each 400 watt high pressure sodium floodlights as described below. Floodlights shall be vertical lamp units with a heavy duty, die cast aluminum housing and bronze paint finish. Reflectors shall be hydroformed anodized aluminum with an adjustable lamp socket position and gasketed tempered glass lens. Standard beam spread shall be NEMA 7x5, with 6x4 and 7x6 available through alternate socket positions. Floodlights shall be provided with photocell receptacle and wrap around mounting yoke. Ballasts shall be 240 volt regulated type. Floodlights shall be equal to American Electric model # 475-6343. 3 (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) SPECIAL CONDITIONS -36- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) Office of Purchasing City of Lubbock P.O. Box 2000 Lubbock, Texas 79457 80B-767-2167 August 29, 1991 SEIMENS ENERGY & AUTOMATION C/O BERNARD-BREWER COMPANY -- 3304 50TH STREET LUBBOCK TX 79413 SUBJECT: LP&L SOUTH SUBSTATION STRUCTURES & EQUIPMENT The City of Lubbock, having considered the proposals submitted and opened on the 16th day of July, 1991, for work to be done and materials to be furnished in and for: City of Lubbock Bid # 11357 LP&L SOUTH SUBSTATION STRUCTURES & EQUIPMENT as set forth in detail in the Specifications, Plans, and Contract Documents for such work for the City of Lubbock; it appearing that your proposal is fair, equitable and to the best interest of said City, please take notice that said proposal was accepted by the City Council of the City of Lubbock on the August 8, 1991, at the bid price contained therein, subject to the execution of and furnishing of all other documents specified and required to be executed and furnished under the contract documents. It will be necessary for you to execute and furnish to the City of Lubbock all such documents within ten (10) days from your receipt of this Notice. The five percent (5%) bid security, submitted with your proposal, will be returned upon the execution of such contract documents and bonds within the above specified ten (10) day period. In the event you should fail to execute and furnish such contract documents and bonds within the time limit specified, said bid security will be retained by the City of Lubbock. CITY OF LUBBOCK Gene Eads, C.P.M. Purchasing Manager (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) fZ 3C-:83 A W. v- r� CITY OF LUBBOCK SPECIFICATIONS FOR SOUTH SUBSTATION STRUCTURES & EQUIPMENT BID # 11357 0- CITY OF LUBBOCK _ Lubbock, Texas ��'s�a3A - City of Lubbock P.O. Box 2000 — Lubbock, Texas 79457 606-767-3000 MAILED TO VENDOR: 6/20/91 OLD CLOSE DATE: 7/02/91 @ 2:00 P.M. NEW CLOSE DATE: 7/16/91 @ 2:00 P.M. Bid #11357 Addendum #1 Please modify or amend Contract Documents as follows: 1. The closing date for Bid #11357 shall be extended to 2:00 p.m., July 16, 1991. 2. In the specifications, General Instructions to Bidders, page 5, paragraph 1., Scope of Work, add the following: All materials and equipment furnished under this specification will be installed by LP&L construction forces unless specifically noted _. otherwise. 3. In the specifications, General Instructions to Bidders, page 8, add the following paragraph: 20. DELIVERY All equipment and materials furnished under this specification shall be furnished FOB the LP&L South Substation or FOB the LP&L Operations Center, as directed by the Owner's Representative. Equipment and materials provided under this specification are needed in order to construct and energize the LP&L South Sub- station by May 15, 1992. To meet this schedule it is anticipated that equipment in Sections 1.0, 3.0, and 4.0 must be received by — March 15, 1992 and equipment in Sections 2.0 and 5.0 must be received by November 15, 1991. _ 4. In the specifications, Section 1.0 - 69KV Circuit Breakers, paragraph 1.05, change the last sentence to read, "Stud Connectors will be furnished under Section 2.0 - Substation Steel, Buswork, and Grounding." 5. In the specifications, Section 4.0 - Switchboard Relaying, para- graph 4.24 Substation Maintenance Management System, change the first sentence to read, "Under Base Bid Item #4.1, the Vendor...." 6. In the specifications, Section 4.0 - Switchboard Relaying, -- paragraph 4.25 Miscellaneous Equipment, change the first sentence to read, "Provide under the Base Bid Item #4.1 the following equipment for installation at adjacent Substations...." 7. In the specifications, Section 4.0 - Switchboard Relaying, para- graph 4.26 Switchboard Metering, change the first sentence to read, "Under Base Bid Item #4.1 the Vendor...." zRon you, Shuffiel Purchasing Department PLEASE RETURN ONE COPY WITH YOUR BID. _ City of Lubbock P.O. Box 2000 Lubbock, Texas 79457 B06-767-3000 MAILED TO VENDOR: 6/25/91 CLOSE DATE: 7/16/91 @ 2:00 P.M. Bid #11357 Addendum #2 Please modify or amend Contract Documents as follows: 1. In the specifications, Section 4.0 - Switchboard Relaying, paragraph 4.19 Base Bid Material List, page 10, and paragraph 4.21 Alternate Bid Material List, page 16, on the 69 KV bus -- differential relay (87B-IA, B,C) change the style number of the ABB model KAB relay to 6668D37A26. _ 2. In the specifications, Section 4.0 - Switchboard Relaying, paragraph 4.19 Base Bid Material List, page 12, timers 02Z2-1 and 02Z2-2, the ABB TD-52 style number should be 606B038A26. 3. In the specifications, Section 4.0 - Switchboard Relaying, paragraph 4.19 Base Bid Material List, page 13, and paragraph 4.21 Alternate Bid material List, page 18, the transformer differential relay (87-T1A, B,C) change the style number of the ABB model HU relay to 290B346A09. 4. In the specifications, Section 4.0 - Switchboard Relaying, paragraph 4.21 Alternate Bid Material List, page 18, the distance relays (21Z1-1, 21NZ1-1, 21Z-1, 21NZ2-1, ect.) add a comment that the ABB model MDAR relay shall be furnished with the version 1.8 -- firmware. 5. In the specifications, Section 4.0 - Switchboard Relaying, paragraph 4.21 Alternate Bid Material List, page 19, the application for the two relays in panel 2 [50/51 - A,B,C (SS69-3) and 50/51 - A,B,C (SS69-4)] should be shown as phase overcurrent and ground. Change the style number of the ABB model MMCO to MMZZ5Z3GC1. 6. In the specifications, Section 4.0 - Switchboard Relaying, paragraph 4.21 Alternate Bid Material List, page 19, the phase and ground overcurrent relay [50/51 - A,B,C (SS69-BT)] change the style number of the ABB model MMCO to MMZZ5Z36C1. Tha you, Ron Shuffi Purchasing Department PLEASE RETURN ONE COPY WITH YOUR BID. CITY OF LUBBOCK SPECIFICATIONS for TITLE: South Substation Structures & Equipment ADDRESS: LP&L South Substation BID NUMBER: 11357 PROJECT NUMBER: 2115-554101-9639 CONTRACT PREPARED BY: Purchasing Department -1- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6 7. 9. 10. 11. INDEX PAGE NOTICETO BIDDERS..........................................................................................3 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS............................................................................5 BID PROPOSAL - BID FOR UNIT PRICE CONTRACTS...............................................................10 PAYMENTBOND..............................................................................................14 PERFORMANCEBOND..........................................................................................17 CONTRACT..................................................................................................20 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT.......................................................................22 SPECIFICATIONS............................................................................................35 SPECIALCONDITIONS........................................................................................36 NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE......................................................................................37 -2- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) NOTICE TO BIDDERS -3- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) NOTICE TO BIDDERS BID # 11357 Sealed proposals addressed to Gene Eads, C.P.M., Purchasing Manager, City of Lubbock, Texas, will be received at the office of the Purchasing Manager, 1625 13th St., Room L-04, Lubbock, Texas, 79401, until r 2:00 o'clock p.m. on the 2nd day of July, 1991, or as changed by the issuance of formal addenda to all planholders, to furnish all labor and materials and perform all work for the construction of the following described project: SOUTH SUBSTATION STRUCTURES & EQUIPMENT After the expiration of the time and date above first written, said sealed proposals will be opened by the Purchasing Manager at his office and publicly read aloud. It is the sole responsibility of the bidder to insure that his bid is actually in the office of Gene Eads, Purchasing Manager for the City of Lubbock, prior to the expiration of the date above first written. The City of Lubbock will consider the bids on the 25th day of July. 1991, at Municipal Bldg., Lubbock, Texas, or as soon thereafter as may be reasonably convenient, subject to the right to reject any or ` all bids and waive any formalities. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a performance bond and payment bond in accordance with Article 5160, Vernon's Ann. Civil St., in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $25,000.00. Said statutory bonds should be issued by a company carrying a current Best Rating of B or superior, as the rating of the bond company is a factor that will be considered in determination of the lowest responsible bidder. If the contract price does not exceed $25,000.00 the said statutory bonds will not be required. Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a proposal bond from a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than 5% of the total amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within 10 days after notice of award of the contract to him. It shall be each bidders sole responsibility to inspect the site of the work and to inform himself regarding all local conditions under which the work is to be done. It shall be understood and agreed that all such factors have been thoroughly investigated and considered in the preparation of the bid submitted. The plans, specifications, proposal forms and contract documents may be examined at the office of the Purchasing Manager for the City of Lubbock, Texas. The City of Lubbock hereby notifies all bidders that in regard to any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, minority and women business enterprises will be afforded equal opportunities to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, sex, or national origin in consideration for an award. There will be a pre -bid conference on 18th day of June, 1991, at 10:00 o'clock a.m., Personnel Conference Room #108, Municipal Building, 1625 13th Street. CITY OF LUBBOCK BY: Gene Eads, C.P.M. Purchasing Manager (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS BID # 11357 Sealed proposals addressed to Gene Eads, C.P.M., Purchasing Manager, City of Lubbock, Texas, will be received at the office of the Purchasing Manager, Municipal Building, 1625 13th Street, Room L-04, Lubbock, Texas, 79401 until 2:00 o'clock p.m, on the 2nd day of July. 1991, or as changed by the issuance of formal addenda to all planholders, to furnish all labor and materials and perform all work for the construction of the following described project: SOUTH SUBSTATION STRUCTURES 8 EQUIPMENT After the expiration of the time and date above first written, said sealed proposals will be opened by the Purchasing Manager at his office and publicly read aloud. The plans, specifications, proposal forms and contract documents may be examined at the office of the Purchasing Manager for the City of Lubbock, Texas. The City of Lubbock hereby notifies all bidders that in regard to any contract entered into pursuant -- to this advertisement, minority and women business enterprises will be afforded equal opportunities to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, sex, or national origin in consideration for an award. There will be a prebid conference on 18th day of June, 1991, at 10:00 o'clock a.m., Personnel Conference Room #108, Municipal Building, 1625 13th Street. BY: Gene Eads, C.P.M. PURCHASING MANAGER (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS -4- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. SCOPE OF WORK The work to be done under the contract documents shall consist of the following: To furnish steel structures, high voltage circuit breakers, medium voltage switchgear, protective relaying equipment, and other miscellaneous electrical materials for the construction of LP&L South Substation. The contractor shall furnish all labor, superintendence, machinery, equipment and all materials necessary to complete this project in accordance with contract documents. 2. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS All work covered by this contract shall be done in accordance with contract documents described in the Gen- eral Conditions. All bidders shall be thoroughly familiar with all of the requirements set forth on the contract documents for the construction of this project and shall be responsible for the satisfactory completion of all work contemplated by said contract documents. 3. PLANS FOR USE BY BIDDERS It is the intent of the City of Lubbock that all parties with an interest in submitting a bid on the project covered by the contract documents be given a reasonable opportunity to examine the documents and prepare a bid without charge of forfeiture of deposit. The contract documents, may be examined without charge as noted in the Notice to Bidders. 4. TIME AND ORDER FOR COMPLETION The Contractor will be permitted to prosecute the work in the order of his own choosing, provided, however, the City reserves the right to require the Contractor to submit a progress schedule of the work contemplated by the contract documents. In the event the City requires a progress schedule to be submitted, and it is determined by the City that the progress of the work is not in accordance with the progress schedule so sub- mitted, the City may direct the Contractor to take such action as the City deems necessary to insure comple- tion of the project within the time specified. 5. PAYMENT ~~ All payments due to Contractor shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions of the contract documents. 6. AFFIDAVITS OF BILLS PAID The City of Lubbock reserves the right, prior to final acceptance of this project to require the Contractor to execute an affidavit that all bills for labor, materials and incidentals incurred in the construction of the improvements contemplated by the contract documents have been paid in full and that there are no claims pending, of which the Contractor has been notified. -5- 7. MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP The intent of these contract documents is that only materials and workmanship of the best quality and grade will be furnished. The fact that the specifications may fail to be sufficiently complete in some detail will not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for providing materials of high quality and for pro- tecting them adequately until incorporated into the project. The presence or absence of a representative of the City on the site will not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility of complying with this provi- sion. The specifications for materials and methods set forth in the contract documents provide minimum standards of quality which the Owner believes necessary to procure a satisfactory project. 8. GUARANTEES All equipment and materials incorporated in the project and all construction shall be guaranteed against de- fective materials and workmanship. Prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner, a written general guarantee which shall provide that the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work, and pay for any and all damages of any nature whatsoever resulting in such defects, when such defects appear within ONE year from date of final acceptance of the work as a result of defective materials or workmanship, at no cost to the Owner (City of Lubbock). 9. PLANS FOR THE CONTRACTOR The contractor will be furnished one set of plans and specifications, and related contract documents for his use during construction. Plans and specifications for use during construction will only be furnished di- rectly to the Contractor. The Contractor shall then distribute copies of plans and specifications to sup- pliers, subcontractors or others, as required for proper prosecution of the work contemplated by the Con- tractor. 10. PROTECTION OF THE WORK The Contractor shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, and protection of all materi- als, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, and all means of construc- tion, and any and all parts of the work whether the Contractor has been paid, partially paid, or not paid for such work, until the date the City issues its certificate of completion to Contractor. The City re- serves the right, after the bids have been opened and before the contract has been awarded, to require of a bidder the following information: (a) The experience record of the bidder showing completed jobs of a similar nature to the one covered by the proposed contract and all work in progress with bond amounts and percentage completed. (b) A sworn statement of the current financial condition of the bidder. (c) Equipment schedule. 11. TEXAS STATE SALES TAX This contract is issued by an organization which qualifies for exemption provisions pursuant to provisions of Article 20.04 of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise and Use Tax Act. The Contractor must obtain a Limited sales, excise and use tax permit which shall enable him to buy the ma- terials to be incorporated into the work without paying the tax at the time of purchase. -6- 12. PROTECTION OF SUBSURFACE LINES AND STRUCTURES It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to prosecute the work contemplated by the contract documents in such a way as to exercise due care to locate and prevent damage to all underground pipelines, utility lines, conduits or other underground structures which might or could be damaged by Contractor during the construc- tion of the project contemplated by these contract documents. The City of Lubbock agrees that it will fur- nish Contractor the location of all such underground lines and utilities of which it has knowledge. How- ever, such fact shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities aforementioned. All such under- ground lines or structures cut or damaged by Contractor during the prosecution of the work contemplated by this contract shall be repaired immediately by Contractor to the satisfaction of the City of Lubbock, Texas, at Contractor's expense. 13. BARRICADES AND SAFETY MEASURES The contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish and erect such barricades, fences, lights and danger sig- nals, and shall take such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons, property and the work as may be necessary. The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades, signs, and r lights to protect it, and when damage is incurred, the damaged portion shall be immediately removed and re- placed by Contractor at his own cost and expense. The Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of barri- cades, signs, and lights shall not cease until the date of issuance to Contractor of City's certificate of acceptance of the project. 14. EXPLOSIVES The use of explosives will not be permitted unless written permission to do so is obtained by the Contractor from the City. in all cases where written permission is obtained for the use of explosives, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for all damage which may occur as a direct or indirect result of the blast- ing. In addition, in all cases where explosives are authorized to be used, the Contractor shall use utmost care so as not to endanger life or property and the Contractor shall further use only such methods as are currently utilized by persons, firms, or corporations engaged in similar type of construction activity. Explosive materials shall not be stored or kept at the construction site by the Contractor. In all cases where explosives are to be used during the construction of the project contemplated by this contract, it shall be the duty of the Contractor to notify each utility company having structures (above or below the ground) in proximity to the site of the work of Contractor's intention to use explosives, and such notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable the companies to take such steps as they may deem necessary to protect their property from injury. Such notice, however, shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any damage resulting from his blasting operations. 15. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE The successful bidder shall be required to have a responsible local representative available at all times while the work is in progress under this contract. The successful bidder shall be required to furnish the -" name, address and telephone number where such local representative may be reached during the time that the work contemplated by this contract is in progress. 16. PAYMENT OF EMPLOYEES AND FILING OF PAYROLLS The contractor and each of his subcontractors shall pay each of his employees engaged in work on the project under this contract in full (less mandatory legal deductions) in cash, or by check readily cashable without discount, not less often than once each week. The Contractor and each of his subcontractors engaged at the -7- site of the work shall not later than the seventh day following the payment of wages, file with the Owner's Representative, or Engineer, a certified, sworn, legible copy of such payroll. This shall contain the name of each employee, his classification, the number of hours worked on each day, rate of pay, and net pay. The affidavit shall state that the copy is a true and correct copy of such payroll, that no rebates or deduc- tions (except as shown) have been made, or will in the future be made from the wages paid as shown thereon. 17. PROVISIONS CONCERNING ESCALATOR CLAUSES Proposals submitted containing any conditions which provide for changes in the stated bid price due to in- creases or decreases in the cost of materials, labor or other items required for the project will be re- jected and returned to the bidder without being considered. 18. PREPARATION FOR PROPOSAL The bidder shall submit his proposal on forms furnished by the City. All blank spaces in the form shall be correctly filled in and the bidder shall state the price both in words and numerals, for which he proposes to do the work contemplated or furnish the materials required. Such prices shall be written in ink, dis- tinctly and legibly, or typewritten. In case of discrepancy between the price written in words and the price written in figures, the price written in words shall govern. If the proposal is submitted by an indi- vidual, his name must be signed by him or his duly authorized agent. If a proposal is submitted by a firm, association, or partnership, the name and address of each member must be given and the proposal signed by a member of the firm, association or partnership, or person duly authorized. If the proposal is submitted by a company or corporation, the company or corporate name and business address must be given, and the proposal signed by an official or duly authorized agent. Powers of attorney authorizing agents or others to sign proposals must be properly certified and must be in writing and submitted with the proposal. The proposal shall be executed in ink. Each proposal shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope, addressed as specified in the Notice to Bidders, and endorsed on the outside of the envelope in the following manner: (a) Bidder's name (b) Proposal for (description of the project). Bid proposals may be withdrawn and resubmitted at any time prior to the time set for opening of the bids, but no proposal may be withdrawn or altered thereafter. 19. BOUND COPY OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by bidder shall be bound and include the fol- lowing: (a) Notice to Bidders. (b) General Instructions to Bidders. (c) Bidder's Proposal. (d) Statutory Bond (if required). (e) Contract Agreement. (f) General Conditions. (g) Special Conditions (if any). (h) Specifications. (i) All other documents made available to bidder for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. If Plans and Specifications are too bulky or cumbersome to be physically bound, they are to be considered incorporated by reference into the aforementioned contract documents. -8- BID PROPOSAL -9- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) BID PROPOSAL BID FOR UNIT PRICE CONTRACTS PLACE DATE 07/16Z91 PROJECT NO. 11357 Proposal of Westinghouse Electric Supply Co. (hereinafter called Bidder) To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called owner) Gentlemen: The Bidder, in compliance with your invitation for bids for the construction of a South Substation Structure & Equipment having carefully examined the plans, specifications, instructions to bidders, notice to bidders and all other re- lated contract documents and the site of the proposed work, and being familiar with aLL of the conditions surround- ing the construction of the proposed project including the availability of materials and labor, hereby proposes to furnish all Labor, materials, and supplies; and to construct the project in accords.-rce with the plans, specifica- tions and contract documents, within the time set forth therein and at the price stated below. Bidder understands and agrees that this bid proposal shall be completed and submitted in accordance with struction number 20 of the General Instructions to Bidders. Bidder understands that the owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any formality i the bidding. The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) calendar days after the scheduled closing time for receiving bids. The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully examined the plans, specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this bid, and he further agrees to commence work on or before the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and to substantially complete th work on which he has bid; as provided in the contract documents. Enclosed with this proposal is a Cashier's Check or certified Check for Dollars (S ) or a Proposal Bond in the sum of 5 n e r c e n t Dollars (S ) which it is agreed shalt be collected and retained by the Owner as liquidated damages in the event the proposal is accepted by the Owner and the undersigned fails to execute the necessary contract documents and the required bond (if any) with the Owner within ten (10) days after the date of receipt of written notification of acceptance of sai proposal; otherwise, said check or bond shalt be returned to the undersigned upon demand. Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by Bidder shall be bound and include all con- tract documents made available to him for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. Westinahouse Electric Supply Co. S uDDn i e r . . BY: (Seal if Bidder is a Corporation) ATTEST: Secretary LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS This form shall be completed and submitted with the Bidder's Protios 1. NONE WE ARE SUPPLYIING MATERIAL ONLY 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. S. 9. 10. v Minority Owned Yes No 0 12- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) BID PROPOSAL FORM FOR SECTION 5.0 - MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Bid Item # 5.1 Provide one (1) automatic transfer switch in accordance with Section 5.0, par. 5.03. $ 4,45n_n0 Delivery: 10 weeks After receipt of approved Bid Item # 5.2 drawings Provide one (1) AC panelboard in accordance with Section 5.0, par. 5.04. $ 560.00 Delivery: 10 weeks After receipt of ap rp oved drawings Bid Item # 5.3 Provide one (1) DC panelboard in accordance with Section 5.0, par. 5.05. $ 877.00 Delivery: 10 weeks After receipt of approved Bid Item # 5.4 drawings Provide one (1) fused disconnect switch in accordance with Section 5.0, par. 5.06. Delivery: 10 weeks After receipt of approved drawings 0 Bid Item # 5.7 Provide one (1) 125 VDC battery system in accordance with Section 5.0, par. 5.0 $ 8,350.00 Delivery- 11 - 13 weeks After receipt of approved Bid Item # 5.8 drawings Provide one (1).battery charger in accordance with Section 5.0, par. 5.08. $ 2,950.00 Delivery: 11 - 13 weeks After receipt of approved Bid Item # 5.9 drawings Provide one (1) lot of control cables in accordance with Section 5.0, par. 5.09 1 9nn nn Delivery: Stk - 4 weeks Bid Item # 5.10 After receipt of approved drawings Provide fifteen (15) each floodlights in accordance with Section 5.0, par. 5.1 $ 3,000.00 Lot Delivery: 2 - 6 weeks n Are there any exceptions to this specification? TOTAL BID (Items 1.1 thru 5.10): $ CHUBB I 100 William Street, New York, New York 10038-4568 FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY FIVE YEAR TERM BID BOND BOND NO. 8300-68-92 BOND AMOUNT: OPEN PENALTY KNOW'ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That we, WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC CORPORATION The Principal, (hereinafter called "Principal"), and FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY a Corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of NEW JERSEY and authorized to transact business as Surety in the State of TEXAS as Surety, (hereinafter called "Surety"), are firmly bound unto THE CITY OF LUBBOCK, TEXAS (hereinafter called the "Obligee") in the full and just sum of FIVE PERCENT (5%) of the amount of any bid for supplies and services submitted by the Principal '- during the period commencing OCTOBER 1, 1989, and ending OCTOBER 1, 1994, inclusive, for the payment of which sum in lawful money of the United States well and truly to be made, we do bind ourselves, our and each of our successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. SEALED with our seals and dated this 30TH day of OCTOBER, 1989. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, That whereas, the above named Principal contemplates submitting bids for furnishing supplies and services to THE CITY OF LUBBOCK, TEXAS for the period abovementioned and desires that all bids submitted for such years be covered by a single bond, instead of by a separate bond for each bid, NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal, upon acceptance by the Obligee of any such bid within the period specified within the Bid Document for acceptance (sixty (60) days if no period is specified), shall execute such further contractual documents, if any, and give bond(s) as may be required by the terms of the bid as accepted within the time specified (twenty (20) days if no period is specified) after receipt of forms by him, or in the event of the failure so to execute such further contractual documents and give such bond(s), if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference, not to exceed the penalty hereof, between the amount specified in said bid and the amount for which the Obligee may legally contact with another party to perform the work covered by said bid, if the latter amount be in excess of the former, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. ATTEST: WITNESS: WESTINGHOU E CTRIC RPORATION P i ipal) BY: FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY BY: 1,( Aty 1 / ESTELLE ARMSTRONG, ATTORNEY//IN-FACT COUNTERSIGNED BY: n 16-02-120(Formerly 111 52-F) ••'w•e POWER OF ATTORNEY Know all Men by these Presents, That the FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, 15 Mountain View Road, Warren, New Jersey, a New Jersey,Corr tion, has constituted and appointed, and does hereby constitute and appoint Phillip M. Shaw, Laqueta Moore, Candace L. E Estelle Armstrong, Albert H. Hayes, Michael J. Herrod and Douglas Moore of Dallas, Texas --- each its true and lawful Attomey-in-Fact to execute under such designation in its name and to affix its corporate seal to and deliver for and on its beha surety thereon or otherwise, bonds or obligations given or executed in the course of its business, and any instruments amending or altering the same, and sents to the modification or alteration of any instruments referred to in said bonds or obligations. in wtb,..is whereat, the said FEDERAL RISURANP.E COMPANY has, pursuant to tta Bylaws, caused thew preaanta to be tignsd by its Aaistant Vloa-Pri sldard and Aeeisont Secretary anti corporate seal to be hereto affixed MA 1st day at February lg 89 FEDERAL INSU ANr By McClellan STATE OF NEW JERSEY Ss. I County of Somerset On this 1st day of February 19 89 , belore me owsonaly came Richard D. O'Connor to ins known and by me known to he Assistant Secretary of the FEDERA SURANCE COMPANY. the corporation described in and which executed the toregovp Power at Attorney, and the said Richard D. O'Connor being by cane duly swan. did depose and say that to a Assistant Sea d the FEDERAL muRANCE COMPANY and ',h the ear; , seal thered: that the esal afff:ed to the foregoing Power at Attorney is such corporate seal and was that MO affixed by autlfOHly of the By, of said Company, and that he signed said Power of Attorney as Assistant 8eaetary at said Company, by like aumonty, and that he s acquainted with George McClellan and knows him to be the Asastent VbsPrei of said Company, and Met the signature of said George McClellan subscribed to said Power of Attorney a in the genuine handwriting of said George McClellan and was thereto subaeribed by ahnnorey a Sy -Laws and to depormw•s presence. No71� 41Acnowledged and Sworn o before me on the date aboveAUCE LEONARD Notary Public 5� CERTIFICATION NOTARY PUBLIC OF NEW JERSEY STATE OF NEW JERSEY SS. My Commission Expires July 12, 1M County of Somerset I, the undersigned. Assistant secretary of the FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY. do hereby certify that the lotowirhq a a true excerpt tom the Sy -laws of the said Company as adopted by id Board d Din on March 11, 1963 and nmu recently amended M@Mh 6, IM and Ma this Bylaw s in kA forcs and enem "ARTICLE XVIIL Section 2. As bonds. undertakings, conUOM And War bob moms ocher than es above for and on behan of the Company, which M is authorized by law or its charier to execute, may and shall be execute in the nema and on bow of the Company eshsr by the Chairman or the VbeCtwrman or the President or a vice -President. pmtfy with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, under their respecov desgruuoru, except that any, one or more off o or attorreysi►-fact deshgnaled in any resolution of the Bond of Directors or the Executive Committee, or in any power of attorney exec , as provide for in Section a bsiow, may exeane any such bond, undertaking or odor obipation sa provided to Rich resdution or power d &homey. Ssaon 3. Ali powera of attorney lorand on befall d the Corthrery may and ahall be executed In the name and on behahf of the Company, either by the chairman or the VbeChuinman or the Preatlerd or a Mot President or an Assonant Viol-Presidem, Ontly with Ile Seaemy or an Assistant Secretary, cram their leepectns designatdn. The signature of such dflans may be engraved, pnrhled or-H grapfed The sign cur d eac h d the keowrq otlicsre: Chair am vise Chairmen, Preeklm dry Vies Presiders "Assistant t vice PreedenL any Secretary, sty Asslsarp Secretary and the seal dthe Corlprry may be sffixard by fansrr to any power d stoney or to any certificate releting thence appok" AssiWnt Secretaries orAnomaysrrrFact for purpoees onty d examo and attewng bona@ and undertakings end other writings obkgan- in thenature Maned. and any such power d attune i oraroflcae bete ng such tacamde signature or taceimi a seal shall be vrnd and birds upon the company and any such powet ell executed and cerphsoi b such factunile signature and facsimile seal sfa/ be walld and binding upon" Company writh rasped to any bald or undertaking to which It is attached." f further certify thug said FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY to duty ioweea to transact fidalhy and surety bueYess in each of the States of the United States of Amenca, District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, and each Provuress of Canada with the exosptbn of Prince Edward Island. and Is also duly kcansed to become sale wrwry on bond3. undertakings, etc.. permtned orrequued by low. I. the unoeregrog Aaastam Secretary of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby antify that the foregoing Power of Attorney is in full force and aIlea Oren under my hand and the seal of said Company at Warr". NJ., this 3 0 t h cay d October ` t 9 89 C `^ Atraletant SscreterY W (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) PAYMENT BOND -13- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) STATUTORY PAYMENT BOND PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 5160 OF THE REVISED CIVIL STATUTES OF TEXAS AS AMENDED BY ACTS OF THE 56TH LEGISLATURE, REGULAR SESSION, 1959 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that (hereinafter called the Principal(s), as PrincipaL(s), and (hereinafter called the Surety(s), as Surety(s), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the Obligee), in the amount of Dollars ($ ) lawful money of the United States for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, adminis- trators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the day of 19to and said Principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in the amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at Length herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor and material to him or a sub -contractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in said con- tract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas as amended by Acts of the 56th Legislature, Regular Session, 1959, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. -14- IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this day of 19_ Principal By: By: By: (Title) (Title) (Title) Surety *By: (Title) The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby des- ignates an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship. Surety *By: Approved as to form: City of Lubbock By: City Attorney (Title) *Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company there must be on file a certified extract from the by -Laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of attorney for our files. -15- PERFORMANCE BOND -16- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) STATUTORY PERFORMANCE BOND PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 5160 OF THE REVISED CIVIL STATUTES OF TEXAS AS AMENDED BY ACTS OF THE 56TH LEGISLATURE, REGULAR SESSION 1959 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that (hereinafter called the Principal(s), as Principal(s), and (hereinafter called the Surety(s), as Surety(s), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the Obligee), in the amount of Dollars ($ ) lawful money of the United States for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administra- tors, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the _ day of 19_, to and said principal under the Law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in the amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully per- form the work in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas as amended by Acts of the 56th Legislature, regular session 1959, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this day of 19_ Surety Principal •By: By: (Title) (Title) By: (Title) By: (Title) -17- The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby designates an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship. Surety *By: (Title) Approved as to Form City of Lubbock By: City Attorney *Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of attorney for our files. -18- CONTRACT -19- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) CONTRACT STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF LUBBOCK THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 8th day of August, 1991, by and between the City of Lubbock, County of Lubbock, State of Texas, acting by and through B.C. McMinn, Mayor, thereunto authorized to do so, hereinafter referred to as OWNER, and WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC SUPPLY CO of the City of LUBBOCK, County of LUBBOCK and the State of TEXAS, hereinafter termed CONTRACTOR. WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and performed by the OWNER and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith (if any) the CON- TRACTOR hereby agrees with OWNER to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as fol- lows: BID # 11375 - LP&L SOUTH SUBSTATION STRUCTURES & EQUIPMENT IN THE AMOUNT OF $22,216.00 and all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in the contract documents and at his (or their) own proper cost and expense to furnish all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction in accordance with the contract documents as defined in the General Condition of Agreement. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work within ten days after the date written notice to do so shall have been given to him and to substantially complete same within the time specified in the contract documents. The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds for the performance of the contract in accordance with the proposal submitted therefore, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the contract documents and to make payment on account thereof as provided therein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this agreement in Lubbock, Lubbock County, Texas in the year and day first above written. qSecr ry '—' VED AS TO CONTENT: 7AAA4e,&�_ / y/ /. APPROVED AS FORM: ATTEST: Corporate Secretary CITY OF LUBBOCK, TEXAS (OWNER) By: MAYOR WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC SUPPLY CO. CONTRACT By 4 /1 TITLE: COMPLETE ADDRESS: 520 34TH STREET LUBBOCK TX 79404 (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT -21- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT 1. OWNER Whenever the word Owner, or the expression Party of the First Part, or First Party, are used in this con- tract, it shall be understood as referring to the City of Lubbock, Texas. _ 2. CONTRACTOR Whenever the word Contractor, or the expression Party of the Second Part, or Second Party, is used, it shall be understood to mean the person, persons, co -partnership or corporation, to -wit: WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC _ SUPPLY CO., who has agreed to perform the work embraced in this contract, or to his or their legal representative. 3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE Whenever the word Owner's Representative or representative is used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to WAYNE HICKS, LP&L ENGINEERING, City of Lubbock, under whose supervision these contract -- documents, including the plans and specifications, were prepared, and who will inspect constructions; or to such other representative, supervisor, or inspector as may be authorized by said Owner to act in any par- ticular under this agreement. Engineers, supervisor or inspectors will act for the owner under the direction of Owner's Representative, but shall not directly supervise the Contractor or men acting in behalf of the Contractor. 4. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The contract documents shall consist of the Notice to Bidders, General Instructions to Bidders, Proposal, Signed Agreement, Statutory Bonds (if required), General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Conditions of the Agreement (if any), Specifications, Plans, Insurance Certificate, and all other documents made available to Bidder for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. 5. INTERPRETATION OF PHRASES Whenever the words "Directed," "Permitted," "Designated," "Required," "Considered Necessary," "Prescribed," or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation or prescription of the Owner's Representative is intended; and similarly, the words "Approved," "Acceptable," "Satisfactory," or words of like import shall mean approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Owner's Representative. Whenever in the Specifications or drawings accompanying this agreement, the terms of description of various qualities relative to finish, workmanship, or other qualities of similar kind which cannot, from their na- ture, be specifically and clearly described and specified, but are necessarily described in general terms, the fulfillment of which must depend on individual judgment, then, in all such cases, any question of the fulfillment of said Specifications shall be decided by the Owner's Representative, and said work shall be done in accordance with his interpretations of the meaning of the words, terms, or clauses defining the character of the work. 6. SUBCONTRACTOR The term Subcontractor, as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents. Owner shall have no re- sponsibility to any Subcontractor employed by Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated -22- by these contract documents, but said Subcontractors will look exclusively to Contractor for any payments due Subcontractor. 7. WRITTEN NOTICE Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent _ certified mail to the last business address known to him who gives the notice. 8. WORK Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work covered by the contract docu- ments. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall be of a good quality. The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have well known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer such recognized standards. All work shall be done and all materials furnished in strict conformity with the contract documents. 9. SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED The term "Substantially Completed" is meant that the structure or project contemplated by the contract docu- ments has been made suitable for use or occupancy or the facility is in a condition to serve its intended purpose, but still may require minor miscellaneous work and adjustment. 10. LAYOUT Except as specifically provided herein, the Contractor shall be responsible for laying out all work and shall accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative will check the Contractor's layout of all major structures and any other layout work done by the Contractor at Contractor's request, but this check does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of correctly Locating all work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. 11. KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE The Contractor shall be furnished with one copies of all Plans, Profiles and Specifications without expense to him and he shall keep one copy of same consistently accessible on the job site. 12. RIGHT OF ENTRY The Owner's Representative may make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress of quality of the executed work and to determine, in general, if the work is proceeding in accordance with the contract docu- ments. He will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work, nor will he be responsible for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or the safety precautions incident thereto. His efforts will be directed towards providing assurances for the Owner that the completed project will conform to the requirements of the contract docu- ments, but he will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. On the basis of his on -site observations, he will keep the Owner informed of the progress of the work and will endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the work of the Contractor. -23- 13. LINES AND GRADES All lines and grades shall be furnished by the Owner's Representative whenever necessary for the commence- ment of the work contemplated by these contract documents or the completion of the work contemplated by these contract documents. Whenever necessary, Contractor shall suspend his work in order to permit Owner's -- Representative to comply with this requirement, but such suspension will be as brief as practical and Con- tractor shall be allowed no extra compensation therefore. The Contractor shall give the Owner's Repre- sentative ample notice of the time and place where lines and grades will be needed. All stakes, marks, etc., shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor, and in case of careless destruction or removal by him, ... his Subcontractors, or his employees, such stakes, marks, etc., shall be replaced by the Owner's Representa- tive at Contractor's expense. 14. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE'S AUTHORITY AND DUTY Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the Owner's Representative shall review all work included herein. He has the authority to stop the work whenever such stoppage may be necessary to insure the proper execution of the contract. In order to permit delays and disputes and to discourage Litigation, it is further agreed that the Owner's Representative shall, in all cases, determine the amounts and quantities of the several kinds of work which are to be paid for under this contract. He shall determine all questions in relation to said work and the construction thereof, and shall, in all cases, decide every question which may arise relative to the execution of this contract on the part of said Contractor. The Owner's Representative's estimates and findings shall be conditions precedent to the right of the parties hereto to arbitration or to any action on the contract, and to any rights of the Contractor to receive any money under this contract; provided, however, that should Owner's Representative render any decision or give any direction, which in the opinion of either party hereto, is not in accordance with the meaning and intent of this contract, either party may file with said Owner's Representative within 30 days his written objection to the decision or direction so rendered, and by such action may reserve the right to submit the questions so raised to arbitration as hereinafter provided. It is the intent of this Agreement that there shall be no delay in the execution of the work, therefore, written decisions or direc- tion of the Owner's Representative as rendered shall be promptly carried out, and any claim arising there- from shall be thereafter adjusted to arbitration as hereinafter provided. _ The Owner's Representative shall, within a reasonable time, render and deliver to both the Owner and the Contractor a written decision on all claims of the parties hereto and on all questions which may arise rela- tive to the execution of the work or the interpretation of the contract, specifications and plans. Should the Owner's Representative fail to make such decision within a reasonable time, an appeal to arbitration may be taken as if his decision had been rendered against the party appealing. 15. SUPERINTENDENCE AND INSPECTION It is agreed by the Contractor that the Owner's Representative shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint from time to time such subordinate engineers, supervisors, or inspectors as the said Owner's Representative may deem proper to inspect the materials furnished and the work done under this Agreement, and to see that said material is furnished and said work is done in accordance with the specifications therefore. The Con- tractor shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors for the proper inspection and examination of the work. The Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors so appointed, when such directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and accompanying plans and specifications provided, however, should the Contractor object to any orders by any subordinate engineer, supervisor or inspector, the Contractor may within six (6) days make written appeal to the Owner's Representative for his decision. -24- 16. CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE The Contractor shall give personal attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this contract and shall keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to Owner's Representative. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in his absence and all directions given to him shall be binding as if given to the Contractor. Adequate supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the Contractor is essential to the proper performance of the work and lack of such supervision shall be grounds for suspending operations of the Contractor. The work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the Con- tractor and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the Contractor. The Owner or Owner's Representatives will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, or any subcontractors, or any of his agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the work. 17. CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has, by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the na- ture and location of the work, the confirmation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of mate- rials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, and the general and local conditions, and all other matters which in any way effect the work under this contract. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the Owner, either before or after the execution of this contract, shall effect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. 18. CHARACTER OF WORKMEN The Contractor agrees to employ only orderly and competent men, skillful in the performance in the type of work required under this contract, to do the work; and agrees that whenever the Owner's Representative shall inform him in writing that any man or men on the work, are, in his opinion, incompetent, unfaithful, or dis- orderly, such man or men shall be discharged from the work and shall not again be employed on the work with- out the Owner's Representative's written consent. 19. CONSTRUCTION PLANT The Contractor shall provide all labor, tools, equipment, machinery and materials necessary in the prosecu- tion and completion of this contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that Owner shall fur- nish same, and it is also understood that owner shall not be held responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, or protection of any materials, tools, equipment or machinery or any part of the work until it is finally completed and accepted. The building of structures for the housing of men or equipment will be permitted only at such places as the Owner's Representative shall direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such structure shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the Owner's Representative. 20. SANITATION Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers on the work site, properly secluded from public ob- servation, shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the Owner's Representative and their use shall be strictly enforced. -25- 21. OBSERVATION AND TESTING The Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right at all reasonable times to observe and test the work. Contractor shall make necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such obser- vation and testing at any location wherever work is in preparation or progress. Contractor shall ascertain the scope of any observation which may be contemplated by Owner or Owner's Representative and shall give am- ple notice as to the time each part of the work will be ready for such observation. Owner or Owner's Rep- resentative may reject any work found to be defective or not in accordance with the contract documents, re- gardless of the stage of its completion or the time or place of discovery of such errors and regardless of whether Owner's Observer has previously accepted the work through oversight or otherwise. If any work should be covered without approval or consent of the Owner, it must, if requested by Owner or Owner's Repre- sentative, be uncovered for examination at Contractor's expense. In the event that any part of the work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location where it is not convenient for Owner or Owner's Representa- tive to make observations of such work or require testing of said work, then in such event owner or Owner's Representative may require Contractor to furnish Owner or Owner's Representative certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by persons competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organization as may be required by law or the contract documents. If any work which is required to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered up without written approval or consent of the Owner or Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by the Owner or Owner's Representa- tive, be uncovered for observation and testing at the Contractor's expense. The cost of all such inspec- tions, tests and approvals shall be borne by the Contractor unless otherwise provided herein. Any work which fails to meet the requirements of any such tests, inspections or approval, and any work which meets the requirements of any such tests or approval but does not meet the requirements of the contract documents shall be considered defective. Such defective work shall be corrected at the Contractor's expense. Neither observations by the Owner or Owner's Representative, nor inspections, tests, or approvals made by — Owner, Owner's Representative, or other persons authorized under this agreement to make such inspections, tests, or approvals shall relieve the Contractor from his obligation to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents. 22. DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES It is further agreed that if the work or any part thereof, or any material brought on the site of the work for use in the work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the Owner or Owners' Representative as un- suitable or not in conformity with plans, specification and contract documents, the Contractor shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the Owner's Representative, forthwith remove such material and re- build or otherwise remedy such work so that it shall be in full accordance with this contract. It is fur- ther agreed that any remedial action contemplated as hereinabove set forth shall be at Contractor's expense. 23. CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS The Contractor further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations as the Owner may see fit, in the line, grade, form dimensions, plans or or materials for the work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either before or after the beginning of the construction, without affecting the validity of this contract and the accompanying bond. If such changes or alterations diminish the quantity of the work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for damages, or anticipated profits on the work that may be dispensed with. If they in- crease the amount of work, and the increased work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price established for such work under this contract; otherwise such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Extra Work. In -26- case the Owner shall make such changes or alterations as shall make useless any work already done or mate- rial already furnished or used in said work, then the Owner shall recompense the Contractor for any material or labor so used, and for any actual loss occasioned by such change, due to actual expenses incurred in preparation for the work as originally planned. 24. EXTRA WORK The term "extra work" as used in this contract shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the Owner or Owner's Representative to be done by the Contractor to accomplish any change, al- teration or addition to the work as shown on the plans and specifications or contract documents and not cov- ered by Contractor's proposal, except as provided under Changes and Alterations herein. It is agreed that the Contractor shall perform all extra work under the direction of the Owner's Representa- tive when presented with a written work order signed by the Owner's Representative; subject, however, to the right of the Contractor to require written confirmation of such extra work order by the Owner. It is also agreed that the compensation to be paid to the Contractor for performing said extra work shall be determined by the following methods: Method (A) - By agreed unit prices; or Method (B) - By agreed lump sum; or Method (C) - If neither Method (A) or Method (B) be agreed upon before the extra work is com- menced, then the Contractor shall be paid the actual field cost of the work, plus fifteen (15%) per cent. In the event said extra work be performed and paid for under Method (C), then the provisions of this para- graph shall apply and the "actual field cost" is hereby defined to include the cost of all workmen, such as foremen, timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, materials, supplies, teams, trucks, rentals on machinery and equipment, for the time actually employed or used on such extra work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred, together with all expenses incurred directly on account of such extra work, including Social Security, Old Age Benefits, Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Workmen's Compensation and all other insurances as may be required by law or ordinances or directed by the Owner or Owner's Representative, or by them agreed to. Owner's Representative may direct the form in which accounts of the actual field cost shall be kept and records of these accounts shall be made available to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise, these mat- ters shall be determined by the Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machin- ery and equipment shall be determined by using 100%, unless otherwise specified, of the latest Schedule of Equipment and Ownership Expenses adopted by the Associated General Contractors of America. Where practical, the terms and prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be incorporated in the written extra work order. The fifteen percent (15%) of the actual field cost to be paid to Contractor shall cover and com- pensate him for his profit, overhead, general superintendence and field office expense, and all other ele- ments of cost and expense not embraced within the actual field cost as herein defined, save that where the Contractor's Camp or field Office must be maintained primarily on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the "actual field cost." No claim for extra work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by Owner's Representative. In case any orders or instructions appear to the Contractor to involve extra work for which he should receive compensation or an adjustment in the construction time, he shall make written request to the Owner's Repre- sentative for a written order authorizing such extra work. Should a difference of opinion arise as to what does or does not constitute extra work or as to the payment therefore, and the Owner's Representative in- sists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making written request for written order and shall keep adequate and accurate account of the actual field cost thereof, as provided under Method (C). The Contractor will thereby preserve the right to submit the matter of payment to arbi- tration as herein below provided. -27- 25. DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS It is further agreed that it is the intent of this contract that all work described in the proposal, the specifications, plans and other contract documents, is to be done for the prices quoted by the Contractor and that such price shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the work in accordance with the •— intent of these contract documents as interpreted by Owner's Representative. If the Contractor finds any discrepancies or omissions in these plans, specifications, or contract documents, he should notify the Owners' Representative and obtain a clarification before the bids are received, and if no such request is received by the Owner's Representative prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be considered that the Contractor fully understands the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in his proposal to complete the work in accordance with these plans and specifications. It is further understood that any re- quest for clarification must be submitted no later than five days prior to the opening of bids. 26. RIGHT OF OWNER TO MODIFY METHODS AND EQUIPMENT If at any time the methods or equipment used by the Contractor are found to be inadequate to secure the quality of work with the rate of progress required under this contract, the Owner or Owner's Representative may order the Contractor in writing to increase their safety or improve their character and efficiency and the Contractor shall comply with such order. If, at any time, the working force of the Contractor is inadequate for securing the progress herein speci- fied, the Contractor shall, if so ordered in writing, increase his force or equipment, or both, to such an extent as to give reasonable assurance of compliance with the schedule of progress. 27. PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS LABORERS MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES The Contractor agrees that he will indemnify and save the Owner harmless from all claims growing out of any demands of subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen and furnishers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, all suppliers, including commissary, incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this contract. When Owner so desires, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or waived. if during the progress of the work, Contractor shall allow any indebtedness to accrue for work furnished by any of those designated in the preceding paragraph and shall fail to pay and discharge any such indebtedness within five (5) days after demand is made, then owner may, during the period for which such indebtedness shall remain unpaid, withhold from the unpaid portion of this contract, a sum equal to the amount of such unpaid indebtedness or may apply the sum so withheld to discharge any such indebtedness. Any and all communications between any party under this paragraph must be in writing. 28. PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENT INVENTION The contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees, and shall provide for the use of any design, de- vice, material or process covered by letters patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the Paten- tee or Owner thereof. The Contractor shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyrights and shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from any loss on account thereof, except that Owner shall defend all such suits and claims and shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular design, device, material or process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is speci- fied or required in these contract documents by Owner; provided, however, if choice of alternate design, de- vice, material or process is allowed to the Contractor, then Contractor shall indemnify and save Owner harm- less from any loss on account thereof. if the material or process specified or required by Owner is an in- fringement, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless he promptly gives written notice to the Owner of such infringement. -28- 29. LAWS AND ORDINANCES The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations, which in any manner effect the contract or the work, and shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner against any claims arising from the violation of any such laws, ordinances, and regulations, whether by the Contractor or his employees. If the Contractor observes that the plans and specifications are at variance therewith, he shall promptly notify the Owners' Representative in writing and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided in the contract for changes in the work. If the Contractor performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice to the Owner's Representative, he shall bear all costs arising therefrom. The Owner is a municipal corporation of the State of Texas and the law from which it derives its powers, in- sofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the Owner may enter into contracts, shall be controlling, and shall be considered as part of this contract to the same effect as though embodied herein. 30. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING The Contractor further agrees that he will retain personal control and will give his personal attention to the fulfillment of this contract. The Contractor further agrees that subletting of any portion or feature of the work, or materials required in the performance of this contract, shall not relieve the Contractor from his full obligations to the Owner, as provided by this contractual agreement. 31. HINDRANCE AND DELAYS In executing the contract agreement, the Contractor agrees that in undertaking to complete the work within the time herein fixed, he has taken into consideration and made allowances for all hindrances and delays in- cident to such work, whether growing out of delays in securing material or workmen or otherwise. No charge shall be made by the Contractor for hindrance or delays from any cause during the progress of any part of the work embraced in this contract except where the work is stopped by order of the Owner or Owner's Representative for the Owner's convenience, in which event, such expense as in the judgment of the Owner's Representative that is caused by such stoppage shall be paid by Owner to Contractor. 32. QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured or computed length, area, solid contents, number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided. In the event this contract is let on a unit price basis, then Owner and Contractor agree that this contract, including the specifications, plans and other contract documents are intended to show clearly all work to be done and material to be furnished hereunder. Where the estimated quantities are shown for the various classes of work to be done and material to be furnished under this contract, they are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the work and for comparing their proposals of- fered for the work. It is understood and agreed that the actual amount of work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this contract may differ somewhat from these estimates, and that where the basis for payment under this contract is the unit price method, payment shall be for the actual amount of work done and materials furnished on the project. 33. PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY The Contractor shall take proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way encountered, which may be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and he shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjacent -29- property. The Contractor agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless the Owner against any claim or claims for damages due to any injury to any adjacent or adjoining property, arising or growing out of the perfor- mance of this contract, but such indemnity shall not apply to any claim of any kind arising out of the exis- tence or character of the work. 34. PRICE FOR WORK In consideration of the furnishing of all necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all work by the Contractor, and on the delivery of all materials embraced in this contract in full conformity with the specifications and stipulations herein contained, the Owner agrees to pay the Contractor the price set forth in the proposal attached hereto, which has been made a part of this contract, and the Contractor hereby agrees to receive such price in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid work, also, for all expenses incurred by him and for well and truly performing the same and the whole thereof in the manner and according to this agreement, the attached specifications, plans, contract documents and requirements of Owner's Representative. 35. PAYMENTS No payments made or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the contract, either wholly or in part, nor shall any certificate or payment be considered as acceptance of de- fective work. Contractor shall at any time requested during the progress of the work furnish the Owner or Owner's Representative with a verifying certificate showing the Contractor's total outstanding indebtedness in connection with the work. Before final payment is made, Contractor shall satisfy Owner, by affidavit or otherwise, that there are no outstanding liens against Owner's premises by reason of any work under the con- tract. Acceptance by Contractor of final payment of the contract price shall constitute a waiver of all claims against Owner which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this contract. 36. PARTIAL PAYMENTS On or before the tenth day of each month, the Contractor shall submit to Owner's Representative an applica- tion for partial payment. Owner's Representative shall review said application for partial payment and the progress of the work made by the Contractor and if found to be in order shall prepare a certificate for par- tial payment showing as completely as practical the total value of the work done by the Contractor up to and including the last day of the preceding month; said statement shall also include the value of all sound ma- terials delivered on site of the work that are to be fabricated into the work. The Owner shall then pay the Contractor on or before the fifteenth day of the current month the total amount of the Owner's Representative's Certificate of Partial Payment, less 5% of the amount thereof, which 5% shall be retained until final payment, and further, less all previous payments and all further sums that may — be retained by Owner under the terms of this agreement. It is understood, however, that in case the whole work be near to completion, and this fact is certified to by Owner's Representative and some unexpected and some unusual delay occurs due to no fault or negligence on the part of the Contractor, the Owner may upon _ written recommendation of Owner's Representative pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained per- centage due Contractor. 37. FINAL COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE Within thirty-one (31) days after the Contractor has given the Owner's Representative written notice that the work has been completed or substantially completed, the Owner's Representative and the owner shall in- spect the work and within said time, if the work be found to be completed or substantially completed in ac- cordance with the contract documents, the Owner's Representative shall issue to the Owner and Contractor his certificate of completion, and thereupon it shall be the duty of the Owner within thirty-one (31) days to issue a certificate of acceptance of the work to the Contractor. -30- 38. FINAL PAYMENT Upon the issuance of the certificate of completion, the Owner's Representative shall proceed to make final measurement and prepare a final statement of the value of all work performed and materials furnished under the terms of the agreement, and shall certify same to the Owner, who shall pay to the Contractor on or be- fore the 31st day after the date of certificate of completion, the balance due Contractor under the terms of this agreement, provided he has fully performed his contractual obligations under the terms of this con- tract; and said payment shall become due in any event upon said performance by the Contractor. Neither the certificate of acceptance nor the final payment, nor any provisions in the contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of the obligation for fulfillment of any warranty which may be required in the special condi- tions (if any) of this contract or required in the specifications made a part of this contract. 39. CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT FOR WORK Contractor shall promptly remove from Owners' premises all materials condemned by the Owner's Representative on account of failure to conform to the contract, whether actually incorporated in the work or not, and Con- tractor shall at his own expense promptly replace such condemned materials with other materials conforming to the requirements of the contract. Contractor shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If Contractor does not remove and replace any such condemned work within a reasonable time after a written notice by the Owner or the Owner's Representative, Owner may remove and replace it at Contractor's expense. 40. CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT Neither the final payment nor certificate nor any provision in this contract shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship, and he shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which shall appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of substantial completion. The Owner or the Owner's Representative shall give notice of observed de- fects with reasonable promptness. 41. PAYMENT WITHHELD The Owner may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify the whole or part of any certificate to such extent as may be necessary to protect himself from loss on account of: (a) Defective work not remedied. (b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating possible filing of claims. (c) Failure of the Contractor to make payments promptly to subcontractors or for materials or labor. (d) Damage to another contractor. When the above grounds are removed, or the Contractor provides a surety bond satisfactory to the Owner, which will protect the Owner in the amount withheld, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them. 42. TIME OF FILING CLAIMS It is further agreed by both parties hereto that all questions of dispute or adjustment presented by the Contractor shall be in writing and filed with the Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) days after the Owner's Representative has given any directions, order or instruction to which the Contractor desires to take exception. The Owners' Representative shall reply to such written exceptions by the Contractor and render his final decision in writing. In case the Contractor should appeal from the decision of the Owner's -31- Representative, any demand for arbitration shall be filed with the Owner's Representative and the Owner in writing within ten (10) days after the date of delivery to Contractor of the final decision of the Owner's Representative. It is further agreed that final acceptance of the work by the Owner and the acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment shall be a bar to any claim by either party, except where noted other- wise in the contract documents. 43. ARBITRATION All questions of dispute under this agreement shall be submitted to arbitration at the request of either party to the dispute. The parties may agree upon one arbitrator, otherwise, there shall be three; one named in writing by each party and the third chosen by the two arbiters selected; or if the arbiters fail to se- lect a third within ten (10) days, he shall be chosen by the District Judge, 72nd Judicial District of Texas. Each arbiter shall be a resident of the City of Lubbock. Should the party demanding arbitration fail to name an arbiter within ten (10) days of the demand, his right to arbitrate shall lapse, and the de- cision of the Owner's Representative shall be final and binding on him. Should the other party fail to _ choose an arbiter within ten (10) days, the Owner's Representative shall appoint such arbiter. Should ei- ther party refuse or neglect to supply the arbiters with any papers or information demanded in writing, the arbiters are empowered by both parties to take Ex Parte Proceedings. The arbiters shall act with promptness. The decision of any two shall be binding on both parties to the contract, unless either or both parties shall appeal within ten (10) days from date of the award by the ar- biters, and it is hereby agreed that each party shall have the right of appeal and all proceedings shall be according to and governed by Arbitration Statutes of Texas, being Article 224, et seq., Vernon's Annotated Civil Statutes. THE DECISION OF THE ARBITERS UPON ANY QUESTION SUBMITTED TO ARBITRATION UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO ANY RIGHT OF LEGAL ACTION. The arbiters, if they deem the case demands it, are authorized to award the party whose contention is sus- tained, such sums as they deem proper for the time, expense and trouble incident to the appeal, and if the appeal was taken without reasonable cause, they may award damages for any delay occasioned thereby. The ar- biters shall fix their own compensation, unless otherwise provided by agreement, and shall assess the costs and charges of the arbitration upon either or both parties. The award of the arbiters must be made in writ- ing and shall not be open to objection on account of the form of proceedings or award. 44. ABANDONMENT BY CONTRACTOR _ In case the Contractor should abandon and fail or refuse to resume work within ten (10) days after written notification from the Owner or the Owner's Representative, or if the Contractor fails to comply with the or- ders of the Owner's Representative, when such orders are consistent with this contract, this Agreement, or the Specifications hereto attached, then the Surety on the bond shall be notified in writing and directed to complete the work and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the Contractor. After receiving said notice of abandonment, the Contractor shall not remove from the work any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies then on the job, but the same, together with any materials and equipment under the contract for work, may be held for use on the work by the Owner or the Surety of the Contractor, or another contractor, in completion of the work; and the Contractor shall not receive any rental or credit therefore (except when used in connection with Extra Work, where credit shall be allowed as provided for under paragraph 24 of this contract); it being understood that the use of such equipment and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the work and be reflected in the final settlement. In case the Surety should fail to commence compliance with the notice for completion hereinbefore provided for within ten (10) days after service of such notice, then the Owner may provide for completion of the work in either of the following elective manners: -32- (a) The Owner may employ such force of men and use of machinery, equipment, tools, materials and sup- plies as said Owner may deem necessary to complete the work and charge the expense of such labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said Contractor, and the expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the Owner out of such moneys as may be due, or that may thereafter at any time become due to the Contractor under and by virtue of this Agreement. In case such expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been com- pleted by the Contractor, then said Contractor shall receive the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been com- pleted by said Contractor, then the Contractor and/or his Surety shall pay the amount of such excess to the Owner; or (b) The Owner, under sealed bids, after notice published as required by law, at least twice in a newspa- per having a general circulation in the County of location of the work, may let the contract for the completion of the work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this contract. In case of any increase in cost to the Owner under the new contract as compared to what would have been the cost under this contract, such increase shall be charged to the Contractor and the Surety shall be and remain bound therefore. However, should the cost to complete any such new contract prove to be less than that which would have been the cost to complete the work under this contract, the Contractor or his Surety shall be credited therewith. When the work shall have been substantially completed, the Contractor and his Surety shall be so notified and certificates of completion and acceptance, as provided in paragraph 42 hereinabove set forth, shall be issued. A complete itemized statement of the contract accounts, certified to by Owner's Representative as being correct shall then be prepared and delivered to Contractor and his Surety, whereon the Contractor or his Surety, or the Owner as the case may be, shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement within 30 days after the date of certificate of completion. In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have been the cost to the Owner had the work been completed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract, or when the Contractor and/or his Surety shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the Owner, then all machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies left on the site of the work shall be turned over to the Contractor and/or his Surety. Should the cost to complete the work exceed the contract price, and the Contractor and/or his Surety fail to pay the amount due the Owner within the time designated hereinabove, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies on the site of the work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials shall be mailed to the Contractor and his Surety at the respective addresses designated in this contract; provided, however, that actual written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing, or other giving of such notice, such property shall be held at the risk of the Contractor and his Surety subject only to the duty of the Owner to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) days from the date of said notice the Owner may sell such machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the Contractor and his Surety. Such sale may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the Owner may elect. The Owner shall release any machin- ery, equipment, tools, materials, or supplies which remain on the *jobsite and belong to persons other than the Contractor or his Surety, to their proper owners. 45. ABANDONMENT BY OWNER In case the Owner shall fail to comply with the terms of this contract, and should fail or refuse to comply with said terms within ten (10) days after written notification by the Contractor, then the Contractor may suspend or wholly abandon the work, and may remove therefrom all machinery, tools, and equipment, and all materials on the ground that have not been included in payments to the Contractor and have not been incorpo- rated into the work. Thereupon, the Owner's Representative shall make an estimate of the total amount earned by the Contractor, which estimate shall include the value of all work actually completed by said Con- tractor at the prices stated in the the attached proposal, the value of all partially completed work at a -33- fair and equitable price, and the amount of all Extra Work performed at the prices agreed upon, or provided for by the terms of this contract, and a reasonable sum to cover the cost of any provisions made by the Con- tractor to carry the whole work to completion, and which cannot be utilized. The owner's Representative shall then make a final statement of the balance due the Contractor by deducting from the above estimate all previous payments by the Owner and all other sums that may be retained by the owner under the terms of this Agreement, and shall certify same to the Owner who shall pay to the Contractor on or before thirty (30) days after the date of the notification by the Contractor the balance shown by said final statement as due the Contractor, under the terms of this Agreement. 46. BONDS The successful bidder shall be required to furnish a performance bond and payment bond in accordance with -- Article 5160, Vernon's Annotated Civil Statutes in the amount of 100% of the total contract price, in the event said contract price exceeds $25,000.00. If the contract price does not exceed $25,000.00, the statu- tory bonds will not be required. All bonds, if required, shall be submitted on forms supplied by the Owner, and executed by an approved Surety Company authorized to do business in the State of Texas. And it is fur- ther agreed that this contract shall not be in effect until such bonds are so furnished. 47. SPECIAL CONDITIONS In the event special conditions are contained herein as part of the contract documents and said special con- ditions conflict with any of the general conditions contained in this contract, then in such event the special conditions shall control. 48. LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss or damage to the Contractor arising out of the nature of the work to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance and the prosecution of the same, or from unusual obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in the prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at his own cost and expense. 49. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR Contractor is, and shall remain, an independent contractor with full, complete and exclusive power and au- thority to direct, supervise, and control his own employees and to determine the method of the performance of the work covered hereby. The fact that the Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right to ob- serve Contractor's work during his performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and vested in the Owner or Owner's Representative hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or effect the status of the Contractor as an independent contractor with respect to either the Owner or Owner's Representative or to the Contractor's own employees or to any other person, firm, or corporation. 50. CLEANING UP The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulation of debris caused by the work, and . at the completion of the work he shall remove all such debris and also his tools, scaffolding, and surplus materials and shall leave the work room clean or its equivalent. The work shall be left in good order and condition. In case of dispute Owner may remove the debris and charge the cost to the Contractor. -34- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) SPECIFICATIONS -35- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) SECTION 1.0 - 69 KV CIRCUIT BREAKERS 1.00 QUANTITY Under the base bid, Bid Item #1.1, provide five (5) each 69 KV circuit breakers as specified below. Under Alternate Bid Item -- #1.2A the Vendor shall indicate the cost for a factory trained field service engineer / technician to perform final checkout and acceptance testing of five (5) circuit breakers as specified below in paragraph 1.17. 1.01 PROPOSAL DATA In addition to the price proposal data requested above, Vendors shall submit with their proposal two sets of complete descriptive data on the proposed equipment. This data shall -- include weights, dimensions, and recommended maintenance intervals for critical components and systems. 1.02 SUBMITTAL DATA Within 30 days of contract award the Vendor shall submit five (5) sets of detailed outline drawings, anchor bolt drawings, conduit entrance drawings, wiring diagrams, CT excitation curves and other pertinent data as may be necessary for interfacing the 69 KV circuit breakers with the remainder of the substation equipment and systems being provided under this specification. Upon shipment of circuit breakers, the Vendor shall furnish five (5) certified copies of factory tests reports. These reports shall include, but not be limited to contact resistance test, operation times, CT performance data and dielectric test data. 1.03 EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS This device is to be a dead tank design. The interrupting medium may be SF6 or bulk oil. The equipment shall have the following characteristics: - Frequency Phases Rated max. voltage Continuous current amps Impulse withstand Sym. Inter. Current 60 Hertz Three 72.5 kV L-L 1200 Amps 350 kV BIL 25,000 Amps 1 Close voltage Trip voltage 125 Volts DC 125 Volts DC Motor and heater voltage 230 Volts AC Interrupting time (max) 3 cycles 1.04 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS Current transformers are required on this device. Current transformers are required as shown on the drawings, twelve total, four per phase, two per bushing. The current transformers shall be 1200:5 multi -ratio, Class C400. All five leads from each current transformer shall be brought to a shorting type terminal block in a control cabinet. 1.05 BUSHINGS All 69 kV bushings shall be porcelain with threaded studs. Stud connectors will be provided under Section 3.0. 1.06 HEATERS The breaker shall have heaters and a thermostat to prevent condensation in the breaker control cabinet. The heaters shall be wired for 230 VAC. 1.07 AUXILIARY SWITCHES There shall be six "a" and six "b" auxiliary contacts available for customer use. The auxiliary contacts shall be wired to a terminal block in the control cabinet. 1.08 GROUNDING The breaker (stand) shall be furnished with 2 two -hole ground pads. 1.09 OPERATING MECHANISM The breaker shall use a stored energy operating mechanism with sufficient capacity for five (5) open and five (5) close operations. The breaker shall be mechanically and electrically trip free. Circuit breakers shall have two trip coils, a mechanical operations counter and a mechanical position indicator to indicate if the breaker is open or closed. Operators, controls and equipment shall be housed in a gasketed enclosure with provisions for padlocking. The breaker shall be capable of being reclosed within 20 cycles of the breaker being tripped. If an air pressure system is used, it shall be complete with an air tank, a motor, a compressor, a pressure gauge on the tank, motor timer, and complete controls. The air tank is to be equipped with a condensate drain valve. Hydraulic operators shall be furnished with a pressure gauge, low pressure alarm contacts, motor timer and a hand pump for manually charging the system. 1.10 SF6 GAS INTERRUPTERS The SF6 gas interrupters shall be housed in an aluminum -- housing with high pressure rupture discs to protect against sudden pressure build ups. Breaker poles shall have provisions for individual timing and adjustment. Interrupters shall be shipped with a nominal 5 - 7 pounds gas pressure, with final filling to be conducted in the field. 1.11 SF6 GAS MONITORING Provide a complete SF6 gas monitoring system to include the following features: a. Common monitoring system for all three poles. b. Gas density monitor. c. Low gas pressure alarm contact. d. Critical low gas pressure alarm and trip block. e. Pressure gauge. f. Gas filling provisions. 1.12 KNIFE SWITCHES AND FUSES Three fused knife switches shall be furnished. One fused knife switch for the compressor circuit (if a compressor is used), one for the heater circuit, and one for the control circuit. 1.13 PAINT The breaker color shall be ANSI 70, gray. 1.14 MANUAL TRIP The breaker shall be capable of being tripped mechanically (without control voltage) by pulling a lever on the breaker -- cabinet. When the breaker is tripped by pulling this lever it shall toggle a lockout switch (69 Device) which will prevent closing of the breaker until the lockout switch is reset. Exceptions to providing a manual trip level shall be clearly stated in the quotation. 3 1.15 OIL If an oil filled breaker is supplied, an oil level gauge, an upper filter press connection and a lower drain valve shall be furnished. The oil should be furnished in drums if the breaker cannot be shipped with oil. The manufacturer's oil test requirements shall be supplied with the proposal. 1.16 STAND The breaker shall be furnished complete with a stand. The stand shall be adjustable and provide clearance above foundation as shown on the drawings. The anchor bolt plan and foundation loading drawings shall be provided with the proposal. A drawing of the stand shall be furnished with the proposal. 1.17 TOOLS The vendor shall supply one set of any special tools required for the normal operation and maintenance of the breaker. The breaker shall be shipped with the windlass (if a windlass is used in the maintenance of the breaker) installed if practical. 1.18 FIELD SERVICES Under Alternate Bid Item # 1.2A, the Vendor shall provide the services of a field service engineer / technician to direct, inspect, and supervise the installation of SF6 gas in the circuit breakers and to conduct acceptance testing of the circuit breakers. This proposal shall include all travel, lodging, meals, equipment and per diem expenses for the field service engineer / technician. 1.19 SF6 GAS HANDLING CART Under the base bid the Vendor shall provide one (1) SF6 gas handling cart. This gas cart is required even if the Vendor is quoting bulk oil circuit breakers. This cart shall have a storage tank with a minimum volume sufficient to store 375 pounds of sulfur hexafluoride gas at 104 Deg. F. The tank shall be an ASME certified pressure vessel with a design pressure of 600 PSIG. The storage tank shall have the following accessories: a. Drain valve b. ASME approved safety valve c. Pressure gauge d. Temperature gauge e. Tank heater, 1.0 KW f. Isolation valves for all lines g. Refrigeration coil h. Liquid level sight glass 4 The gas cart shall also have a vacuum pump with a displacement of 17CFM, driven by a 1 1/2 HP motor. The vacuum pump shall be capable of extracting gas and water vapor from a leak - tight chamber or the on -board storage tank down to an absolute pressure of 1 torr. The vacuum shall have a clearly visible oil — sight glass and provisions for draining and refilling the oil. The gas cart shall also be furnished with an SF6 gas compressor driven by a 3/4 HP motor with a minimum capacity of 100 — standard cubic feet per hour at 100 PSIG discharge pressure and 0 PSIG suction pressure. The gas compressor shall be an oil -less design and shall have an elapsed time meter. Provide on the gas cart an automatic refrigeration system to cool the stored SF6 gas to 26 Deg. F. as the gas is being removed from the circuit breaker. This system shall have the effect of `— limiting the SF6 gas compressor discharge pressure to less that 100 PSIG by controlling the storage tank gas pressure. The refrigeration system compressor crankcase shall have a heater for -- cold starting. The gas cart shall have a control panel in a weatherproof gasketed enclosure with the following instruments and controls: a. Main power circuit breaker b. Amber lamp indication for "TANK HEATER ON" c. Fuse for control circuits d. On -off switch for vacuum pump e. On -off switch for SF6 gas compressor — f. On -off switch for tank heater g. H-O-A switch for refrigeration system h. Electronic vacuum gauge i. Storage tank pressure gauge (0-600 PSIG) -` j. Compressor discharge gauge, (0-150 PSIG) k. Storage tank temperature gauge, -20 Deg.F. to +240 Deg. F. 1. Inlet pressure / vacuum gauge. The entire system shall require less than 1OKW of electrical power and shall operate from a 240 volt, 1 phase, 60 HZ. supply. The system shall be protected by a main circuit breaker and motors shall be protected by thermal overloads. The gas saving cart shall be mounted on a single axle trailer with pneumatic tires, electric tail lights, stop lights and turn signal lights, a retractable third wheel, stabilizing jacks, and a pintle eye hitch. The equipment shall be completely enclosed in a weatherproof sheet metal housing. Hinged doors with two point latches shall be installed to provide access to all _ equipment and controls. All door latches shall have provisions for padlocking. The complete trailer and enclosure shall be painted white. The completed unit shall be tested prior to shipment. The system shall be leak tested using a halogen leak detector with the — system under positive pressure. After leak testing, the system k, shall be charged with dry nitrogen and sealed for shipment. The system shall be provided with two sets of Operating and Maintenance Instruction Manuals, two 25 foot long service hoses with J.I.C. 37 degree fitting, threaded on the free end, a valve position display panel with LED indicators, and a gas conditioning loop. The gas conditioning loop shall have a molecular sieve dryer to remove moisture, arcing by-products, hydrocarbons, and sub - micron size particulates. The loop shall also include a pressure regulator, adjustable between 40 and 100 PSIG, nominally set at 75 PSIG, to prevent the circuit breaker from being over pressurized on refilling. Recirculation piping shall be provided to permit the SF6 gas to be routed through the gas conditioning loop more than once, prior to returning to the electrical equipment. This recirculation piping shall be independent of the vacuum pump inlet piping to allow simultaneous purification of SF6 gas while the vacuum pump is evacuating a circuit breaker. Provide one spare set of replacement filter media for the molecular sieve dryer. Gas handling carts as manufactured by Cryoquip Inc. of Gardena, Ca. is considered to meet the requirements of this specification. The Vendor shall include in the Base Bid proposal, the services of a field service engineer / technician to provide on - site instruction on the operation of the system. This proposal shall include all travel, lodging, meals, equipment and per diem expenses for this field service engineer / technician to perform the training. The gas cart manufacturer shall determine the number of days required to provide this training. It is anticipated that approximately six LP&L personnel will participate in this training. 11 SECTION 2.0 SUBSTATION STEEL, BUSWORK, AND GROUNDING 2.01 PROPOSAL DATA The Vendor shall submit with the proposal two copies of a complete bill of materials and descriptive literature on the equipment and -- materials to be furnished. Proposals shall indicate the estimated individual structure weights. Final design weights shall not be less than the estimated weights by more than 5%. 2.02 SUBMITTAL DATA The Vendor shall submit (5) five sets of approval drawings and calculations. Design calculations should indicate the structure deflections, design loads, actual structure weights and the foundation reactions. The following drawings shall be submitted: a. Location of foundations and anchor bolts in each foundation. _ b. Steel details, showing fabrication details of all steel members to be furnished herein. c. Steel assembly drawings indicating how all steel members connect i' together. d. Arrangement drawings including plan views, end views, sectional views and details with all items, fittings and devices identified.. e. Grounding drawings showing all above and below grade cable runs, ground rods, and connectors. f. Foundation details for all foundations and pads. These drawings shall tabulate required concrete and reinforcing steel quantities. g. A complete bill of material indicating manufacturer and catalog number. Following approval of drawings the Vendor shall submit (5) five copies of final drawings and one set of reproducible drawings. 2.03 DESIGN CONDITIONS Substation steel structures shall be designed in accordance with AISC Standards and NEMA Standard SG6 and shall include 112" ice loads. Foundation designs shall be based on a vertical soil bearing capacity of 3000 psf and a lateral soil resistance of 350 psf per foot of depth. Substation buses and connectors shall be designed for a minimum continuous current rating of 1200 amperes and a short circuit current rating of 15,000 amperes. 1 Dead end structures shall be designed for the following tension conditions: Transmission phase conductor - 795 MCM ACSR, 26/7, Drake, 2500 lbs. Transmission line conductor - 3/8" HSS, 1000 lbs. The deadend structure shall be designed for vertical loading caused by the incoming 69 kV line angle as it intersects the truss. The structure shall be designed for an average line angle not to exceed 45 degrees from horizontal. The deadend structure shall be designed for transverse loads due to wind on the incoming conductor and due to the incoming line not being normal to the face of the structure. Each structure shall be designed for a wind force on each incoming line of 100 pounds. Each structure shall be designed for the incoming line to be 15 degrees from normal to the face of the structure. This angle shall be considered to be the average of all lines on one circuit, i.e. the average angle of 3 phase conductors and two static wires for a 69 kV incoming line. The structures shall meet the deflection limits specified in NEMA SG 6. The 69 kV line support structure shall be considered at Class "A" type structure. In no case shall the clearances be less than the NEMA, EEI or IEEE standards. 2.04 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS The material to be furnished under this section shall consist of the following items for the substation steel package: - All anchor bolts and templates required for the substation. - Grounding conductor and connectors, both above and below ground. - Three-phase 69 kV disconnect switches. - All insulators for the substation both suspension and station post type. - Potential transformers 69 kV. - All steel structures. - All required conductors and connectors both rigid and flexible. - Arresters for use on the 69 kV system and transformers - Wave Traps and tuners 2 - Coupling capacitor voltage transformers 2.05 GALVANIZING All steel shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM Designation A-123. 2.06 STEEL PARTS Steel parts shall conform to ASTM specifications A-36, A-283, and A-307. 2.07 HARDWARE If possible, one type of structure bolt and one diameter should be used as fasteners for station structures. The bolts and nuts shall meet ASTM Standard Specification A394. Type MF locknuts (hexagonal) shall be furnished for all bolted connections. -- All hardware shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM standard A-153. 2.08 STRUCTURAL STEEL All work shall be equal to the best modern practice in the manufacture and fabrication of materials of the types covered by these specifications, not withstanding any omissions from these specifications or drawings. Acceptance of materials shall in no way relieve the Vendor of the responsibility for furnishing materials meeting the requirements of these specifications. Before being laid out or worked, structural material shall be straight and free from kinks and bends. If straightening is necessary, it shall be done by methods that will not injure the metal. All portions of the work which will be exposed to view after completion shall be finished neatly. All welding shall be performed in accordance with the latest edition of the "Structural Welding Code", as formulated by the American Welding Society. After the shop work has been completed, all material shall be cleaned of rust, loose scale, dirt, oil, grease and other foreign substances. Particular care shall be taken to clean slag from welded areas. After being cleaned, all steel shall be galvanized in accordance ASTM-123. All holes in material shall be free of excess spelter after galvanizing. Bus support structures are indicated on the drawings to be three phase, single column type. Alternate three phase bus support designs, such as two column designs will be considered. The base bid proposal shall be for the single column type. Other designs must be indicated as alternate proposals. 2.09 STEP BOLTS Step bolts shall be supplied for the 69 kV deadend structure. The step bolts shall be spaced 15 inches apart. 3 2.10 ANCHOR BOLTS All anchor bolts for the station shall be furnished herein. All anchor bolts, nuts and washers shall be galvanized. Two nuts shall be furnished for each anchor bolt. Metal templates shall be provided for each set of anchor bolts for bus supports, air switch stands, dead end structures, PT stands, and static poles. Anchor bolts shall be manufactured in accordance with the ACI-318- Latest Edition, Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete assuming a concrete compressive strength of 3000 pounds per square inch at 28 days. The top 24 inches of each anchor bolt shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM A-123. 2.11 GROUNDING CONDUCTOR AND CONNECTORS All grounding material for the substations shall be furnished herein. All buried ground conductor shall be #4/0 AWG minimum, 19- strand soft drawn bare copper cable. Above ground taps to structures and equipment shall be 19 No.9, dead soft annealed 40% conductivity, "Copperweld" conductor. Bonding conductors for fences, cabinets, etc. shall be #4 AWG, solid, bare, dead soft annealed "Copperweld". Copper clad, 5/8" x 8'-0" ground rods shall be furnished. Clamps to attach the ground conductor to the structures shall be placed on a maximum spacing of 2 feet 6 inches. The underground connectors shall be Cadweld or Burndy Hyground and must have been qualified under IEEE Std 837-1984, "IEEE Standard for Qualifying Permanent Connections Used in Substation Grounding". If a "Cadweld" type thermal process system is supplied it shall be furnished with all tools required to install the connectors including molds, handles, and weld metal. If a compression type system is supplied, it shall be furnished with two sets of the required dies to install the connections. This tooling will become the property of LP&L. Above ground connections to fencing, steel structures, and equipment shall be of the bolted type. Provide three NEMA 2 hole spade connectors to connect the 19-No.9 copper ground grid cable to the 69 kV transformers' two hole ground pads. The ground pads are located on the tank at opposite corners and at the neutral bushing in the transformer throat. The transformer ground is to be extended to the transformer control cabinet with #4 copper wire. The steel fabric fence shall be grounded in accordance with REA drawing TM-33 and TM-33 Supplement. Grounding material shall be supplied for all gates shown on the drawings. Each instrument transformer and CCVT shall be grounded from a continuous loop of 19-No.9. The 69 kV deadend shall have a 19-No.9 ground run from the ground mat to the overhead static wire and shall be connected into the static wire. A 19-No.9 horizontal run shall be made between the two vertical runs and connectors and conductor shall be supplied to connect the ground run into the arresters on the 69 kV structure. 4 One switch operator platform shall be furnished for each group operated air break switch. The platform shall be a minimum size of 4 feet by 2 feet 6 inches. The switch operator platform shall be grounded by a 19-NO.9 loop, one end connecting into the underground mat and one end connecting into the ground run on the column. The vertical operating rod of the switch shall be grounded with a flexible braided strap which shall connect to the 19-No.9 ground run on the column. - The 15 kV switchgear shall be connected to the ground mat in two locations with #4/0 ground run to the ground mat. All material shall be furnished for a grounding well. The Vendor -- shall furnish 200 feet of 4/0 copper conductor for use in the grounding well. Three ground rods shall be furnished with appropriate connectors to be used to attach to the end of the well ground as a weight and to provide extra grounding surface area. The ground well shall be placed _ near the transmission deadend structure. Material shall be provided to tie the transmission steel pole structure and the static masts into the ground mat with 19-No.9 conductor. 2.12 THREE POLE AIR BREAK SWITCHES Air switches shall be 1200 amp, 69 kV three phase, group operated, vertical break, construction classification A. The switch shall be mounted on a 69 kV switch structure. A swing handle type operating mechanism shall be furnished for the switch. The switch shall be rated 72.5 kV L-L maximum design voltage, 1200 amps maximum continuous current, 61,000 amps maximum momentary current. The continuous current shall be rated in RMS amperes based on the limit of observable rise, or as listed in Table 3 of ANSI C37.30-1971 when tested in accordance with Section 4 of the ANSI test code for high voltage air switches C37.34-1971. The momentary current rating shall be based on Section 30-4.6.1 of ANSI C37.30-1971 and three second current rating shall be based on Section 30-4.6.2 of ANSI C37.30-1971. In either the opened or closed positions, the switches shall -- withstand the dielectric test voltages between live parts and ground in accordance with Table 1 or ANSI C37.32-1972. The length of break, when in the full opened position, shall be at least 10 percent in excess of the dry arcing distance over the insulators. Terminal pad drilling shall be on 1- 3/4" NEMA standard spacing. The switch blades shall have ample mechanical strength to withstand all stresses to they will be subjected. All current carrying parts shall be of a suitable non-ferrous, corrosion resistant metal or alloy. The only acceptable alloys for aluminum are 6063-T6 for wrought shapes and 356-T6 for castings. Where flexible jumpers are used as a means to transfer current, only laminated aluminum straps will be acceptable. Braided shunt straps are not acceptable. The hinge contact shall maintain connection throughout the complete open and close cycle of operation. Any springs or spring washers (Belleville) employed to maintain contact pressure shall not carry currents tending to decrease this pressure or damage the springs. Material for springs or spring washers (Belleville) shall be 300 series non-magnetic stainless steel or equal. Contacts shall have a sufficient mass of high thermal conductivity metal immediately adjacent to the contact surfaces to preclude the possibility of contact welding or damage at currents within the momentary rating of the switches. Make -break contacts shall be designed so that wiping action is accomplished with minimum wear and without galling of either contact surface. Wear of contacts shall be such that after 1000 operations, the mating parts will still have adequate surface material to meet electrical nameplate requirements. Contacts shall be silver -to -silver. Acceptable methods of silver application are: a. Brazed overlay of fine silver (Commercial Purity, 99.90%) with a minimum thickness of .010". b. Brazed inlay of fine silver (Commercial Purity, 99.90%) with a minimum thickness of .010". c. Approved silver flame -spray application (Metco or equal), coined, with a minimum thickness of .010" (Commercial Purity, 90%). All silver -to -silver make -break contacts shall be made of silvers having different hardness, preferably of two different types of silver application. All aluminum switches shall have silver -to -silver make - break contacts. Each of the two silvers shall be applied to a base of copper and then electro-tin plated or hot -dip tinned to prevent the wash of copper salts over aluminum parts. Silver applied directly to aluminum by any process is not acceptable. No solder shall be employed in the application of silver. Silver plate (Brush or Electro) is only acceptable on enclosed, non -break contacts or bolted fixed current transfer joints. The main bearings on the rotating insulator shall be equipped with enclosed dust -proof seals, stainless steel balls and a rust and corrosion proof race of a differing hardness. Aluminum housings and races are not acceptable. Bearings shall be dry type or permanently filled with grease of the Bentone grade for maintenance free service. Sleeve type Oilite bushings or nylon are not acceptable. The operating mechanism shall be of the rotating handle type with 180 degree rotation in the clockwise direction required for closing. The interphase pipe shall be a single pipe for all three phases, with individual phases being clamped to the interphase pipe. Vertical pipe guides shall be furnished where necessary. Pipe couplers shall be two piece with clamping bolts and piercing set screws. The operating pipe shall be securely grounded at a location near the operating handle with a tinned braided shunt of at least 2 feet in length. The shunt shall be clamped to the operating pipe with a galvanized iron fitting. All bolts, nuts, pins, washers, and lockwashers used on conducting parts shall be stainless steel. All control parts and structural mounting parts shall be supplied with hot dipped galvanized N. bolts, nuts, washers, and lockwashers. All switches shall be supplied with stainless steel arcing horns. The bases of all insulators shall be furnished with leveling studs. 2.13 BUS AND SWITCH INSULATORS Insulators shall be furnished for a complete substation including all buses and switches. The insulators shall be standard strength post insulators NEMA TR# 216. The insulators shall have gray glaze. 2.14 SUSPENSION INSULATORS Suspension insulators shall be furnished for the incoming lines. The insulators shall have an M&E rating of 15,000 pounds. The insulator strings shall have 7 insulators per string for the 69 kV strings. The insulators shall be 5-3/4" by 10" ball and socket type, Lapp 8200-70 or equivalent. The insulators shall have a gray glaze. 2.15 ACSR JUMPERS AND BUS All jumper and bus material for the station shall be furnished herein. All pipe bus shall be 6063-T6 aluminum alloy, schedule 40, 2 1/2" diameter with 477 MCM ACSR damper cable supplied for all bus pipe runs. The jumpers to the potential transformers and to the CCVT shall be designed so that movement between the bus and the equipment does not result in excessive stress on the equipment or fatigue of the jumper. 2.16 CONNECTORS All connectors for the station shall be furnished herein. All connections to jumpers shall be of the compression type with two or four hole pads. The incoming transmission line is to be terminated using compression type deadend fittings. The bushing connectors for the transformers and circuit breakers (stud to pad) shall be furnished herein. Bolted connectors shall be furnished. Welded connectors are not acceptable. All electrical bolted connections shall be made with stainless steel hardware. All bolted connections shall be made with two stainless steel flat washers and two stainless steel Belleville washers for each stainless steel hex head bolt and stainless steel hex nut. Bi-metallic transition plates shall be furnished for each aluminum to copper connection. Contact sealant shall be supplied for all connections. The Belleville washers shall require a force of 400 pounds to flatten. Connections to power transformer bushings shall utilize Lapp Doble test terminals. 2.17 OVERHEAD GUY WIRE 7 The OHGW shall be furnished herein as shown on the drawings. The connectors to deadend and connect the overhead ground wire into the OHGW shall be furnished herein. The OHGW shall be 3/8 inch, 7 strands, high strength steel, 10,800 pounds rated strength. 2.18 INCOMING CONDUCTOR Both the incoming conductor material and secondary underground exit cable shall be furnished by others. The incoming conductor to the A -frame dead end structures is 795 MCM ACSR (Drake) with 3/8" HSS static. Compression type deadends are to be furnished herein to terminate the incoming conductor and the associated static wires. 2.19 STATIC POLE Two 35 foot tall steel poles are to be located as shown on the drawings. These poles are to be designed for attachment of two (3) 3/8" HSS static wires with 1000 pound maximum design tension. 2.20 ARRESTERS Twelve station class arresters shall be furnished herein for use on the 69 kV system. These arresters shall be mounted on each 69 kV transformer and on each 69 kV dead end structure. The arresters shall be the gapless MOV type, with a 60 kV rating and a MCOV rating of 48 kV. 2.21 69 kV INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS Three (3) potential transformers shall be furnished herein. The transformers shall be used for station metering and relaying. These transformers shall have the following features and ratings: - One primary bushing. - Two tapped secondary windings. - Primary voltage 40,250 volts (L-G) - Secondary voltage of 67.08/115 volts. - Voltage ratio 600/350:1. - Thermal rating 5,000 VA minimum. - Accuracy 0.3 through ZZ Burden. - BIL 350 kV. 2.22 69 kV WAVE TRAP Provide a quantity of four (4) wave traps. Two of the units will be installed at the remote ends of the incoming transmission line. Traps shall be 69 kV, single frequency, high Q, line traps with an 800 amp continuous current rating, a 2 second thermal rating of 20 kA and a mechanical rating of 51 kA peak. Traps shall meet the requirements of ANSI C93.3-1981. The trap's frequency range shall be 70-200 kHZ. Exact frequencies will be furnished at a later date. Traps shall have bird barriers, internal lightning arresters and mounting accessories as selected by the structure fabricator. A horizontal pedestal mount has been indicated on the drawings, but other arrangements as deemed more economical or practical by the steel fabricator may be employed. Line traps shall be factory tuned and tested. Certified test reports of the trap's dielectric and RF performance shall be furnished. Traps manufactured by Trench Electric are considered to meet all requirements of this specification. 2.23 69 kV COUPLING CAPACITOR VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS Provide two (2) each power line carrier coupling capacitor voltage transformers with single frequency line tuners. CCVT's shall be single — bushing, rated for 69 kV system application and shall have an oil filled corrosion resistant base box to house the intermediate transformer, series reactor and auxiliary components. The base box shall also have an externally operable SPST switch for grounding the carrier circuit. A drain coil, gap, and cabinet heater resistor shall be included. Trench Electric model TEV coupling capacitor voltage transformers with K9500 series tuners are considered to meet the requirements of this �. specification. 7 (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) SECTION 3.0 - 15 kV METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR 3.01 PROPOSAL DATA The Vendor shall include with the proposal two copies of the following data: a. Base bid price and delivery b. Alternate Bid price and delivery c. Complete descriptive literature, including electrical ratings, circuit breaker operating mechanisms, bus and cubicle construction details, approximate weights and dimensions. Literature shall be furnished on accessory items such as CT's, PT's, control switches, meters, and relays. d. Outline drawings should indicate the proposed shipping splits and the extent of field connections necessary to connect the switchgear line-up into it's final operating configuration. e. Indicate the proposed method of delivery. f. Provide a list of all equipment, devices, or fittings that will the removed for shipping. g. Provide a description of the factory testing and quality control procedures employed to assure the assembled system will operate as specified. h. Provide a statement indicating the level of industry standard testing that the proposed switchgear has undergone. As a minimum, proposals must include prices for Bid Item #3.1 and Alternate Bid Item #3.2A. Additional alternate proposals will be considered provided the Base Bid and Alternate proposals are as specified. 3.02 SUBMITTAL DATA Following order entry, the Vendor shall submit for approval, (5) five sets of switchgear drawings and details. These drawings shall include the following data: One -line Diagram showing: a. All 15 kV bus work and equipment 1 b. PT's and CT's with polarity information c. Unique identification numbers for all devices d. Basic ratings, sizes, voltages and ratios of all devices. Three -line Diagram showing: a. All 15 kV bus work and equipment b. Power transformer windings and polarity c. PT's and CT's with polarity information d. Unique identification numbers for all devices e. Basic ratings, sizes, voltages and ratios of all devices. Schematic Diagrams showing: a. All DC circuits in the switchgear and relay panels that are being furnished by this Vendor. b. All AC circuits in the switchgear and relay panels that are being furnished by this Vendor. c. Portions of AC and DC circuits in equipment or systems that are not furnished by this Vendor, but that are being interface with. e. Each relay by device number f. Contact schedule for each switch Panel Layout Drawings showing: a. Location of each relay, switch, nameplate, and device mounted on the front or rear of all panels. b. Size of relay case c. Relay style number, type, and device number d. Nameplate schedule Installation Drawings showing: a. Dimensions of panels and equipment. b. Conduit entrance and cable connection points c. Cubicle to cubicle wiring including wire and cable numbers, terminal numbers and locations. d. Complete material list The Vendor shall request from the Owner, the details or schematics for any equipment, systems, or devices that must be interfaced with, but are not being furnished under this section of the Specifications. Upon delivery of the switchgear, the Vendor shall submit (5) five copies of bound operating and maintenance manuals, (5) five copies of final drawings, schematics, and wiring diagrams and (1) reproducible set of drawings, schematics, and wiring diagrams. 3.03 GENERAL The metalclad switchgear to be furnished under these specifications shall be constructed in accordance with the latest ANSI standards. The metalclad switchgear will be indoor, three phase, 2000 amp, insulated copper main bus, 60 HZ. The buswork shall be configured as shown on the drawings. It is the intent of this specification to obtain a completely wired and tested line-up of metalclad switchgear that is essentially complete and requires only the connection of AC and DC control power and high voltage cables in order to place it in service. It is also required that the assembly be broken into a minimum number of shipping splits that will require reassembly in the field. The drawings indicate that the desired switchgear arrangement is a main operating bus with a separate transfer bus for use in the testing and maintenance of the feeder circuit breakers. Loadbreak three phase manually operated switches shall be provided to connect the load side of any feeder to the transfer bus. All proposals must contain a Base Bid design utilizing the transfer bus scheme. The incoming power from the transformer will enter by underground cable. LP&L will provide all material to connect the switchgear to the transformer. As an alternate to the transfer bus arrangement, —' consideration will be given to designs utilizing two -high switchgear in which the load side of the upper and lower switchgear cubicles are bussed together. The two positions for -- each circuit are to be the "operating" and "maintenance" positions. The breaker in the "operating" position will be maintained by installing a spare breaker in the "maintenance" position, closing the "maintenance" breaker and opening the "operating" breaker. The load is thus transferred to the maintenance breaker without interruption and the operating breaker can be removed for maintenance. If this alternate scheme is proposed, the proposal shall include the cost of a spare or 3 "maintenance" breaker. A breaker is to be furnished herein only for each "operating" position. Only one spare breaker is to be furnished as the spare for all "maintenance" positions. The operation of the circuit is to be identical from either position. Current transformers shall be provided in all "maintenance" cubicles such that all protective relay schemes, metering, and control functions are operational when the "maintenance" breaker is in service. Circuit breakers shall employ SF6 gas interrupters or vacuum interrupters. If vacuum interrupters are employed, a high voltage DC "hipot" test cubicle shall be provided in the switchgear lineup to allow interrupter proof testing before installation. The required switchgear and auxiliary compartments are as follows: - Two (2) main breakers (2000 amp.) - One (1) tie breaker (2000 amp.) - Four (4) feeder circuit breakers, two in each lineup (2000 amp.) - Two (2) auxiliary compartments for 15 kV Potential transformers with fuses - Two (2) auxiliary compartments for station service transformers with fuses 3.04 RATINGS The rating and capacity of the circuit breakers included herein, shall be as follows: - 15 kV Class Circuit Breaker - Voltage Rating: 15,000 volts - Nominal Continuous Current Rating: as noted above - Maximum Interrupting Capacity: 36,000 amps sym. - Interrupting Time Rating: 5.0 cycles maximum - Reclosing Time Rating (Total Time): 20 cycles maximum - MVA Rating: 500 MVA The current rating of the main bus shall be 2000 amperes and the insulation rating shall be 95 kV BIL. 4 3.05 CIRCUIT BREAKERS — Circuit breakers shall be horizontal drawout units with continuous current ratings and interrupting ratings as indicated above. All circuit breakers of equal rating shall be completely interchangeable. Circuit breakers and cubicles shall be constructed such that a circuit breaker of different current ratings cannot be interchanged. The circuit breaker shall operate by means of a stored energy mechanism, which is normally charged — by a small universal motor, but which can also be charged by a manual handle for emergency manual closing or for testing. The circuit breaker shall be equipped with secondary disconnecting _ contacts which shall automatically engage in the operating and test position to complete circuits as required. The contacts shall automatically disengage when the circuit breaker is withdrawn to the disconnect position. The circuit breaker shall have a means y' for racking in and out of the compartment and between positions. It shall also be provided with a means of holding the circuit breaker in the compartment in all positions. Interlocking shall be — provided making it impossible to rack a closed breaker to or from any position. An additional interlock shall be provided which shall assure automatic discharging of the closing springs upon insertion or removal of the breaker from the compartment. Each circuit breaker shall have the capability of being disconnected from the main bus and all live parts, and placed in a position where the circuit breaker can be operated electrically. Interrupters shall be SF6 or vacuum. Gas interrupters shall have SF6 pressure gauges, low pressure alarm contacts, fittings for gas filling, and a device for indicating contact wear. The circuit breaker shall be equipped with the required auxiliary switches and number of contacts, as specified by the manufacturer for complete operation of the breaker. In addition, extra auxiliary switch contacts for circuit opening and closing -- shall be provided for LP&L's own use and wired to terminal blocks as follows: - Four (4) "a" contacts, single pole - Four (4) "b" contacts, single pole Each circuit breaker in these specifications shall be designed for trip -free operation by means of a removable maintenance closing device easily operable by one man. Circuit breakers shall have a breaker position indicating target, indicating open and close positions. An operation counter shall be mounted on the breaker in clear view when the compartment door is open. A dolly shall be provided to enable the circuit breaker to be removed from the compartment for maintenance. Interconnecting cables shall be provided for electrically operating the circuit breaker outside the cubicle. Where a two -high switchgear design is furnished, a lifting device and necessary yokes and accessories shall be supplied for removing breakers from the top position. Circuit breakers shall be removed from the bottom position without the use of a lifting device. Lifting devices shall employ electric winches or drive devices or shall employ mechanical devices that require a minimum amount of cranking, pumping, or jacking. 3.06 SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR VACUUM INTERRUPTERS If vacuum circuit breakers are furnished, then a DC Hi -pot installed in a cubicle or separate cabinet is to be included in the proposal. This device shall be furnished complete to provide all such vacuum testing as the manufacturer recommends. This cubicle shall be arranged such that a circuit breaker that has been removed for service or maintenance can be rolled into the test cubicle and all three vacuum interrupters DC hipot tested. This cubicle shall have stationary contacts or other fittings that will automatically mate with the breaker contacts and connect the breaker to test circuit. Front panel meters shall be provided to indicate test voltage and leakage current. 3.07 CONTROL VOLTAGES AND CIRCUIT PROTECTION All control circuits and devices shall be suitable for 125 VDC. All heaters and other auxiliary devices shall operate on 120 or 240 volts, single phase A.C., 60 HZ. Fuses and knife switches, or fused -disconnect switches (pull out type) shall be provided in each compartment for disconnecting each D.C. source control voltage, A.C. source operating circuit, heating circuit, and convenience outlet circuit from their respective power source. All AC and DC control power will be fed to the switchgear line-up from AC and DC circuit breaker panels installed by the Owner in the switchgear building. The switchgear shall be designed and wired such that each 15 kV circuit breaker is fed from a separate DC branch circuit, and a separate AC branch circuit. Disconnecting means and supplementary overcurrent protection of devices and circuits within the cubicle shall be provided by the switchgear Vendor. 3.08 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS Each circuit breaker shall be initially equipped with the quantity of current transformers as defined below which shall be C400 multi -ratio, standard relaying accuracy, as specified by the American Standards Association Requirements, Terminology, and Test Code for Instrument Transformers, C57.13-1954, or latest revision thereof. All current transformers shall have taps and leads per NEMA standards with secondary leads brought out and terminated on readily accessible shorting type terminal blocks located in the front compartments. Each 15 kV feeder circuit breaker shall be supplied with six (6) current transformers, three current transformers (one per — phase) on the source side of the breaker, and three (3) current transformers (one per phase) on the load side of the breaker. Source side CT's shall be 1200:5 multi -ratio for phase overcurrent relays and metering. Load side CT's shall be 2000:5 multi -ratio for differential relays. Each 15 kV main circuit breaker and tie circuit breaker shall be supplied with nine (9) current transformers, three current transformers (one per phase) on the source side and six current transformers (two per phase) on the load side of the breaker. Source side CT's shall be 2000:5 multi -ratio for 15 kV bus differential relays. Line side CT's shall be 2000:5 multi - ratio, one set for transformer differential relays and one set for metering. The supplier shall furnish LP&L with five (5) copies each of current and ratio correction factor curves; together with winding -- and internal lead resistance data, for each ratio at one standard burden. 3.09 POTENTIAL TRANSFORMERS Six (6) 15 kV potential transformers are to be installed in the switchgear to provide potential for all metering and transformer LTC requirements. These devices are to be rated 110 kV BIL with a 60:1 ratio. Each PT shall be appropriately fused and installed in a drawout type compartment or tray. A spare -- primary fuse or fuses shall be provided for each PT installed in the switchgear. 3.10 STATION POWER Two (2) 25 kVA transformers for station power are to be installed in the switchgear lineup, one on each operating bus. Each transformer primary and secondary is to be appropriately fused. A spare primary fuse or fuses shall be provided for each station power transformer installed in the switchgear. 3.11 ARRESTERS Three arresters shall be furnished for each distribution circuit. They shall be rated 9 U . The arresters shall have a zinc oxide valve block construction and not have any internal gap -- assembly. These arresters shall be shown in manufacturer literature as underground distribution Riser Pole Arresters. The arresters shall have a guaranteed maximum arrester discharge voltage of 34 kV at 40 kA using a 8x20 micro -second current wave. The arresters shall be of a design that has been subjected to a series of two discharges of surge current having an amplitude of 100 kA and a waveshape of 5 x 10 micro -seconds, without failing. The arresters shall be of a non -fragmenting design. 7 3.12 CONDUIT ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS Each compartment shall contain suitable conduit entrance plates to accommodate station service battery input 125 VDC. with suitable terminal blocks for terminating each such entrance cables. Each compartment shall contain additional suitable conduit connections or entrance plates to accommodate all supervisory, telemetering and differential control cable wiring, with suitable terminal block points for terminating all wires and cables. All power cable shall enter and exit through the floor of the switchgear. Provisions shall be provided for six (6), five (5) inch conduits for all outgoing circuits. Each phase shall be capable of accepting four (4) 500 MCM copper conductors. Adequate cable bending and termination space shall be provided in power cable entrance compartment. The 15 kV cable connection point shall be a minimum of 24 inches above the floor. 3.13 HEATERS Each compartment shall contain a thermostatically controlled space heater (to prevent condensation) for 120/240 volts A.C. operation, which shall be capable of providing adequate heat for operation of the relays and circuit breaker mechanism and control equipment for outside temperature as low as -15°F. 3.14 TESTS Each circuit breaker included in these specifications shall be tested in conformance with NEMA, ANSI, and IEEE standard testing procedures. Such tests shall also include, but not be limited to the following: - Low frequency, withstand - voltage test. - Mechanism operating speed test. - Contact resistance test. - Temperature rise test. Tests on the switchgear buswork and breakers are to be performed with these items in operating configuration (completely connected). 3.15 TEST REPORTS The supplier shall furnish LP&L with five (5) certified copies of reports of the results of the tests on each breaker. These reports shall include copies of the speed graphs and values of contact resistance. Information shall be furnished as to the desired contact resistance and limits to be maintained. 3.16 TOOLS, WRENCHES, AND BLOCKING DEVICES Special tools, necessary special wrenches, removable blocking devices (if required), etc., shall be furnished as part of these specifications. 3.17 RELAY PANELS _ Additional space may be required to locate relay panels in the switchgear enclosure. The relay panels will be a switch door type to allow access to the terminal boards, switches, fuses and rear of the relays, meters and controls. 3.18 METERING AND RELAYING - The metering and relaying to be supplied herein shall include, but not limited to the accompanying list of materials. This equipment is to be mounted adjacent to the breaker position with which it is associated. The Vendor for the 15 kV metal clad switchgear, shall refer to the overall substation one -line diagram and Specification Section 4.0 - Switchboard Relaying, to determine the extent of the interface that is required between the 15 kV switchgear and other systems, such as SCADA controls. The 15 kV switchgear shall have the required interface terminals grouped in a single location and terminated on a terminal block. This terminal block shall be readily accessible and located near a dedicated conduit entrance point, ready for field connection of interconnect cables. The KWH meters furnished in the switchgear shall be General Electric type EV-3 with a model KM-901 demand register. The meters shall be furnished with one copy of the General Electric PCRP/UPGEN software for use with the electronic meters. .. Transducers shall be provided and installed in the switchgear line-up as scheduled below. These transducers will be used to provide analog data inputs to the LP&L SCADA system RTU that will be installed at the South Substation. Outputs from the transducers shall be wired to a terminal block for field connection to the RTU. This terminal block shall be located near a conduit entrance location and near the terminal blocks for other -- field installed wiring. In order to maintain compatiability and interchangability with existing units, all transducers shall be manufactured by Square-D Electromagnetic Industries or Scientific Columbus. Voltage transducers shall have the following characteristics: W Input range ................... 0-180 VAC Rated input... ................... 150 VAC Burden at 120V., 60 Hz....... < 2.5 VA Overload (continuous)......... 180 VAC Frequency (nominal)........... 60 Hz. Temperature range ............. .20 to +60 C. Max. temp. effect on accuracy .............. +/- 0.5% Accuracy @ 25 deg. C. (10-150 V.)................... +/- 0.25% RO Output range .................. 0 - 1.3 mA DC Output @ rated input.......... 1 mA DC Output ripple ................. < 0.5% Output load ................... 0 - IOK ohm Calibration adjustment........ +/- 10% Response time (to 99%)........ < 400 ms Stability, % full scale / yr.. +/- 0.25% Dielectric withstand.......... 1500 V. RMS Current transducers shall have the following characteristics: Input range ................... 0-6.5 A. AC Rated input ................... 5 A. AC Burden at 5 A., 60 Hz....... < .25 VA Overload (continuous)......... 10 A. AC Overload ( 1 sec. )........... 250 A. AC Frequency (nominal)........... 60 Hz. Temperature range ............. .20 to +60 C. Max. temp. effect on accuracy .............. +/- 0.5% Accuracy @ 25 deg. C. (0 - 6.5 A.) ................... +/- 0.25% RO Output range .................. 0 - 1.3 mA DC Output @ rated input.......... 1 mA DC Output ripple ................. < 0.5% Output load ................... 0 - IOK ohm Calibration adjustment........ +/- 10% Response time (to 99%)........ < 400 ms Stability, % full scale / yr.. +/- 0.25% Dielectric withstand.......... 1500 V. RMS Combination watt-var transducers shall be externally powered, 3 phase, 4 wire, 2 1/2 element units with the following characteristics: Potential range ............... Potential input (nominal)..... Potential overload (continuous). ... Potential burden (per elem.).. Current range ................ Current input (nominal)....... Current burden at 5 A......... 0 - 150 VAC 120 VAC 175 VAC 0.1 VA @ 120VAC 0 - 10 A. 5 A. < .20 VA per elem. 10 Current overload (continuous). 15 A. Current overload (10 s/h)..... 50 A. Current overload ( 1 s/h)..... 250 A. Frequency (nominal)........... 60 Hz. Temperature range..... ...... .20 to 60 C. Temperature influence (watts). +/-0.005% / deg.C. (vars).. +/-0.009% / deg.C. Accuracy (watts) .............. +/-0.2% (vars)............... +/-0.2% Rated output ................. +/- 1 mA DC Output ripple... ............ < 0.5% Load resistance (for 1 mA).... 0 -10K ohm Calibration adjustment........ +/- 10% Response time (to 99%)........ < 400 ms Stability, % full scale/yr.... +/- 0.1% (watts) .... +/- 0.2% (vars) Dielectric withstand.......... 1800 V. RMS Control power ................. 85 -135 VAC., 60Hz. 3.19 BASE BID RELAYING AND METERING Each 15 kV feeder circuit shall be equipped with the following: ITEM QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 1 3 ABB Model,CO-11, 1-12 A.Tap, 6-144 A. Inst., Phase Overcurrent Relay r 2 1 ABB Model,CO-11, 0.5-2.5 A.Tap, 6-144 Inst. Ground Overcurrent Relay —' 3 1 KWH/Demand meter - GE type EV-3/0-901 electronic demand meter. ITEM QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 4 1 Digital Indicating Ammeter 0-1200 Amps -- 5 1 Recording Ammeter 7 day chart with 2.5/ 5/10 taps 6 1 Ammeter Switch Electroswitch or equal 7 1 Recloding Relay Type 11 R.C. or equal 8 1 Recloser Cut-off Switch Electroswitch or equal 9 1 Control Switch Electroswitch 10 1 Three phase watt/var transducer 11 1 Single phase current transducer 12 1 Red Light 13 1 Green Light Each 15 kV main circuit breaker shall be equipped with the following: ITEM QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 1 1 Recording Ammeter 7 day chart with 2.5/ 5/10 taps 2 1 Ammeter Switch Electroswitch or equal 3 1 Digital Indicating Ammeter 0-2000 Amps 4 1 Recording Voltmeter 7 day chart ITEM QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 5 1 Voltmeter Switch Electroswitch or equal 6 1 Digital Indicating Voltmeter 7 1 Control Switch Electroswitch or equal 8 1 Three phase watt/var transducer 9 1 Single phase current 12 transducer -- 10 1 Single phase voltage transducer 11 1 Red Light 12 1 Green Light Each 15 kV tie circuit breaker shall be equipped with the following: -- ITEM QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 1 1 Recording Ammeter 7 day chart with 2.5/ 5/10 taps -- 2 1 Ammeter Switch Electroswitch or equal 3 1 Digital Indicating Ammeter 0-2000 Amps 4 1 Control Switch Electroswitch or equal — 5 1 Three phase watt / var transducer 6 1 Single phase current '- transducer 7 1 Red Light 8 1 Green Light In addition, the 15 kV switchgear line-up shall include the following 15 kV bus differential relaying scheme. Two high impedance differential schemes shall be furnished for 15 kV bus -' protection. The relays shall be similar to Westinghouse type KAB relays. The bus differential system design should consider the length and junction points of the current transformer secondary -_ conductors. Each bus differential scheme shall trip a separate lockout relay. The lockout relay shall be a Electroswitch Series LOR or approved equal with the relay coil supervised by a white pilot light. When the lockout relay is tripped, its contacts shall perform the following functions: 13 86B-3 shall: Trip and block close breakers SS15-M1,SS15-1, SS15-2 and SS15-T 86B-2 shall: Trip and block close breakers SS15-M2, SS15-3, SS15-4 and SS15-T Short out all three phases of C.T.'s. Turn on red light Three spare normally open and three spare normally closed lockout relay contacts shall be wired to a terminal block for future use. 3.20 ALTERNATE RELAYING AND METERING Under Alternate Bid Item #3.2A provide micro processor based overcurrent and reclosing relays as described below. Each 15 kV feeder circuit shall be equipped with the following: ITEM QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 1 1 ABB Model MMCO, microprocessor based, three phase plus ground, overcurrent relay 2 1 KWH/Demand meter - GE type EV-3/KM-901 electronic demand meter ITEM QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 3 1 Digital Indicating Ammeter 0-1200 Amps 4 1 Recording Ammeter 7 day chart with 2.5/ 5/10 taps 5 1 Ammeter Switch Electroswitch or equal 6 1 ABB Model MRC, Multishot microprocessor reclosing relay 7 1 Recloser Cut-off Switch Electroswitch or equal 14 8 1 Control Switch -- Electroswitch 9 1 Three phase watt / var _ transducer 10 1 Single phase current transducer 11 1 Red Light 12 1 Green Light Relaying and metering equipment for main breakers, tie _ breakers, bus differentials and all other systems under this alternate shall be identical to that specified in paragraph 3.19 for the base bid. In addition, under this alternate proposal provide one (1) loose, spare ABB model MMCO overcurrent relay as specified above and one loose spare ABB model MRC reclosing relay as specified above. 3.20 LABELING Provide engraved plastic laminate nameplates for the various controls and equipment as described below. Nameplates shall be secured to the panels and equipment with nuts and bolts. Any type of adhesive attachment is not acceptable. Major terminal blocks shall be labeled as they are designated on the Vendor's schematic diagrams. Compartments within cubicles shall be clearly labeled such as "PT's" or " Station Power X'mfr." Each switchgear cubicle shall be identified by circuit number as directed by LP&L. Control switches shall be labeled. Relays shall be identified as to the function and the phase (A,B,C) to which it is connected shall be labeled. 15 (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) _ 4.01 QUANTITY Under the base bid, Bid Item #4.1, provide relay panels with electro mechanical line relaying as specified below. Under Alternate Bid Item # 4.2A, provide relay panels with micro processor based line relaying as specified. Under Alternate Bid Items #4.3A, 4.4A, 4.5A provide spare carrier equipment as specified in paragraph 4.12, and provide one (1) spare micro processor based transmission line relaying system as described in paragraph 4.22. 4.02 PROPOSAL DATA Proposals submiited under this section of the specification shall include price and delivery data entered on the appropriate bid form. In addition, the Vendor shall submit a bill of material indicating the quantity, manufacturer, and catalog number of all major relays and equipment being supplied. Two copies of all proposal data shall be submitted. 4.03 SUBMITTAL DATA Upon acceptance of a proposal under this specification, the Vendor shall submit for approval, five (5) sets of shop drawings. These drawings shall include relay system schematics, panel wiring diagrams, and switchboard elevations and layouts. Upon delivery of equipment the Vendor shall submit five (5) sets of final drawings and one set of reproducible drawings. Five (5) sets of bound operating, instruction, and maintenance manuals shall be provided for all relay equipment. Manuals for the phase comparison carrier scheme shall include complete documentation and schematics on each module and sub -system. Drawings to be submitted shall include the following: One -line Diagram showing: a. All 15 kV & 69 kV bus work and equipment b. PT's and CT's with polarity information c. Unique identification numbers for all devices d. Basic ratings, sizes, voltages and ratios of all devices. Three -line Diagram showing: a. All 15 kV & 69 kV bus work and equipment 1 b. Power transformer windings and polarity c. PT's and CT's with polarity information d. Unique identification numbers for all devices e. Basic ratings, sizes, voltages and ratios of all devices. Schematic Diagrams showing: a. All DC circuits in the relay panels that are being furnished by this Vendor. b. All AC circuits in the relay panels that are being furnished by this Vendor. c. Portions of AC and DC circuits in equipment or systems that are not furnished by this Vendor, but that are being interfaced with. e. Each relay by device number f. Contact schedule for each switch Panel Layout Drawings showing: a. Location of each relay, switch, nameplate, and device mounted on the front or rear of all panels. b. Size of relay case c. Relay style number, type, and device number d. Nameplate schedule Installation Drawings showing: a. Dimensions of panels and equipment. b. Conduit entrance and cable connection points 2 c. Cubicle to cubicle wiring including wire and cable numbers, terminal numbers and locations. d. Complete material list The Vendor shall request from the Owner, the details or schematics for any equipment, systems, or devices that must be interfaced with, but are not being furnished under this section of the Specifications. 4.04 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Equipment shall be designed to operate in an environment with a temperature range of -200 to +55° C. and relative humidity of up to 95% at a temperature of 40° C. Each panel shall be constructed of not lighter than No. 11 standard gauge steel. Panel stiffeners are to be provided for each panel. The Vendor may propose the locations of stiffeners, but the Purchaser reserves the right to require panel stiffeners in specific locations provided appropriate space is available in the desired locations. Panels shall be 90" high x 32" wide per these Specifications (height not including base channel). Relay panels shall have fixed front panels and hinged door rear access with three point latching. The Vendor shall supply specified elsewhere, including blocks, nameplates, resistors, box (minimum quantity of 6) of each type used in the panels. 4.05 TERMINAL BLOCKS small miscellaneous items not fuse blocks, fuses, terminal capacitors, lights etc. One (1) spare fuses is to be furnished for All external connections to be made to Vendor's equipment shall be brought to vertical terminal blocks, mounted on the back of each individual switchboard panel, beginning approximately 6 inches above floor level, and extending as high as may be required. All P.T. cable leads shall be terminated on standard four -point terminal blocks. All C.T. cable leads shall be terminated on C.T. shorting and grounding type terminal blocks. A minimum of four (4) spare four -point terminal blocks shall be provided for the Purchaser's future use. The Purchaser reserves the right to rearrange the terminal block locations during the drawing approval process. 4.06 LABELS AND IDENTIFICATION All relay devices to which a device number is assigned shall have the device number and relay type painted or otherwise indelibly marked on the rear of the case. (i.e., "51-1A Over Current Relay", etc.). Relays, controls switches, etc. shall be labeled on the front of the switchboard with designations as diredted by LP&L. Labels shall be engraved plastic laminate '- attached with nuts and bolts. Adhesive materials for attaching labels is not acceptable. The Vendor shall label with paint or otherwise identify each terminal block. The panel number shall be painted on the rear of the panel at approximately eye -level. All panel wiring shall be G.E. Vulkene insulated switchboard wire 600 volt, 90° C. S1-57275, type SIS, single conductor, color gray, #12 AWG strand tinned copper or Rockbestos X-link conductor having a similar specification. 4.07 GROUNDING Each panel shall be equipped with a 1/4" x 1" copper ground bar running its entire width, and bolted to the panel to effectively ground the whole structure. Provisions for attaching a 2/0 Copper conductor to the ground bar is to be provided. All points in the panels which are to be grounded shall be wired to this bar. All current circuits shall be terminated on four -point shorting -type terminal blocks. All current circuits will be grounded only at the panel. This grounding will be provided herein. 4.08 PANEL LIGHTS Panel lights are to be furnished herein in accordance with the colors shown on the drawings. Lights are to be the LED type and rated 24 volts (24H) for operation with an external resistor which is to be furnished as part of this specification. The lights are to be Data Display Products (Los Angeles, California) type 2SB or approved equal. A minimum of two spare lights for each color furnished are to be provided. Two green panel lights shall be provided for 69 kV breakers, one to supervise each of the two trip coils. 4.09 TRANSDUCERS Transducers shall be provided and installed in the relay panels as shown on the one -line diagram. These transducers will be used to provide analog data inputs to the LP&L SCADA system RTU that will be installed at the South Substation. Outputs from the transducers shall be wired to a terminal block for field connection to the RTU. This terminal block shall be located near a conduit entrance location and near the terminal blocks for other field installed wiring. In order to maintain compatiability and interchangability with existing units, all transducers shall be manufactured by Square-D Electromagnetic Industries or Scientific Columbus. Voltage transducers shall have the following characteristics: Input range ................... 0-180 VAC Rated input ................... 150 VAC Burden at 120 V., 60 Hz....... < 2.5 VA 4 Overload (continuous)......... 180 VAC Frequency (nominal)........... 60 Hz. — Temperature range ............. .20 to +60 C. Max. temp. effect on accuracy .............. +/- 0.5% _ Accuracy @ 25 deg. C. (10-150 V.)................... +/- 0.25% RO Output range,..: .............. 0 - 1.3 mA DC Output @ ratd input.......... 1 mA DC Output ripple ................. < 0.5% Output load ................... 0 - 10K ohm Calibration adjustment........ +/- 10% — Response time (to 99%)........ < 400 ms Stability, % full scale / yr.. +/- 0.25% Dielectric withstand.......... 1500 V. RMS Current transducers shall have the following characteristics: Input range ................... 0-6.5 A. AC Rated input ................... 5 A. AC Burden at 5 A., 60 Hz....... < .25 VA Overload (continuous)......... 10 A. AC Overload ( 1 sec. )........... 250 A. AC Frequency (nominal)........... 60 Hz. Temperature range ............. .20 to +60 C. Max. temp. effect on accuracy .............. +/- 0.5% Accuracy @ 25 deg. C. (0 - 6.5 A.) ................... +/- 0.25% RO Output range .................. 0 - 1.3 mA DC Output @ rated input.......... 1 mA DC Output ripple ................. < 0.5% Output load.. 0 - 10K ohm Calibration adjustment........ +/- 10% Response time (to 99%)........ < 400 ms Stability, % full scale / yr.. +/- 0.25% Dielectric withstand.......... 1500 V. RMS 4.10 69 kV LINE RELAYING The line relaying for the two 69 kV lines feeding the substation will be identical. A phase comparison carrier relay system will be the primary line protection. Two zones of phase distance relays and two zones of ground distance relays will provide backup line protection. Under the base bid, electro mechanical distance relays shall be provided. Under the appropriate alternate bid item, a micro processor based distance relay system shall be provided. Certain line relaying equipment at the remote ends of the two incoming 69 kV lines to South Substation will be replaced 5 under this project. These remote substations are designated as Chalker Substation and Holly Ave. Power Plant. Under this project only loose relays, switches, etc. will be furnished for installation in existing panels by LP&L personnel. 4.11 PHASE COMPARISON CARRIER - BASE BID Provide four (4) sets of phase comparison carrier equipment. Two sets will be installed at South Substation as primary line relaying for breakers SS69-1 and SS69-2. The other two sets of carrier equipment will be installed at Chalker and Holly Ave substations to replace existing carrier equipment. Carrier systems for Chalker and Holly Substations will be installed and integrated into existing relay schemes by LP&L personnel. The Vendor shall provide a complete and functional phase comparison carrier relaying system. The principle items and functions are described below. This description and list of materials shall not relieve the Vendor of providing any additional equipment or functions required to produce a complete and operating system. The system shall include three (3) sets (one set for each substation) of extender boards as required for testing and adjusting each configuration of relay circuit card and carrier system module. The carrier -frequency transmitter/receiver is to be a wide band Westinghouse TC-10B with voice adaptor. Carrier equipment shall be arranged for operation on 125 Vdc. The system shall contain the following principle components: Receiver output module Detector module Receiver module RF Interface module 10 W Power amplifier module Transmitter module Keying module Voice adapter module Power supply module Alarm / CLI SKBU-1 phase comparison relay SKBU-1 power supply UIO chassis w/ digital logic power supply, timer and aux logic module, AR trip module, module, reclose block module, programmable Test panel assembly Skewed hybrid Surge protection Telephone handset buffer module, reclose initiate relay module New line wave traps for South Substation, Chalker Substation and Holly Ave Power Plant will be provided under Section 3.0. New coupling capacitors and line tuners for South Substation will be 0 provided under Section 3.0 of this specification. These devices shall be designed for phase to ground operation at a single frequency. Existing coupling capacitors and tuners presently in service with Westinghouse TC-10 carrier equipment will be reused at Chalker and Holly Ave. Substations. Each set of carrier equipment shall be mounted in its own cabinet with hinged front, swingout 19" rack panel and solid back. The Vendor shall include in the proposal the cost for the services of an ABB field service engineer / technician to perform acceptance testing and check-out _ of the carrier relaying system. This cost shall include all ABB charges for travel, lodging, meals, per diem, test equipment, and services. 4.12 PHASE COMPARISON CARRIER - ALTERNATE BID ITEMS Under Alternate Bid Items #4.3 - 4.5, cost proposals are requested to provide spare carrier system equipment for use in maintenance and repair of the on-line systems. Spare telephone handsets, skewed hybrids, and test panels will not be required. Under Alternate Bid Item 4.3 provide one complete spare TC- 10B system that shall include the RF components of the system including receiver output module, detector module, receiver module, RF interface module, 10 watt power amplifier module, transmitter module, keying module, power supply module, and alarm / CLI module. Components included in this spare system shall be identical to the units and modules actually provided in the Base Bid. Under Alternate Bid Item 4.4 provide one complete SKBU-1 phase comparison relay and power supply. The modules and components provided in this spare relay shall be identical to the units actually provided in Base Bid. Under Alternate Bid Item 4.5 provide one complete UIO chassis including digital logic power supply, buffer module, timer and auxiliary logic module, AR trip module, reclose initiate module, reclose block module, programmable relay module. 4.13 69 kV BUS RELAYING A high -impedance differential scheme shall be furnished for 69 kV bus protection. The relays shall be similar to Westinghouse type KAB relays. The bus differential system design should consider the length and junction points of the current transformer secondary conductors. The differential relays shall trip a lockout relay. The lockout relay shall be a Electroswitch Series LOR or approved equal. N When the lockout relay is tripped its contacts shall perform the following functions: Trip breakers SS69-1,2,3,4 and SS69-BT Block close on breakers SS69-1,2,3,4 and SS69-BT Short out all three phases of C.T.'s used for bus differential. Turn on red light Three spare normally open and three spare normally closed lockout relay contacts shall be wired to a terminal block for future use. 4.14 69 kV TRANSFORMER RELAYING Transformer overcurrent protection shall be provided by three phase overcurrent and one ground overcurrent relay per power transformer. The phase overcurrent relays shall be connected to the 69 kV transformer breaker bushing C.T.'s. The ground overcurrent relay shall be connected into the transformer neutral C.T. The transformer differential relays shall be similar to three Westinghouse HU relays per transformer. Each set of differential relays shall trip a lockout relay. The lockout relay shall trip the high and low side transformer breaker, block close of the high and low side transformer breaker, and turn on a red indicating light. The lockout relay shall be a Electroswitch Series 24 LOR or equal. Four spare N.O. and four spare N.C. contacts per lockout relay shall be wired to a terminal block for Purchasers future use. The transformer sudden pressure relay shall be wired to trip the same lockout relay as the transformer differential. There shall be a flag dropping relay similar to a G.E. type HAA, CAT. No.: 12HAA16B1F provided to annunciate the operation of the sudden pressure relay on each transformer. 4.15 15 kV FEEDER BREAKER AND BUS RELAYING Details of the 15 kV feeder and bus differential relaying is provided in Section 3.0 - 15 kV Metalclad Switchgear of these specifications. The Vendor under Section 4.0 of this Specification shall refer to the one -line diagram and the Section 3.0 Specifications to determine the exact extent of the provisions necessary to interface the transformer differential relay schemes with the metalclad switchgear. 4.16 OPERATING VOLTAGE 3 The operating voltage for all relays in this panel shall be 120-volt ungrounded battery. 4.17 CONTROL SWITCHES Each control switch, as required in these Specifications, is to be furnished with the quantity of contacts as necessary to comply with the Specifications, plus one (1) each spare close, trip, close after open, open after close, and two (2) each slip contacts. 4.18 SURGE PROTECTION Surge protective capacitors are to be furnished and installed as recommended by the relay supplier. 4.19 BASE BID MATERIAL LIST PANEL DESIGNATION QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 1 87B- IA, B,C 3 RELAY APPLICATION: 69 kV Bus Differential RELAY TYPE: ABB - KAB RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 6668D37A16 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: 75-300 VAC COMMENTS: --- No instantaneous overcurrent unit. 1 86B-1 1 RELAY APPLICATION: Lockout Relay RELAY TYPE: Electroswitch RELAY CAT. NO.: Similar to 7808D RELAY STYLE NO.: --- CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: 125-VDC COMMENTS: ---8 Deck--- 3 79-1 (SS69-1) 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Reclosing Relay 4 79-2 (SS69-2) RELAY TYPE: ABB - SGR-52 RELAY CAT. NO.: RELAY STYLE NO.: 1346D91A07 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: 125-VDC COMMENTS: ---S-2 Case. 10 PANEL DESIGNATION QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 3 79-1 COS 2 APPLICATION: Reclose Cutout Switch 4 (SS69-1) TYPE: Electroswitch CAT. NO.: Similar to 24203E 79-2 COS STYLE NO.: --- (SS69-2) CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---Two (2) spare N.C. contacts and two (2) spare N.O. contacts. 4 101-1 (SS69-1) 5 APPLICATION: OCB CONTROL SWITCH 3 101-2 (SS69-2) TYPE: Electroswitch 2 101-T1 (SS69-3) CAT. NO.: Similar to 2458D 2 101-T2 (SS69-4) STYLE NO: --- 1 101-BT (SS69-BT) CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---Two (2) each spare Close, and Trip contacts, one (1) spare off after Trip and Close contacts; Pistol grip type handles and pull to lock. 3 02BF-1 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Breaker Failure 4 (SS69-1) Timing Relay RELAY TYPE: ABB - TD-5 02BF-2 RELAY CAT. NO.: --- (SS69-2) RELAY STYLE NO.:---293B301A22 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---0.05-0.4 Sec. Timing Range 3 50BF-1 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Breaker Failure 4 (SS69-1) Fault Detector RELAY TYPE: ABB - KC-4 50BF-2 RELAY CAT. NO.: --- (SS69-2) RELAY STYLE NO.: 293B004A13 CURRENT RANGE TIME: Phase 2-8 CURRENT RANGE: Ground .5 - 2.0 COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---ICS - .212.0 amp 11 PANEL DESIGNATION QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 3 21Z1-1 4 RELAY APPLICATION: Distance Relay 3 21Z2-1 RELAY TYPE: ABB - KD-10 (SS69-1) RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 719B195A22 4 21Z1-2 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- 4 21Z2-2 CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- (SS69-2) COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---.2-4.5 ohms; ICS - 0.2/2.0 amps; Maximum torque angle - 75° 3 21NZ1-1 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Ground Dist. (SS69-1) Relay RELAY TYPE: ABB - SDG-IT RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 6698D11A05 3 21NZ2-1 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- (SS69-1) CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: --- APPROVED EQUAL ACCEPTABLE: Yes ---Sec. imp. range 1-30 ohms; ICS - 0.212.0 amps; Max. sensitivity angle 60° - 80°, contact output. 4 21NZ1-2 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Ground Dist. (SS69-2) Relay RELAY TYPE: ABB - SDG-1T 4 21NZ2-2 RELAY CAT. NO.: --- (SS69-2) RELAY STYLE NO.: 6698D11A07 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: --- APPROVED EQUAL ACCEPTABLE: Yes ---Sec. imp. range 0.2-4.35 ohms; ICS - 0.2/2.0 amps; Max. sensitivity angle 60° - 80°, contact output. 3 02Z2-1 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Timer (SS69-1) RELAY TYPE: ABB - TD-52 (PHASE & GRND.) RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: --- 4 02Z2-2 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- (SS69-2) CURRENT RANGE INST..- (PHASE & GRND.) COIL VOLTAGE: 125-VDC COMMENTS: ---0.2 - 4.- Sec. Timing Range 12 PANEL DESIGNATION QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 2 87-T1A,B,C 6 RELAY APPLICATION: Transformer 2 87-T2A,B,C Differential RELAY TYPE: ABB - HU RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 290B46A09 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: 2 86-T1 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Lockout Relay 2 86-T2 RELAY TYPE: Electroswitch LOR RELAY CAT. NO.: Similar to 7803C RELAY STYLE NO.: --- CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: 125 VDC COMMENTS: ---3 Deck 2 63X-T1 2 APPLICATIONS: Sudden Pressure 2 63X-T2 Auxiliary Relay RELAY TYPE: General Electric HAA RELAY CAT. NO.: 12HAA16BIF RELAY STYLE NO.: --- CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: 125 VDC 2 50/51-A,B,C 6 APPLICATION: Phase Overcurrent (SS69-3) RELAY TYPE: ABB - CO-11 RELAY CAT. NO.: --- 2 50/51-A,B,C RELAY STYLE NO.: 265C047A07 (SS69-4) CURRENT RANGE TIME: 1-12 CURRENT RANGE INST.: 6-144 COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---ICS - .2/2.0 amp 13 PANEL DESIGNATION QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 2 51N (SS69-3) 2 APPLICATION: Ground Overcurrent 2 51N (SS69-4) RELAY TYPE: ABB - CO-11 RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 265C047A05 CURRENT RANGE TIME: 1-12 CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---ICS - 0.2/2.0 amps 1 50/51-A,B,C 3 APPLICATION: Phase Overcurrent (SS69-BT) RELAY TYPE: ABB - CO-11 RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 265C047A07 CURRENT RANGE TIME: 1-12 CURRENT RANGE INST.: 6-144 COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---ICS - .2/2.0 amp 1 51N (SS69-BT) 1 APPLICATION: Ground Overcurrent RELAY TYPE: ABB - CO-11 RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 265C047A05 CURRENT RANGE TIME: 1-12 CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---ICS - 0.2/2.0 amps MISC. 1 LOT All other relays, switches and related items required for a complete installation. 14 4.20 BASE BID LOOSE RELAYS FOR CHALKER AND HOLLY AVE. SUBSTATIONS PANEL DESIGNATION QUANTITY DESCRIPTION CHALK. 02BF (CH69-1) 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Breaker Failure HOLLY 02BF (HY69-4) Timing Relay RELAY TYPE: ABB - TD-5 RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 293B30IA22 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENT: ---0.05-0.4 Sec. Timing Range CHALK. 50-BF (CH69-1) 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Breaker Failure HOLLY. 50-BF (HY69-4) Fault Detector RELAY TYPE: ABB - KC-4 RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 293B004A13 CURRENT RANGE TIME: Phase 2-8 CURRENT RANGE: Ground .5 - 2.0 COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---ICS - .212.0 amp 15 4.21 ALTERNATE BID MATERIAL LIST Under Alternate Bid Item #4.2A a proposal is requested to provide ABB, "MDAR" micro processor based step distance relaying system in lieu of the electro mechanical KD and SDG relays shown above and to provide micro processor based overcurrent relays in lieu of the electromechanical CO relays shown above. This alternate proposal shall include the charges for providing a factory trained field service engineer / technician to perform acceptance testing of these two relay systems. PANEL DESIGNATION QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 1 87B-IA,B,C 3 RELAY APPLICATION: 69 kV Bus Differential RELAY TYPE: ABB - KAB RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 6668D37A16 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: 75-300 VAC COMMENTS: --- No instantaneous overcurrent unit. 1 86B-1 1 RELAY APPLICATION: Lockout Relay RELAY TYPE: Electroswitch RELAY CAT. NO.: Similar to 7808D RELAY STYLE NO.: --- CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: 125-VDC COMMENTS: ---8 Deck--- 16 PANEL DESIGNATION QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 3 79-1 (SS69-1) 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Reclosing Relay 4 79-2 (SS69-2) RELAY TYPE: ABB - SGR-52 RELAY CAT. NO.: RELAY STYLE NO.: 1346D91A07 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: 125-VDC COMMENTS: ---S-2 Case. 3 79-1 COS 2 APPLICATION: Reclose Cutout Switch (SS69-1) TYPE: Electroswitch CAT. NO.: Similar to 24203E 4 79-2 COS STYLE NO.: --- (SS69-2) CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.- COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---Two (2) spare N.C. contacts and two (2) spare N.O. contacts. 4 101-1 (SS69-1) 5 APPLICATION: OCB CONTROL SWITCH 3 101-2 (SS69-2) TYPE: Electroswitch 2 101-T1 (SS69-3) CAT. NO.: Similar to 2458D 2 101-T2 (SS69-4) STYLE NO: --- 1 101-BT (SS69-BT) CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---Two (2) each spare Close, and Trip contacts, one (1) spare off after Trip and Close contacts; Pistol grip type handles and pull to lock. 3 02BF-1 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Breaker Failure (SS69-1) Timing Relay RELAY TYPE: ABB - TD-5 4 02BF-2 RELAY CAT. NO.: --- (SS69-2) RELAY STYLE NO.:---293B301A22 CURRENT RANGE TIME - CURRENT RANGE INST.- COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---0.05-0.4 Sec. Timing Range 17 PANEL DESIGNATION QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 3 50BF-1 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Breaker Failure (SS69-1) Fault Detector RELAY TYPE: ABB - KC-4 4 50BF-2 RELAY CAT. NO.: --- (SS69-2) RELAY STYLE NO.: 293B004A13 CURRENT RANGE TIME: Phase 2-8 CURRENT RANGE: Ground .5 - 2.0 COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---ICS - .2/2.0 amp 3 21Z1-1,21NZ1-1 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Distance Relay 21Z2-1,21NZ2-1 RELAY TYPE: ABB - MDAR (SS69-1) RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: MD3BINNFN4 4 21Z1-2,21NZ1-2 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- 21Z2-2,21NZ2-2 CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- (SS69-2) COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: 2 87-T1A,B,C 6 RELAY APPLICATION: Transformer 2 87-T2A,B,C Differential RELAY TYPE: Westinghouse HU RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 290B46A09 CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: 2 86-T1 2 RELAY APPLICATION: Lockout Relay 2 86-T2 RELAY TYPE: Electroswitch LOR RELAY CAT. NO.: Similar to 7803C RELAY STYLE NO.: --- CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: 125 VDC COMMENTS: ---3 Deck 2 63X-T1 2 APPLICATIONS: Sudden Pressure 2 63X-T2 Auxiliary Relay RELAY TYPE: General Electric HAA RELAY CAT. NO.: 12HAA16BIF RELAY STYLE NO.: --- CURRENT RANGE TIME: --- CURRENT RANGE INST.: --- COIL VOLTAGE: 125 VDC C., PANEL DESIGNATION QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 2 50/51-A,B,C 2 APPLICATION: Phase Overcurrent (SS69-3) RELAY TYPE: ABB -MMCO RELAY CAT. NO.: --- 2 50/51-A,B,C RELAY STYLE NO.: 265C047A07 (SS69-4) CURRENT RANGE TIME: 1-12 CURRENT RANGE INST.: 6-144 COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---ICS - .2/2.0 amp 1 50/51-A,B,C l APPLICATION: Phase & Grnd Overcurrent (SS69-BT) RELAY TYPE: ABB - MMCO RELAY CAT. NO.: --- RELAY STYLE NO.: 265C047A07 CURRENT RANGE TIME: 1-12 CURRENT RANGE INST.: 6-144 COIL VOLTAGE: --- COMMENTS: ---ICS - .2/2.0 amp MISC. 1 LOT All other relays, switches and related items required for a complete installation. 19 4.22 ALTERNATE BID ITEM #4.6A MATERIAL LIST Under Alternate Bid Item #4.6A provide one (1) complete spare ABB 'MDAR' micro processor relay system inner chassis, identical to the units furnished under Alternate Bid Item # 4.2A. This spare inner chassis will be utilized for maintenance and repair of the two operating units furnished under Alternate Bid - Item #4.2A. 4.23 CURRENT TESTING All devices are to have the means to test current flow through the device. Test plugs in the device are acceptable as are separate switches. All relays shall be mounted in drawout type cases. 4.24 SUBSTATION MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM Under Base Bid Item #1.1, the Vendor shall furnish a substation maintenance management system consisting of hand held processors (HHP) for data collection and a database and management software system for compiling the data. The HHP's shall provide a paperless inspection system that guides the inspector through the inspection sequence. Inspection sequences shall be tailored by the user, limits shall be defined for HHP readings, and out -of -range inputs shall be alarmed to the inspector. The inspector shall have the capability to input messages or notes and skip inspection items. Data from the HHP's shall be transferred to the main PC where detailed records and facts on each piece of equipment is stored. The User shall be able to define off -normal conditions, readings, temperatures, or counters for each piece of equipment in the system. The management system shall print an inspection report, highlight abnormal conditions, print engineering and operating reports, report feeder loads and unbalance currents, generate work orders, and generate preventative maintenance work orders. Hand held processors shall run under MS-DOS and shall have a 50 key weatherproof key board, 256 KB of memory, rechargeable Ni- cad batteries with built in charger, and 8 line x 21 character display. The HHP's shall be Telxon model 860 ES PTC. Three (3) HHP's shall be provided. The maintenance management software shall be ASSET as furnished by Engineering and Design Associates, 2 Plaza Southwest, 6900 SW Haynes Rd., Tigard, Ore. 97223. The management system shall include all documentation, one week of training at LP&L's offices. The proposal shall include all travel, lodging, meals, and expenses for the Vendor's personnel during the one week of training. 4.25 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT The following equipment is required for installation at adjacent substations or is required for construction of this 20 station. To assure compatibility with existing equipment and system, no substitute equipment will be permitted unless noted. - One (1) Multi -Amp, Master Test relay test software system with one year maintenance agreement. - One (1) Multi -Amp, NEC model PM 70-2150 , Powermate PC relay test controller. - Provide firmware upgrades for LP&L's three (3) existing Epoch I, one (1) Epoch III, one (1) Epoch IV, and one(1) Epoch 20 Multiamp relay test sets. 4.26 SWITCHBOARD METERING Under Base Bid Item #1.1 the Vendor shall provide a quantity of digital panel meters to replace the existing analog meters in the LP&L Holly Power Plant switchboard. These replacement meters shall be capable of being installed in the existing 4 inch diameter panel cutouts. The replacement meters shall be furnished with all necessary power supplies, shunts, and transducers. Battery powered devices are not acceptable. Transducers and meters shall be self powered or shall operate from customer supplied 125VDC or 120VAC sources. Meters to be replaced are (1) AC voltmeter, (21) AC ammeters, (7) AC megawatt meters, and (7) AC megavar meters. Replacement megawatt and megavar meters shall be 3 phase, 4 wire type and megavar meters shall operate without the use of external phase shifting transformers. All meters shall have adjustable scale factors to allow for changes in CT ratios. These meters will be replaced by LP&L substation personnel. The Vendor shall provide complete instruction manuals and wiring diagrams for each device. The existing meters to be replaced and their characteristics are as follows: LP&L Circuit Ident. : HY-T-1 Meters required : (3) ea. AC ammeter, 0-600 A (1) ea. AC megawatt, 80-0-80 MW (1) ea. AC megavar, 40-0-40 MVar (1) ea. AC voltmeter,0-50 KV Exist instr. x'mfr.: PT ratio 350:1, CT ratio 120:1 LP&L Circuit Ident. : HY-69-1 Meters required : (3) ea. AC ammeter, 0-600 A (1) ea. AC megawatt, 80-0-80 MW (1) ea. AC megavar, 40-0-40 MVar Exist instr. x'mfr.: PT ratio 350:1, CT ratio 120:1 LP&L Circuit Ident. : HY-69-2 Meters required : (3) ea. AC ammeter, 0-600 A (1) ea. AC megawatt, 80-0-80 MW (1) ea. AC megavar, 40-0-40 MVar 21 Exist instr. x'mfr.: PT ratio 350:1, CT ratio 120:1 L UL Circuit Ident. : HY-69-3 Meters required : (3) ea. AC ammeter, 0-600 A (1) ea. AC megawatt, 80-0-80 MW (1) ea. AC megavar, 40-0-40 MVar Exist instr. x'mfr.: PT ratio 350:1, CT ratio 120:1 L UL Circuit Ident. : HY-69-4 Meters required : (3) ea. AC ammeter, 0-600 A (1) ea. AC megawatt, 80-0-80 MW (1) ea. AC megavar, 40-0-40 War Exist instr. x'mfr.: PT ratio 350:1, CT ratio 120:1 L UL Circuit Ident. : HY-69-IT1 Meters required : (3) ea. AC ammeter, 0-1200 A (1) ea. AC megawatt, 0-100 MW (1) ea. AC megavar, 70-0-70 War Exist instr. x'mfr.: PT ratio 350:1, CT ratio 240:1 L UL Circuit Ident. : HY-230-1 Meters required : (3) ea. AC ammeter, 0-600 A (1) ea. AC megawatt, 100-0-1000 MW (1) ea. AC megavar, 70-0-70 War Exist instr. x'mfr.: PT ratio 1200:1, CT ratio 120:1 22 SECTION 5.0 - MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 5.01 PROPOSAL DATA Proposals submitted under this specification shall have price and delivery information entered on the appropriate bid form. In addition complete descriptive data or brochures shall be provided on all equipment and materials. 5.02 SUBMITTAL DATA Upon acceptance of a proposal, the Vendor shall submit five (5) copies of approval drawings and instruction manuals for all equipment. 5.03 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH Provide one (1) each, 150 ampere, 240 volt, two pole mechanically held automatic transfer switch with NEMA 1 enclosure. The switch shall be similar to ASCO 940 switch with standard features including pickup adjustable voltage sensing of both sources, time delay to override momentary outages, retransfer to normal time delay, test switch to simulate normal source failure, auxiliary contact to indicate position of switch, switch to manually select source. 5.04 A.C. PANELBOARD Provide one (1) each two section AC panelboard with mains and branch breakers as specified below. The panelboard shall be UL Listed, surface mounted with hinged door, bolted in circuit breakers and ground bus. The panel shall have the following ratings and devices: Voltage: 120 / 240 volts, 1 phase, 3 wire, 60 Hz, AC Mains 125 A/ 2P main circuit breaker Short circuit — rating : 10,000 amps RMS Sym. Branch breakers: (2) 40A / 2P (2) 30A / 2P (10) 20A / 2P (30) 20A / 2P 5.05 D.C. PANELBOARD 1 Provide one (1) each DC panelboard with mains and branch breakers as specified below. The panelboard shall be UL Listed, surface mounted with hinged door, bolted in circuit breakers, ground bus, and sub feed or feed thru lugs for the addition of future panelboard sections. The panel shall have the following ratings and devices: Voltage: 125 volts DC Mains 225 A/ 2P main circuit breaker with 225 A. sub -feed or feed thru lugs Short circuit rating : 5,000 Branch breakers: (20) 20A / 2P 5.06 FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCHES Provide one (1) each 200 ampere, 2 pole, 250 volt DC, NEMA KS-1 heavy duty, UL listed disconnect switch. The switch shall have a NEMA 4 / 4X water and dust tight stainless steel enclosure. 5.07 BATTERIES Provide one (1) each 60 cell, nominal 125 VDC battery system with step rack and accessories as described below. The batteries shall be single cell lead -calcium units with a design life of 20 years on float charge. The batteries are to constructed to be low gassing with minimal water consumption and a watering interval on float charge of greater than 1 year. Batteries shall have transparent containers and flame arrestor type vent caps. The battery shall have a minimum nominal ampere -hour capacity of 200 Ampere Hour at a 8 hour rate to 105 volts at 77 degrees F. The batteries shall have lead calcium plates. A two-step rack shall be furnished on which to set the battery cells. The rack shall be as recommended by the battery manufacturer or an approved equal. The battery system shall be furnished complete including all connectors, straps, and conductor to make the proper connections between each battery unit. Terminals shall be furnished to accept 3/0 AWG copper conductor on the two end cells. The system shall also be furnished with a thermometer, and a hydrometer. 5.08 BATTERY CHARGER Provide one (1) each 125 VDC battery charger as described below. The battery charger shall have a 240 volt ac, 60 hertz, 1 phase input with 130 volts DC, 12 ampere output. DC voltage regulation shall be maintained at ± .5% at any load from no load to full load with ± 10% variation in input voltage. Filtering shall be provided to limit ripple to less than 30 millivolts RMS 2 when connected to a battery and less than 100 millivolts RMS without a battery. The charger shall have current limiting circuitry, adjustable float and equalize voltage settings, input and output circuit breakers, DC voltmeter, DC ammeter and 0-72 hour equalize timer. In addition the charger shall have an AC power failure alarm relay and high / low DC alarm both with form "C" output contacts. 5.09 CONTROL CABLES Provide 8500 feet of 5C-#10 and 5000 feet of 12C-#12 multi -conductor control cable, 2000 feet of #10 AWG switchboard wire, 2000 feet of #12 AWG switchboard wire, and 2000 of 2C-#18 shielded cable as specified below. Multi -conductor control cables shall soft drawn copper conductors per ASTM B-3 with Class B stranding per ASTM B-8. Conductor insulation shall be 20 mils of high molecular weight polyethylene and a 10 mil thick color coded layer of PVC. Insulation shall be rated for 75 degree C., 600 volt operation. Conductors shall be cabled with necessary fillers and covered with a 60 mil thick PVC jacket. The jacket shall be rated for 75 degree _- C., 600 volt operation and shall meet the requirements of ICEA S- 61-402, par. 4.3.1. Multi -conductor cables shall be suitable for installation in underground ducts. Single conductor switchboard wire shall be type SIS, with 105 strand, tinned copper conductor and 30 mil thick gray cross linked polyethylene insulation. Switchboard wire shall resist heat, moisture, flame, oil and corrosive vapors. Shield control cable shall have two #18AWG stranded, tinned copper conductors with polyethylene insulation, aluminum -polyester shield, #20 AWG stranded, tinned copper drain wire and a PVC jacket. 5.10 FLOODLIGHTS Provide fifteen (15) each 400 watt high pressure sodium floodlights as described below. Floodlights shall be vertical lamp units with a heavy duty, die cast aluminum housing and bronze paint finish. Reflectors shall be hydroformed anodized aluminum with an adjustable lamp socket position and gasketed tempered glass lens. Standard beam spread shall be NEMA 7x5, with 6x4 and 7x6 available through alternate socket positions. Floodlights shall be provided with photocell receptacle and wrap around -- mounting yoke. Ballasts shall be 240 volt regulated type. Floodlights shall be equal to American Electric model # 475-6343. 3 (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) SPECIAL CONDITIONS -36- (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY) Office of Purchasing City of Lubbock P.O. Box 2000 Lubbock, Taxes 79457 BOB-767-2167 August 29, 1991 WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC SUPPLY CO. 520 34TH STREET ATTN: FRED SMITH LUBBOCK TX 79404 RE: BID NO. 11357 LP&L SOUTH SUBSTATION STRUCTURES & EQUIPMENT Dear Mr. Smith: Enclosed please find five contracts for the above referenced bid. I ask that you please sign all five contracts and return them with a payment bond, performance bond and a certificate of insurance. Please return all documents to our office as soon as possible. If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to call me at 806-767-2165. ;Z� GENE EADS, C.P.M. Purchasing Manager GE/mf Enclosures: 5 Contracts (THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY)